Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1479465f GJ |
1 | # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE |
2 | # Copyright (C) YEAR Dpkg Developers | |
3 | # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg-man package. | |
4 | # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. | |
5 | # | |
6 | #, fuzzy | |
7 | msgid "" | |
8 | msgstr "" | |
9 | "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.18.25\n" | |
10 | "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n" | |
11 | "POT-Creation-Date: 2018-06-26 10:10+0000\n" | |
12 | "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" | |
13 | "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" | |
14 | "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" | |
15 | "Language: \n" | |
16 | "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" | |
17 | "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" | |
18 | "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" | |
19 | ||
20 | #. type: TH | |
21 | #: deb.man:1 | |
22 | #, no-wrap | |
23 | msgid "deb" | |
24 | msgstr "" | |
25 | ||
26 | #. type: TH | |
27 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
28 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
29 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
30 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
31 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
32 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
33 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
34 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
35 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
36 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
37 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
38 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
39 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
40 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
41 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
42 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
43 | #, no-wrap | |
44 | msgid "%RELEASE_DATE%" | |
45 | msgstr "" | |
46 | ||
47 | #. type: TH | |
48 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
49 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
50 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
51 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
52 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
53 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
54 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
55 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
56 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
57 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
58 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
59 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
60 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
61 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
62 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
63 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
64 | #, no-wrap | |
65 | msgid "%VERSION%" | |
66 | msgstr "" | |
67 | ||
68 | #. type: TH | |
69 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
70 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
71 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
72 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
73 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
74 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
75 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
76 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
77 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
78 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
79 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
80 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
81 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
82 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
83 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
84 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
85 | #, no-wrap | |
86 | msgid "dpkg suite" | |
87 | msgstr "" | |
88 | ||
89 | #. type: SH | |
90 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
91 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
92 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
93 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
94 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
95 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
96 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
97 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
98 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
99 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
100 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
101 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
102 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
103 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
104 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
105 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
106 | #, no-wrap | |
107 | msgid "NAME" | |
108 | msgstr "" | |
109 | ||
110 | #. type: Plain text | |
111 | #: deb.man:1 | |
112 | msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" | |
113 | msgstr "" | |
114 | ||
115 | #. type: SH | |
116 | #: deb.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 | |
117 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
118 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 deb-old.man:1 | |
119 | #: deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
120 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 deb-postrm.man:1 | |
121 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 | |
122 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
123 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
124 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
125 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
126 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
127 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
128 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
129 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
130 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
131 | #, no-wrap | |
132 | msgid "SYNOPSIS" | |
133 | msgstr "" | |
134 | ||
135 | #. type: Plain text | |
136 | #: deb.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-old.man:1 | |
137 | msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" | |
138 | msgstr "" | |
139 | ||
140 | #. type: SH | |
141 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
142 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
143 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
144 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
145 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
146 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
147 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
148 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
149 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
150 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
151 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
152 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
153 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
154 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
155 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
156 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
157 | #, no-wrap | |
158 | msgid "DESCRIPTION" | |
159 | msgstr "" | |
160 | ||
161 | #. type: Plain text | |
162 | #: deb.man:1 | |
163 | msgid "" | |
164 | "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " | |
165 | "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 " | |
166 | "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)." | |
167 | msgstr "" | |
168 | ||
169 | #. type: Plain text | |
170 | #: deb.man:1 | |
171 | msgid "" | |
172 | "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " | |
173 | "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." | |
174 | msgstr "" | |
175 | ||
176 | #. type: SH | |
177 | #: deb.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-old.man:1 | |
178 | #, no-wrap | |
179 | msgid "FORMAT" | |
180 | msgstr "" | |
181 | ||
182 | #. type: Plain text | |
183 | #: deb.man:1 | |
184 | msgid "" | |
185 | "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only " | |
186 | "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name " | |
187 | "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which " | |
188 | "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are " | |
189 | "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 " | |
190 | "MiB member files." | |
191 | msgstr "" | |
192 | ||
193 | #. type: Plain text | |
194 | #: deb.man:1 | |
195 | msgid "" | |
196 | "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " | |
197 | "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames " | |
198 | "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since " | |
199 | "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg " | |
200 | "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar " | |
201 | "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, " | |
202 | "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support " | |
203 | "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID " | |
204 | "and device numbers." | |
205 | msgstr "" | |
206 | ||
207 | #. type: Plain text | |
208 | #: deb.man:1 | |
209 | msgid "" | |
210 | "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " | |
211 | "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " | |
212 | "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " | |
213 | "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " | |
214 | "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " | |
215 | "the case." | |
216 | msgstr "" | |
217 | ||
218 | #. type: Plain text | |
219 | #: deb.man:1 | |
220 | msgid "" | |
221 | "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " | |
222 | "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " | |
223 | "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " | |
224 | "(except at the end), as described below." | |
225 | msgstr "" | |
226 | ||
227 | #. type: Plain text | |
228 | #: deb.man:1 | |
229 | msgid "" | |
230 | "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive " | |
231 | "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported " | |
232 | "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz " | |
233 | "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a series of plain files, " | |
234 | "of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control " | |
235 | "information, the B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and B<symbols> files " | |
236 | "contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, B<postinst>, " | |
237 | "B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. The control " | |
238 | "tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current directory." | |
239 | msgstr "" | |
240 | ||
241 | #. type: Plain text | |
242 | #: deb.man:1 | |
243 | msgid "" | |
244 | "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " | |
245 | "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " | |
246 | "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " | |
247 | "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " | |
248 | "supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " | |
249 | "since dpkg 1.13.25)." | |
250 | msgstr "" | |
251 | ||
252 | #. type: Plain text | |
253 | #: deb.man:1 | |
254 | msgid "" | |
255 | "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " | |
256 | "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " | |
257 | "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these " | |
258 | "three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after " | |
259 | "B<debian-binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should " | |
260 | "be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an " | |
261 | "underscore, ‘B<_>’." | |
262 | msgstr "" | |
263 | ||
264 | #. type: Plain text | |
265 | #: deb.man:1 | |
266 | msgid "" | |
267 | "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " | |
268 | "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " | |
269 | "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " | |
270 | "increased." | |
271 | msgstr "" | |
272 | ||
273 | #. type: SH | |
274 | #: deb.man:1 | |
275 | #, no-wrap | |
276 | msgid "MEDIA TYPE" | |
277 | msgstr "" | |
278 | ||
279 | #. type: SS | |
280 | #: deb.man:1 | |
281 | #, no-wrap | |
282 | msgid "Current" | |
283 | msgstr "" | |
284 | ||
285 | #. type: Plain text | |
286 | #: deb.man:1 | |
287 | msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package" | |
288 | msgstr "" | |
289 | ||
290 | #. type: SS | |
291 | #: deb.man:1 | |
292 | #, no-wrap | |
293 | msgid "Deprecated" | |
294 | msgstr "" | |
295 | ||
296 | #. type: Plain text | |
297 | #: deb.man:1 | |
298 | msgid "application/x-debian-package" | |
299 | msgstr "" | |
300 | ||
301 | #. type: Plain text | |
302 | #: deb.man:1 | |
303 | msgid "application/x-deb" | |
304 | msgstr "" | |
305 | ||
306 | #. type: SH | |
307 | #: deb.man:1 deb822.man:1 deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changelog.man:1 | |
308 | #: deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
309 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 deb-src-files.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-version.man:1 | |
310 | #: deb-old.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
311 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 deb-postinst.man:1 | |
312 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 deb-triggers.man:1 | |
313 | #: dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
314 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
315 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
316 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 | |
317 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
318 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
319 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
320 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 dselect.cfg.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
321 | #, no-wrap | |
322 | msgid "SEE ALSO" | |
323 | msgstr "" | |
324 | ||
325 | #. type: Plain text | |
326 | #: deb.man:1 | |
327 | msgid "" | |
328 | "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-conffiles>(5) " | |
329 | "B<deb-triggers>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<deb-preinst>(5), " | |
330 | "B<deb-postinst>(5), B<deb-prerm>(5), B<deb-postrm>(5)." | |
331 | msgstr "" | |
332 | ||
333 | #. type: TH | |
334 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
335 | #, no-wrap | |
336 | msgid "deb822" | |
337 | msgstr "" | |
338 | ||
339 | #. type: Plain text | |
340 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
341 | msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format" | |
342 | msgstr "" | |
343 | ||
344 | #. type: Plain text | |
345 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
346 | msgid "" | |
347 | "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common " | |
348 | "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files " | |
349 | "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files " | |
350 | "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal " | |
351 | "databases are in a similar format)." | |
352 | msgstr "" | |
353 | ||
354 | #. type: SH | |
355 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
356 | #, no-wrap | |
357 | msgid "SYNTAX" | |
358 | msgstr "" | |
359 | ||
360 | #. type: Plain text | |
361 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
362 | msgid "" | |
363 | "A control file consists of one or more paragraphs of fields (the paragraphs " | |
364 | "are also sometimes referred to as stanzas). The paragraphs are separated by " | |
365 | "empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 B<SPACE> " | |
366 | "and U+0009 B<TAB> as paragraph separators, but control files should use " | |
367 | "empty lines. Some control files allow only one paragraph; others allow " | |
368 | "several, in which case each paragraph usually refers to a different " | |
369 | "package. (For example, in source packages, the first paragraph refers to " | |
370 | "the source package, and later paragraphs refer to binary packages generated " | |
371 | "from the source.) The ordering of the paragraphs in control files is " | |
372 | "significant." | |
373 | msgstr "" | |
374 | ||
375 | #. type: Plain text | |
376 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
377 | msgid "" | |
378 | "Each paragraph consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of " | |
379 | "the field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value " | |
380 | "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII " | |
381 | "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters " | |
382 | "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through " | |
383 | "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment " | |
384 | "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)." | |
385 | msgstr "" | |
386 | ||
387 | #. type: Plain text | |
388 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
389 | msgid "" | |
390 | "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation " | |
391 | "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) " | |
392 | "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is " | |
393 | "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field " | |
394 | "might be:" | |
395 | msgstr "" | |
396 | ||
397 | #. type: Plain text | |
398 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
399 | #, no-wrap | |
400 | msgid "Package: dpkg\n" | |
401 | msgstr "" | |
402 | ||
403 | #. type: Plain text | |
404 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
405 | msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>." | |
406 | msgstr "" | |
407 | ||
408 | #. type: Plain text | |
409 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
410 | msgid "" | |
411 | "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files " | |
412 | "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored." | |
413 | msgstr "" | |
414 | ||
415 | #. type: Plain text | |
416 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
417 | msgid "" | |
418 | "A paragraph must not contain more than one instance of a particular field " | |
419 | "name." | |
420 | msgstr "" | |
421 | ||
422 | #. type: Plain text | |
423 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
424 | msgid "There are three types of fields:" | |
425 | msgstr "" | |
426 | ||
427 | #. type: TP | |
428 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
429 | #, no-wrap | |
430 | msgid "B<simple>" | |
431 | msgstr "" | |
432 | ||
433 | #. type: Plain text | |
434 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
435 | msgid "" | |
436 | "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field " | |
437 | "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the " | |
438 | "field does not specify a different type." | |
439 | msgstr "" | |
440 | ||
441 | #. type: TP | |
442 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
443 | #, no-wrap | |
444 | msgid "B<folded>" | |
445 | msgstr "" | |
446 | ||
447 | #. type: Plain text | |
448 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
449 | msgid "" | |
450 | "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. " | |
451 | "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with " | |
452 | "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, " | |
453 | "is not significant in the field values of folded fields." | |
454 | msgstr "" | |
455 | ||
456 | #. type: Plain text | |
457 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
458 | msgid "" | |
459 | "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that " | |
460 | "contain only one paragraph and no multiline fields to be read by parsers " | |
461 | "written for RFC5322." | |
462 | msgstr "" | |
463 | ||
464 | #. type: TP | |
465 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
466 | #, no-wrap | |
467 | msgid "B<multiline>" | |
468 | msgstr "" | |
469 | ||
470 | #. type: Plain text | |
471 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
472 | msgid "" | |
473 | "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. " | |
474 | "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, " | |
475 | "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are " | |
476 | "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded " | |
477 | "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of " | |
478 | "multiline fields." | |
479 | msgstr "" | |
480 | ||
481 | #. type: Plain text | |
482 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
483 | msgid "" | |
484 | "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files " | |
485 | "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of " | |
486 | "multi-character version relationships." | |
487 | msgstr "" | |
488 | ||
489 | #. type: Plain text | |
490 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
491 | msgid "" | |
492 | "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ " | |
493 | "between types of control files." | |
494 | msgstr "" | |
495 | ||
496 | #. type: Plain text | |
497 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
498 | msgid "" | |
499 | "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field " | |
500 | "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive " | |
501 | "unless the description of the field says otherwise." | |
502 | msgstr "" | |
503 | ||
504 | #. type: Plain text | |
505 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
506 | msgid "" | |
507 | "Paragraph separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 " | |
508 | "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between " | |
509 | "fields. Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing " | |
510 | "them by a U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)." | |
511 | msgstr "" | |
512 | ||
513 | #. type: Plain text | |
514 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
515 | msgid "" | |
516 | "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are " | |
517 | "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files " | |
518 | "(I<debian/control>) and in B<deb-origin>(5) files. These comment lines are " | |
519 | "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical " | |
520 | "lines." | |
521 | msgstr "" | |
522 | ||
523 | #. type: Plain text | |
524 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
525 | msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8." | |
526 | msgstr "" | |
527 | ||
528 | #. type: Plain text | |
529 | #: deb822.man:1 | |
530 | msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>." | |
531 | msgstr "" | |
532 | ||
533 | #. type: TH | |
534 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
535 | #, no-wrap | |
536 | msgid "deb-buildinfo" | |
537 | msgstr "" | |
538 | ||
539 | #. type: Plain text | |
540 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
541 | msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format" | |
542 | msgstr "" | |
543 | ||
544 | #. type: Plain text | |
545 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
546 | msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>" | |
547 | msgstr "" | |
548 | ||
549 | #. type: Plain text | |
550 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
551 | msgid "" | |
552 | "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a " | |
553 | "B<.buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields. Each field " | |
554 | "begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), " | |
555 | "followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only " | |
556 | "by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, " | |
557 | "but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the " | |
558 | "body of the field (except in case of the multiline fields " | |
559 | "B<Binary-Only-Changes>, B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, " | |
560 | "B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
561 | msgstr "" | |
562 | ||
563 | #. type: Plain text | |
564 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
565 | msgid "" | |
566 | "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as " | |
567 | "specified in RFC4880." | |
568 | msgstr "" | |
569 | ||
570 | #. type: Plain text | |
571 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
572 | msgid "" | |
573 | "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will " | |
574 | "be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that includes B<any> " | |
575 | "the name will be " | |
576 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>, or otherwise " | |
577 | "for a build that includes B<all> the name will be " | |
578 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>, or otherwise for a " | |
579 | "build that includes B<source> the name will be " | |
580 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>." | |
581 | msgstr "" | |
582 | ||
583 | #. type: SH | |
584 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 | |
585 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
586 | #, no-wrap | |
587 | msgid "FIELDS" | |
588 | msgstr "" | |
589 | ||
590 | #. type: TP | |
591 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
592 | #, no-wrap | |
593 | msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)" | |
594 | msgstr "" | |
595 | ||
596 | #. type: Plain text | |
597 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
598 | msgid "" | |
599 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " | |
600 | "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " | |
601 | "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " | |
602 | "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " | |
603 | "version. The current format version is B<1.0>." | |
604 | msgstr "" | |
605 | ||
606 | #. type: TP | |
607 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 | |
608 | #, no-wrap | |
609 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)" | |
610 | msgstr "" | |
611 | ||
612 | #. type: Plain text | |
613 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
614 | msgid "" | |
615 | "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " | |
616 | "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " | |
617 | "I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a " | |
618 | "binary-only non-maintainer upload." | |
619 | msgstr "" | |
620 | ||
621 | #. type: TP | |
622 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 | |
623 | #, no-wrap | |
624 | msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)" | |
625 | msgstr "" | |
626 | ||
627 | #. type: Plain text | |
628 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
629 | msgid "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built." | |
630 | msgstr "" | |
631 | ||
632 | #. type: TP | |
633 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
634 | #, no-wrap | |
635 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)" | |
636 | msgstr "" | |
637 | ||
638 | #. type: Plain text | |
639 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
640 | msgid "" | |
641 | "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently " | |
642 | "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. " | |
643 | "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
644 | "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special " | |
645 | "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be " | |
646 | "present in the list." | |
647 | msgstr "" | |
648 | ||
649 | #. type: TP | |
650 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 deb-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
651 | #, no-wrap | |
652 | msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)" | |
653 | msgstr "" | |
654 | ||
655 | #. type: Plain text | |
656 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
657 | msgid "" | |
658 | "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " | |
659 | "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number " | |
660 | "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are " | |
661 | "described in B<deb-version>(5)." | |
662 | msgstr "" | |
663 | ||
664 | #. type: TP | |
665 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
666 | #, no-wrap | |
667 | msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>" | |
668 | msgstr "" | |
669 | ||
670 | #. type: TQ | |
671 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
672 | #, no-wrap | |
673 | msgid "I<changelog-entry>" | |
674 | msgstr "" | |
675 | ||
676 | #. type: Plain text | |
677 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
678 | msgid "" | |
679 | "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry " | |
680 | "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To " | |
681 | "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single " | |
682 | "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The " | |
683 | "exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
684 | msgstr "" | |
685 | ||
686 | #. type: TP | |
687 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
688 | #, no-wrap | |
689 | msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)" | |
690 | msgstr "" | |
691 | ||
692 | #. type: TQ | |
693 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
694 | #, no-wrap | |
695 | msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)" | |
696 | msgstr "" | |
697 | ||
698 | #. type: TQ | |
699 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
700 | #, no-wrap | |
701 | msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)" | |
702 | msgstr "" | |
703 | ||
704 | #. type: TQ | |
705 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
706 | #, no-wrap | |
707 | msgid " I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>" | |
708 | msgstr "" | |
709 | ||
710 | #. type: Plain text | |
711 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
712 | msgid "" | |
713 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
714 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
715 | "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
716 | "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>." | |
717 | msgstr "" | |
718 | ||
719 | #. type: Plain text | |
720 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-changes.man:1 | |
721 | msgid "" | |
722 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
723 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
724 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
725 | "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, " | |
726 | "and the file name." | |
727 | msgstr "" | |
728 | ||
729 | #. type: Plain text | |
730 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
731 | msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build." | |
732 | msgstr "" | |
733 | ||
734 | #. type: TP | |
735 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
736 | #, no-wrap | |
737 | msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>" | |
738 | msgstr "" | |
739 | ||
740 | #. type: Plain text | |
741 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 deb-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
742 | msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." | |
743 | msgstr "" | |
744 | ||
745 | #. type: TP | |
746 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
747 | #, no-wrap | |
748 | msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)" | |
749 | msgstr "" | |
750 | ||
751 | #. type: Plain text | |
752 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
753 | msgid "" | |
754 | "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built " | |
755 | "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc." | |
756 | msgstr "" | |
757 | ||
758 | #. type: TP | |
759 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
760 | #, no-wrap | |
761 | msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>" | |
762 | msgstr "" | |
763 | ||
764 | #. type: Plain text | |
765 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
766 | msgid "" | |
767 | "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date " | |
768 | "in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." | |
769 | msgstr "" | |
770 | ||
771 | #. type: TP | |
772 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
773 | #, no-wrap | |
774 | msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>" | |
775 | msgstr "" | |
776 | ||
777 | #. type: Plain text | |
778 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
779 | msgid "" | |
780 | "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This " | |
781 | "field is only going to be present if the vendor has whitelisted it via some " | |
782 | "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." | |
783 | msgstr "" | |
784 | ||
785 | #. type: Plain text | |
786 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
787 | msgid "" | |
788 | "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will " | |
789 | "emit this field." | |
790 | msgstr "" | |
791 | ||
792 | #. type: TP | |
793 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
794 | #, no-wrap | |
795 | msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)" | |
796 | msgstr "" | |
797 | ||
798 | #. type: TQ | |
799 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
800 | #, no-wrap | |
801 | msgid "I<package-list>" | |
802 | msgstr "" | |
803 | ||
804 | #. type: Plain text | |
805 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
806 | msgid "" | |
807 | "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package " | |
808 | "build process." | |
809 | msgstr "" | |
810 | ||
811 | #. type: Plain text | |
812 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
813 | msgid "" | |
814 | "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for " | |
815 | "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by " | |
816 | "commas." | |
817 | msgstr "" | |
818 | ||
819 | #. type: Plain text | |
820 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
821 | msgid "" | |
822 | "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in " | |
823 | "B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source " | |
824 | "control fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their " | |
825 | "recursive dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is " | |
826 | "B<build-essential>." | |
827 | msgstr "" | |
828 | ||
829 | #. type: Plain text | |
830 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
831 | msgid "" | |
832 | "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency " | |
833 | "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be " | |
834 | "included." | |
835 | msgstr "" | |
836 | ||
837 | #. type: TP | |
838 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
839 | #, no-wrap | |
840 | msgid "B<Environment:>" | |
841 | msgstr "" | |
842 | ||
843 | #. type: TQ | |
844 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
845 | #, no-wrap | |
846 | msgid "I<variable-list>" | |
847 | msgstr "" | |
848 | ||
849 | #. type: Plain text | |
850 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
851 | msgid "" | |
852 | "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build " | |
853 | "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and " | |
854 | "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes " | |
855 | "escaped (‘\\e\\e’)." | |
856 | msgstr "" | |
857 | ||
858 | #. type: Plain text | |
859 | #: deb-buildinfo.man:1 | |
860 | msgid "B<deb-changes>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1)." | |
861 | msgstr "" | |
862 | ||
863 | #. type: TH | |
864 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
865 | #, no-wrap | |
866 | msgid "deb-changelog" | |
867 | msgstr "" | |
868 | ||
869 | #. type: Plain text | |
870 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
871 | msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format" | |
872 | msgstr "" | |
873 | ||
874 | #. type: Plain text | |
875 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
876 | msgid "changelog" | |
877 | msgstr "" | |
878 | ||
879 | #. type: Plain text | |
880 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
881 | msgid "" | |
882 | "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog " | |
883 | "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source " | |
884 | "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to " | |
885 | "the package." | |
886 | msgstr "" | |
887 | ||
888 | #. type: Plain text | |
889 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
890 | msgid "" | |
891 | "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to " | |
892 | "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other " | |
893 | "release-specific information." | |
894 | msgstr "" | |
895 | ||
896 | #. type: Plain text | |
897 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
898 | msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:" | |
899 | msgstr "" | |
900 | ||
901 | #. type: Plain text | |
902 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
903 | #, no-wrap | |
904 | msgid "" | |
905 | "I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n" | |
906 | " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" | |
907 | " * I<change-details>\n" | |
908 | " I<more-change-details>\n" | |
909 | " [blank line(s), included in output of B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)]\n" | |
910 | " * I<even-more-change-details>\n" | |
911 | " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" | |
912 | " -- I<maintainer-name> E<lt>I<email-address>E<gt> I<date>\n" | |
913 | msgstr "" | |
914 | ||
915 | #. type: Plain text | |
916 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
917 | msgid "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number." | |
918 | msgstr "" | |
919 | ||
920 | #. type: Plain text | |
921 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
922 | msgid "" | |
923 | "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this " | |
924 | "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the " | |
925 | "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file." | |
926 | msgstr "" | |
927 | ||
928 | #. type: Plain text | |
929 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
930 | msgid "" | |
931 | "I<metadata> is a comma-separated list of I<keyword>=I<value> items. The " | |
932 | "only I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<urgency> and " | |
933 | "B<binary-only>. B<urgency>'s value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the " | |
934 | "I<.changes> file for the upload. B<binary-only> with a B<yes> value, is " | |
935 | "used to denote that this changelog entry is for a binary-only non-maintainer " | |
936 | "upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only change being the changelog " | |
937 | "entry)." | |
938 | msgstr "" | |
939 | ||
940 | #. type: Plain text | |
941 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
942 | msgid "" | |
943 | "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least " | |
944 | "two spaces, but conventionally each change starts with an asterisk and a " | |
945 | "separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to bring them in " | |
946 | "line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be used here to " | |
947 | "separate groups of changes, if desired." | |
948 | msgstr "" | |
949 | ||
950 | #. type: Plain text | |
951 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
952 | msgid "" | |
953 | "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking " | |
954 | "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package " | |
955 | "into the distribution archive by including the string:" | |
956 | msgstr "" | |
957 | ||
958 | #. type: Plain text | |
959 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
960 | #, no-wrap | |
961 | msgid " B<Closes: Bug#>I<nnnnn>\n" | |
962 | msgstr "" | |
963 | ||
964 | #. type: Plain text | |
965 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
966 | msgid "" | |
967 | "in the change details (the exact Perl regular expression is " | |
968 | "B</closes:\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+(?:,\\es*(?:bug)?\\e#?\\es?\\ed+)*/i>). " | |
969 | "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> " | |
970 | "file." | |
971 | msgstr "" | |
972 | ||
973 | #. type: Plain text | |
974 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
975 | msgid "" | |
976 | "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the " | |
977 | "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are " | |
978 | "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The " | |
979 | "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the " | |
980 | "I<.changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgement " | |
981 | "when the upload has been installed in the distribution archive." | |
982 | msgstr "" | |
983 | ||
984 | #. type: Plain text | |
985 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
986 | msgid "" | |
987 | "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics " | |
988 | "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):" | |
989 | msgstr "" | |
990 | ||
991 | #. type: Plain text | |
992 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
993 | msgid "" | |
994 | "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> " | |
995 | "B<+>I<zzzz>" | |
996 | msgstr "" | |
997 | ||
998 | #. type: Plain text | |
999 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1000 | msgid "where:" | |
1001 | msgstr "" | |
1002 | ||
1003 | #. type: TP | |
1004 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1005 | #, no-wrap | |
1006 | msgid "I<day-of-week>" | |
1007 | msgstr "" | |
1008 | ||
1009 | #. type: Plain text | |
1010 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1011 | msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>." | |
1012 | msgstr "" | |
1013 | ||
1014 | #. type: TP | |
1015 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1016 | #, no-wrap | |
1017 | msgid "I<dd>" | |
1018 | msgstr "" | |
1019 | ||
1020 | #. type: Plain text | |
1021 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1022 | msgid "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>)." | |
1023 | msgstr "" | |
1024 | ||
1025 | #. type: TP | |
1026 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1027 | #, no-wrap | |
1028 | msgid "I<month>" | |
1029 | msgstr "" | |
1030 | ||
1031 | #. type: Plain text | |
1032 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1033 | msgid "" | |
1034 | "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, " | |
1035 | "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>." | |
1036 | msgstr "" | |
1037 | ||
1038 | #. type: TP | |
1039 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1040 | #, no-wrap | |
1041 | msgid "I<yyyy>" | |
1042 | msgstr "" | |
1043 | ||
1044 | #. type: Plain text | |
1045 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1046 | msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)." | |
1047 | msgstr "" | |
1048 | ||
1049 | #. type: TP | |
1050 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1051 | #, no-wrap | |
1052 | msgid "I<hh>" | |
1053 | msgstr "" | |
1054 | ||
1055 | #. type: Plain text | |
1056 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1057 | msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)." | |
1058 | msgstr "" | |
1059 | ||
1060 | #. type: TP | |
1061 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1062 | #, no-wrap | |
1063 | msgid "I<mm>" | |
1064 | msgstr "" | |
1065 | ||
1066 | #. type: Plain text | |
1067 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1068 | msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)." | |
1069 | msgstr "" | |
1070 | ||
1071 | #. type: TP | |
1072 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1073 | #, no-wrap | |
1074 | msgid "I<ss>" | |
1075 | msgstr "" | |
1076 | ||
1077 | #. type: Plain text | |
1078 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1079 | msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)." | |
1080 | msgstr "" | |
1081 | ||
1082 | #. type: TP | |
1083 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1084 | #, no-wrap | |
1085 | msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>" | |
1086 | msgstr "" | |
1087 | ||
1088 | #. type: Plain text | |
1089 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1090 | msgid "" | |
1091 | "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ " | |
1092 | "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates " | |
1093 | "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate " | |
1094 | "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of " | |
1095 | "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the " | |
1096 | "range B<00>-B<59>." | |
1097 | msgstr "" | |
1098 | ||
1099 | #. type: Plain text | |
1100 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1101 | msgid "" | |
1102 | "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand " | |
1103 | "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be " | |
1104 | "preceded by exactly one space. The maintainer details and the date must be " | |
1105 | "separated by exactly two spaces." | |
1106 | msgstr "" | |
1107 | ||
1108 | #. type: Plain text | |
1109 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1110 | msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8." | |
1111 | msgstr "" | |
1112 | ||
1113 | #. type: SH | |
1114 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 deb-substvars.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
1115 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
1116 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
1117 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
1118 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
1119 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
1120 | #, no-wrap | |
1121 | msgid "FILES" | |
1122 | msgstr "" | |
1123 | ||
1124 | #. type: TP | |
1125 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1126 | #, no-wrap | |
1127 | msgid "I<debian/changelog>" | |
1128 | msgstr "" | |
1129 | ||
1130 | #. type: SH | |
1131 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 deb-shlibs.man:1 deb-symbols.man:1 dpkg.man:1 | |
1132 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
1133 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
1134 | #, no-wrap | |
1135 | msgid "EXAMPLES" | |
1136 | msgstr "" | |
1137 | ||
1138 | #. type: Plain text | |
1139 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1140 | #, no-wrap | |
1141 | msgid "dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n" | |
1142 | msgstr "" | |
1143 | ||
1144 | #. type: Plain text | |
1145 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1146 | #, no-wrap | |
1147 | msgid "" | |
1148 | " [ Guillem Jover ]\n" | |
1149 | " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n" | |
1150 | " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n" | |
1151 | " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: " | |
1152 | "#764929\n" | |
1153 | msgstr "" | |
1154 | ||
1155 | #. type: Plain text | |
1156 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1157 | #, no-wrap | |
1158 | msgid "" | |
1159 | " [ Updated programs translations ]\n" | |
1160 | " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" | |
1161 | msgstr "" | |
1162 | ||
1163 | #. type: Plain text | |
1164 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1165 | #, no-wrap | |
1166 | msgid "" | |
1167 | " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n" | |
1168 | " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" | |
1169 | " * German (Sven Joachim).\n" | |
1170 | msgstr "" | |
1171 | ||
1172 | #. type: Plain text | |
1173 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1174 | #, no-wrap | |
1175 | msgid "" | |
1176 | " -- Guillem Jover E<lt>guillem@debian.orgE<gt> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 " | |
1177 | "+0200\n" | |
1178 | msgstr "" | |
1179 | ||
1180 | #. type: Plain text | |
1181 | #: deb-changelog.man:1 | |
1182 | msgid "B<deb-version>(5), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)." | |
1183 | msgstr "" | |
1184 | ||
1185 | #. type: TH | |
1186 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1187 | #, no-wrap | |
1188 | msgid "deb-changes" | |
1189 | msgstr "" | |
1190 | ||
1191 | #. type: Plain text | |
1192 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1193 | msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format" | |
1194 | msgstr "" | |
1195 | ||
1196 | #. type: Plain text | |
1197 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1198 | msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>" | |
1199 | msgstr "" | |
1200 | ||
1201 | #. type: Plain text | |
1202 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1203 | msgid "" | |
1204 | "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a " | |
1205 | "number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or " | |
1206 | "B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the " | |
1207 | "field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text " | |
1208 | "may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally " | |
1209 | "join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case of the " | |
1210 | "multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
1211 | "B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
1212 | msgstr "" | |
1213 | ||
1214 | #. type: Plain text | |
1215 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1216 | msgid "" | |
1217 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " | |
1218 | "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " | |
1219 | "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " | |
1220 | "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " | |
1221 | "version. The current format version is B<1.8>." | |
1222 | msgstr "" | |
1223 | ||
1224 | #. type: TP | |
1225 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1226 | #, no-wrap | |
1227 | msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)" | |
1228 | msgstr "" | |
1229 | ||
1230 | #. type: Plain text | |
1231 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1232 | msgid "" | |
1233 | "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same " | |
1234 | "format as the date in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." | |
1235 | msgstr "" | |
1236 | ||
1237 | #. type: Plain text | |
1238 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1239 | msgid "" | |
1240 | "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> " | |
1241 | "file." | |
1242 | msgstr "" | |
1243 | ||
1244 | #. type: Plain text | |
1245 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1246 | msgid "" | |
1247 | "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " | |
1248 | "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " | |
1249 | "I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a " | |
1250 | "binary-only non-maintainer upload." | |
1251 | msgstr "" | |
1252 | ||
1253 | #. type: Plain text | |
1254 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1255 | msgid "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload." | |
1256 | msgstr "" | |
1257 | ||
1258 | #. type: TP | |
1259 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1260 | #, no-wrap | |
1261 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>" | |
1262 | msgstr "" | |
1263 | ||
1264 | #. type: Plain text | |
1265 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1266 | msgid "" | |
1267 | "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common " | |
1268 | "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> " | |
1269 | "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the " | |
1270 | "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> " | |
1271 | "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list." | |
1272 | msgstr "" | |
1273 | ||
1274 | #. type: TP | |
1275 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1276 | #, no-wrap | |
1277 | msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)" | |
1278 | msgstr "" | |
1279 | ||
1280 | #. type: Plain text | |
1281 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1282 | msgid "" | |
1283 | "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be " | |
1284 | "installed when it is uploaded to the archive." | |
1285 | msgstr "" | |
1286 | ||
1287 | #. type: TP | |
1288 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1289 | #, no-wrap | |
1290 | msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)" | |
1291 | msgstr "" | |
1292 | ||
1293 | #. type: Plain text | |
1294 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1295 | msgid "" | |
1296 | "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order " | |
1297 | "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>." | |
1298 | msgstr "" | |
1299 | ||
1300 | #. type: TP | |
1301 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1302 | #, no-wrap | |
1303 | msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" | |
1304 | msgstr "" | |
1305 | ||
1306 | #. type: Plain text | |
1307 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1308 | msgid "" | |
1309 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " | |
1310 | "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1311 | "the software that was packaged." | |
1312 | msgstr "" | |
1313 | ||
1314 | #. type: TP | |
1315 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1316 | #, no-wrap | |
1317 | msgid "B<Changed-By:>I< fullname-email>" | |
1318 | msgstr "" | |
1319 | ||
1320 | #. type: Plain text | |
1321 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1322 | msgid "" | |
1323 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " | |
1324 | "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release." | |
1325 | msgstr "" | |
1326 | ||
1327 | #. type: TP | |
1328 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1329 | #, no-wrap | |
1330 | msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)" | |
1331 | msgstr "" | |
1332 | ||
1333 | #. type: TQ | |
1334 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1335 | #, no-wrap | |
1336 | msgid " I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>" | |
1337 | msgstr "" | |
1338 | ||
1339 | #. type: Plain text | |
1340 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1341 | msgid "" | |
1342 | "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a " | |
1343 | "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions." | |
1344 | msgstr "" | |
1345 | ||
1346 | #. type: TP | |
1347 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1348 | #, no-wrap | |
1349 | msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number-list>" | |
1350 | msgstr "" | |
1351 | ||
1352 | #. type: Plain text | |
1353 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1354 | msgid "" | |
1355 | "A space-separated list of bug report numbers that have been resolved with " | |
1356 | "this upload. The distribution archive software might use this field to " | |
1357 | "automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution bug " | |
1358 | "tracking system." | |
1359 | msgstr "" | |
1360 | ||
1361 | #. type: TP | |
1362 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1363 | #, no-wrap | |
1364 | msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>" | |
1365 | msgstr "" | |
1366 | ||
1367 | #. type: Plain text | |
1368 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1369 | msgid "" | |
1370 | "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. " | |
1371 | "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog " | |
1372 | "matadata entry." | |
1373 | msgstr "" | |
1374 | ||
1375 | #. type: TP | |
1376 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1377 | #, no-wrap | |
1378 | msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list>" | |
1379 | msgstr "" | |
1380 | ||
1381 | #. type: Plain text | |
1382 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1383 | msgid "" | |
1384 | "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this " | |
1385 | "upload was built with." | |
1386 | msgstr "" | |
1387 | ||
1388 | #. type: TP | |
1389 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1390 | #, no-wrap | |
1391 | msgid "B<Changes:> (required)" | |
1392 | msgstr "" | |
1393 | ||
1394 | #. type: TQ | |
1395 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1396 | #, no-wrap | |
1397 | msgid "I<changelog-entries>" | |
1398 | msgstr "" | |
1399 | ||
1400 | #. type: Plain text | |
1401 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1402 | msgid "" | |
1403 | "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries " | |
1404 | "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty " | |
1405 | "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented " | |
1406 | "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format." | |
1407 | msgstr "" | |
1408 | ||
1409 | #. type: TP | |
1410 | #: deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1411 | #, no-wrap | |
1412 | msgid "B<Files:> (required)" | |
1413 | msgstr "" | |
1414 | ||
1415 | #. type: TQ | |
1416 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1417 | #, no-wrap | |
1418 | msgid " I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>" | |
1419 | msgstr "" | |
1420 | ||
1421 | #. type: Plain text | |
1422 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1423 | msgid "" | |
1424 | "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section " | |
1425 | "and priority for each one." | |
1426 | msgstr "" | |
1427 | ||
1428 | #. type: Plain text | |
1429 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1430 | msgid "" | |
1431 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
1432 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
1433 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
1434 | "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the " | |
1435 | "file section, the file priority, and the file name." | |
1436 | msgstr "" | |
1437 | ||
1438 | #. type: Plain text | |
1439 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1440 | msgid "" | |
1441 | "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " | |
1442 | "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> " | |
1443 | "fields." | |
1444 | msgstr "" | |
1445 | ||
1446 | #. type: Plain text | |
1447 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1448 | msgid "" | |
1449 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
1450 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
1451 | "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for " | |
1452 | "B<Checksums-Sha256>." | |
1453 | msgstr "" | |
1454 | ||
1455 | #. type: Plain text | |
1456 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1457 | msgid "" | |
1458 | "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " | |
1459 | "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the " | |
1460 | "other related B<Checksums> fields." | |
1461 | msgstr "" | |
1462 | ||
1463 | #. type: SH | |
1464 | #: deb-changes.man:1 dsc.man:1 dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
1465 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
1466 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
1467 | #, no-wrap | |
1468 | msgid "BUGS" | |
1469 | msgstr "" | |
1470 | ||
1471 | #. type: Plain text | |
1472 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1473 | msgid "" | |
1474 | "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The " | |
1475 | "B<Change-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The " | |
1476 | "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred " | |
1477 | "to as a suite." | |
1478 | msgstr "" | |
1479 | ||
1480 | #. type: Plain text | |
1481 | #: deb-changes.man:1 | |
1482 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5)." | |
1483 | msgstr "" | |
1484 | ||
1485 | #. type: TH | |
1486 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1487 | #, no-wrap | |
1488 | msgid "deb-control" | |
1489 | msgstr "" | |
1490 | ||
1491 | #. type: Plain text | |
1492 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1493 | msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format" | |
1494 | msgstr "" | |
1495 | ||
1496 | #. type: Plain text | |
1497 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1498 | msgid "control" | |
1499 | msgstr "" | |
1500 | ||
1501 | #. type: Plain text | |
1502 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1503 | msgid "" | |
1504 | "Each Debian binary package contains the master I<control> file, which " | |
1505 | "contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " | |
1506 | "B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the " | |
1507 | "body of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " | |
1508 | "field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " | |
1509 | "generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the " | |
1510 | "case of the B<Description> field, see below)." | |
1511 | msgstr "" | |
1512 | ||
1513 | #. type: TP | |
1514 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1515 | #, no-wrap | |
1516 | msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)" | |
1517 | msgstr "" | |
1518 | ||
1519 | #. type: Plain text | |
1520 | #: deb-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1521 | msgid "" | |
1522 | "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " | |
1523 | "file names by most installation tools." | |
1524 | msgstr "" | |
1525 | ||
1526 | #. type: Plain text | |
1527 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1528 | msgid "" | |
1529 | "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " | |
1530 | "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " | |
1531 | "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " | |
1532 | "in B<deb-version>(5)." | |
1533 | msgstr "" | |
1534 | ||
1535 | #. type: TP | |
1536 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1537 | #, no-wrap | |
1538 | msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)" | |
1539 | msgstr "" | |
1540 | ||
1541 | #. type: Plain text | |
1542 | #: deb-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1543 | msgid "" | |
1544 | "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is " | |
1545 | "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " | |
1546 | "the software that was packaged." | |
1547 | msgstr "" | |
1548 | ||
1549 | #. type: TQ | |
1550 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1551 | #, no-wrap | |
1552 | msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)" | |
1553 | msgstr "" | |
1554 | ||
1555 | #. type: TQ | |
1556 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1557 | #, no-wrap | |
1558 | msgid "B< >I<long-description>" | |
1559 | msgstr "" | |
1560 | ||
1561 | #. type: Plain text | |
1562 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1563 | msgid "" | |
1564 | "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " | |
1565 | "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as " | |
1566 | "a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must " | |
1567 | "be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain " | |
1568 | "a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." | |
1569 | msgstr "" | |
1570 | ||
1571 | #. type: TP | |
1572 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1573 | #, no-wrap | |
1574 | msgid "B<Section:>I< section>" | |
1575 | msgstr "" | |
1576 | ||
1577 | #. type: Plain text | |
1578 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1579 | msgid "" | |
1580 | "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " | |
1581 | "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, " | |
1582 | "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc." | |
1583 | msgstr "" | |
1584 | ||
1585 | #. type: TP | |
1586 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1587 | #, no-wrap | |
1588 | msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>" | |
1589 | msgstr "" | |
1590 | ||
1591 | #. type: Plain text | |
1592 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1593 | msgid "" | |
1594 | "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " | |
1595 | "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc." | |
1596 | msgstr "" | |
1597 | ||
1598 | #. type: Plain text | |
1599 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1600 | msgid "" | |
1601 | "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted " | |
1602 | "values based on the specific distribution policy." | |
1603 | msgstr "" | |
1604 | ||
1605 | #. type: TP | |
1606 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1607 | #, no-wrap | |
1608 | msgid "B<Installed-Size:> size" | |
1609 | msgstr "" | |
1610 | ||
1611 | #. type: Plain text | |
1612 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1613 | msgid "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units." | |
1614 | msgstr "" | |
1615 | ||
1616 | #. type: TP | |
1617 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1618 | #, no-wrap | |
1619 | msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1620 | msgstr "" | |
1621 | ||
1622 | #. type: Plain text | |
1623 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1624 | msgid "" | |
1625 | "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " | |
1626 | "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " | |
1627 | "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " | |
1628 | "(at least not without using one of the force options)." | |
1629 | msgstr "" | |
1630 | ||
1631 | #. type: TQ | |
1632 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1633 | #, no-wrap | |
1634 | msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" | |
1635 | msgstr "" | |
1636 | ||
1637 | #. type: Plain text | |
1638 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1639 | msgid "" | |
1640 | "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly " | |
1641 | "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required " | |
1642 | "when building other packages." | |
1643 | msgstr "" | |
1644 | ||
1645 | #. type: TP | |
1646 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1647 | #, no-wrap | |
1648 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)" | |
1649 | msgstr "" | |
1650 | ||
1651 | #. type: Plain text | |
1652 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1653 | msgid "" | |
1654 | "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " | |
1655 | "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, " | |
1656 | "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
1657 | "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " | |
1658 | "documentation." | |
1659 | msgstr "" | |
1660 | ||
1661 | #. type: TP | |
1662 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1663 | #, no-wrap | |
1664 | msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" | |
1665 | msgstr "" | |
1666 | ||
1667 | #. type: TP | |
1668 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1669 | #, no-wrap | |
1670 | msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>" | |
1671 | msgstr "" | |
1672 | ||
1673 | #. type: Plain text | |
1674 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1675 | msgid "" | |
1676 | "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " | |
1677 | "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " | |
1678 | "B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." | |
1679 | msgstr "" | |
1680 | ||
1681 | #. type: TP | |
1682 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1683 | #, no-wrap | |
1684 | msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>" | |
1685 | msgstr "" | |
1686 | ||
1687 | #. type: Plain text | |
1688 | #: deb-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
1689 | msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." | |
1690 | msgstr "" | |
1691 | ||
1692 | #. type: TQ | |
1693 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1694 | #, no-wrap | |
1695 | msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" | |
1696 | msgstr "" | |
1697 | ||
1698 | #. type: Plain text | |
1699 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1700 | msgid "" | |
1701 | "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " | |
1702 | "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." | |
1703 | msgstr "" | |
1704 | ||
1705 | #. type: TP | |
1706 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1707 | #, no-wrap | |
1708 | msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" | |
1709 | msgstr "" | |
1710 | ||
1711 | #. type: Plain text | |
1712 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1713 | msgid "" | |
1714 | "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a " | |
1715 | "multi-arch installations." | |
1716 | msgstr "" | |
1717 | ||
1718 | #. type: TP | |
1719 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1720 | #, no-wrap | |
1721 | msgid "B<no>" | |
1722 | msgstr "" | |
1723 | ||
1724 | #. type: Plain text | |
1725 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1726 | msgid "" | |
1727 | "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding " | |
1728 | "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." | |
1729 | msgstr "" | |
1730 | ||
1731 | #. type: TP | |
1732 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1733 | #, no-wrap | |
1734 | msgid "B<same>" | |
1735 | msgstr "" | |
1736 | ||
1737 | #. type: Plain text | |
1738 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1739 | msgid "" | |
1740 | "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to " | |
1741 | "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from " | |
1742 | "itself." | |
1743 | msgstr "" | |
1744 | ||
1745 | #. type: TP | |
1746 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1747 | #, no-wrap | |
1748 | msgid "B<foreign>" | |
1749 | msgstr "" | |
1750 | ||
1751 | #. type: Plain text | |
1752 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1753 | msgid "" | |
1754 | "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to " | |
1755 | "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch " | |
1756 | "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value " | |
1757 | "B<foreign> is ignored)." | |
1758 | msgstr "" | |
1759 | ||
1760 | #. type: TP | |
1761 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1762 | #, no-wrap | |
1763 | msgid "B<allowed>" | |
1764 | msgstr "" | |
1765 | ||
1766 | #. type: Plain text | |
1767 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1768 | msgid "" | |
1769 | "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that " | |
1770 | "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the " | |
1771 | "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise." | |
1772 | msgstr "" | |
1773 | ||
1774 | #. type: TP | |
1775 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1776 | #, no-wrap | |
1777 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]" | |
1778 | msgstr "" | |
1779 | ||
1780 | #. type: Plain text | |
1781 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1782 | msgid "" | |
1783 | "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is " | |
1784 | "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version " | |
1785 | "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by " | |
1786 | "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a " | |
1787 | "binary-only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary " | |
1788 | "version via «B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»." | |
1789 | msgstr "" | |
1790 | ||
1791 | #. type: TP | |
1792 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1793 | #, no-wrap | |
1794 | msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>" | |
1795 | msgstr "" | |
1796 | ||
1797 | #. type: TQ | |
1798 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1799 | #, no-wrap | |
1800 | msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>" | |
1801 | msgstr "" | |
1802 | ||
1803 | #. type: TQ | |
1804 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1805 | #, no-wrap | |
1806 | msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>" | |
1807 | msgstr "" | |
1808 | ||
1809 | #. type: Plain text | |
1810 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1811 | msgid "" | |
1812 | "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " | |
1813 | "See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " | |
1814 | "B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." | |
1815 | msgstr "" | |
1816 | ||
1817 | #. type: TP | |
1818 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1819 | #, no-wrap | |
1820 | msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
1821 | msgstr "" | |
1822 | ||
1823 | #. type: Plain text | |
1824 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1825 | msgid "" | |
1826 | "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " | |
1827 | "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " | |
1828 | "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " | |
1829 | "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " | |
1830 | "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields " | |
1831 | "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, " | |
1832 | "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the " | |
1833 | "packages listed in its B<Depends> field." | |
1834 | msgstr "" | |
1835 | ||
1836 | #. type: TQ | |
1837 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1838 | #, no-wrap | |
1839 | msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
1840 | msgstr "" | |
1841 | ||
1842 | #. type: Plain text | |
1843 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1844 | msgid "" | |
1845 | "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " | |
1846 | "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " | |
1847 | "requires another package for running its preinst script." | |
1848 | msgstr "" | |
1849 | ||
1850 | #. type: TQ | |
1851 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1852 | #, no-wrap | |
1853 | msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>" | |
1854 | msgstr "" | |
1855 | ||
1856 | #. type: Plain text | |
1857 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1858 | msgid "" | |
1859 | "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " | |
1860 | "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " | |
1861 | "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." | |
1862 | msgstr "" | |
1863 | ||
1864 | #. type: TQ | |
1865 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1866 | #, no-wrap | |
1867 | msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" | |
1868 | msgstr "" | |
1869 | ||
1870 | #. type: Plain text | |
1871 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1872 | msgid "" | |
1873 | "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " | |
1874 | "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " | |
1875 | "reasonable." | |
1876 | msgstr "" | |
1877 | ||
1878 | #. type: Plain text | |
1879 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1880 | msgid "" | |
1881 | "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " | |
1882 | "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " | |
1883 | "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups " | |
1884 | "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, " | |
1885 | "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed " | |
1886 | "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally " | |
1887 | "followed by a version number specification in parentheses." | |
1888 | msgstr "" | |
1889 | ||
1890 | #. type: Plain text | |
1891 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1892 | msgid "" | |
1893 | "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " | |
1894 | "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the " | |
1895 | "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will " | |
1896 | "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any " | |
1897 | "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as " | |
1898 | "B<Multi-Arch: allowed>." | |
1899 | msgstr "" | |
1900 | ||
1901 | #. type: Plain text | |
1902 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1903 | msgid "" | |
1904 | "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later " | |
1905 | "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " | |
1906 | "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ " | |
1907 | "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater " | |
1908 | "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for " | |
1909 | "equal to." | |
1910 | msgstr "" | |
1911 | ||
1912 | #. type: TQ | |
1913 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1914 | #, no-wrap | |
1915 | msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" | |
1916 | msgstr "" | |
1917 | ||
1918 | #. type: Plain text | |
1919 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1920 | msgid "" | |
1921 | "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " | |
1922 | "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " | |
1923 | "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " | |
1924 | "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." | |
1925 | msgstr "" | |
1926 | ||
1927 | #. type: TQ | |
1928 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1929 | #, no-wrap | |
1930 | msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>" | |
1931 | msgstr "" | |
1932 | ||
1933 | #. type: Plain text | |
1934 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1935 | msgid "" | |
1936 | "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " | |
1937 | "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " | |
1938 | "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " | |
1939 | "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." | |
1940 | msgstr "" | |
1941 | ||
1942 | #. type: TQ | |
1943 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1944 | #, no-wrap | |
1945 | msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>" | |
1946 | msgstr "" | |
1947 | ||
1948 | #. type: Plain text | |
1949 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1950 | msgid "" | |
1951 | "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " | |
1952 | "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " | |
1953 | "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " | |
1954 | "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." | |
1955 | msgstr "" | |
1956 | ||
1957 | #. type: Plain text | |
1958 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1959 | msgid "" | |
1960 | "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package " | |
1961 | "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and " | |
1962 | "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional " | |
1963 | "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the " | |
1964 | "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary " | |
1965 | "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same " | |
1966 | "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." | |
1967 | msgstr "" | |
1968 | ||
1969 | #. type: TQ | |
1970 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
1971 | #, no-wrap | |
1972 | msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>" | |
1973 | msgstr "" | |
1974 | ||
1975 | #. type: Plain text | |
1976 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1977 | msgid "" | |
1978 | "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " | |
1979 | "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " | |
1980 | "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " | |
1981 | "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. " | |
1982 | "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " | |
1983 | "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " | |
1984 | "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to " | |
1985 | "separate the list." | |
1986 | msgstr "" | |
1987 | ||
1988 | #. type: Plain text | |
1989 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
1990 | msgid "" | |
1991 | "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas " | |
1992 | "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be " | |
1993 | "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the " | |
1994 | "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact " | |
1995 | "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored " | |
1996 | "since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
1997 | msgstr "" | |
1998 | ||
1999 | #. type: TQ | |
2000 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2001 | #, no-wrap | |
2002 | msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>" | |
2003 | msgstr "" | |
2004 | ||
2005 | #. type: Plain text | |
2006 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2007 | msgid "" | |
2008 | "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " | |
2009 | "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " | |
2010 | "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " | |
2011 | "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " | |
2012 | "with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " | |
2013 | "software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a " | |
2014 | "B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." | |
2015 | msgstr "" | |
2016 | ||
2017 | #. type: TP | |
2018 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2019 | #, no-wrap | |
2020 | msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:>I< profile-list (obsolete)>" | |
2021 | msgstr "" | |
2022 | ||
2023 | #. type: Plain text | |
2024 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2025 | msgid "" | |
2026 | "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles " | |
2027 | "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). " | |
2028 | "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the " | |
2029 | "B<.buildinfo> file, which supersedes it." | |
2030 | msgstr "" | |
2031 | ||
2032 | #. type: TP | |
2033 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2034 | #, no-wrap | |
2035 | msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:>I< reason-list>" | |
2036 | msgstr "" | |
2037 | ||
2038 | #. type: Plain text | |
2039 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2040 | msgid "" | |
2041 | "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package " | |
2042 | "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear " | |
2043 | "in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently " | |
2044 | "used reason is B<debug-symbols>." | |
2045 | msgstr "" | |
2046 | ||
2047 | #. type: SH | |
2048 | #: deb-control.man:1 deb-conffiles.man:1 deb-src-control.man:1 deb-origin.man:1 | |
2049 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
2050 | #, no-wrap | |
2051 | msgid "EXAMPLE" | |
2052 | msgstr "" | |
2053 | ||
2054 | #. type: Plain text | |
2055 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2056 | #, no-wrap | |
2057 | msgid "" | |
2058 | "# Comment\n" | |
2059 | "Package: grep\n" | |
2060 | "Essential: yes\n" | |
2061 | "Priority: required\n" | |
2062 | "Section: base\n" | |
2063 | "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
2064 | "Architecture: sparc\n" | |
2065 | "Version: 2.4-1\n" | |
2066 | "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" | |
2067 | "Provides: rgrep\n" | |
2068 | "Conflicts: rgrep\n" | |
2069 | "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" | |
2070 | " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" | |
2071 | " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" | |
2072 | " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" | |
2073 | " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" | |
2074 | " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" | |
2075 | " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" | |
2076 | " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" | |
2077 | " will run more slowly, however).\n" | |
2078 | msgstr "" | |
2079 | ||
2080 | #. type: Plain text | |
2081 | #: deb-control.man:1 | |
2082 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." | |
2083 | msgstr "" | |
2084 | ||
2085 | #. type: TH | |
2086 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2087 | #, no-wrap | |
2088 | msgid "deb-conffiles" | |
2089 | msgstr "" | |
2090 | ||
2091 | #. type: Plain text | |
2092 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2093 | msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles" | |
2094 | msgstr "" | |
2095 | ||
2096 | #. type: Plain text | |
2097 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2098 | msgid "conffiles" | |
2099 | msgstr "" | |
2100 | ||
2101 | #. type: Plain text | |
2102 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2103 | msgid "" | |
2104 | "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in " | |
2105 | "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)." | |
2106 | msgstr "" | |
2107 | ||
2108 | #. type: Plain text | |
2109 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2110 | msgid "" | |
2111 | "This file contains a list of files, one per line. They should be listed as " | |
2112 | "absolute pathnames, and should exist in the binary package, otherwise " | |
2113 | "B<dpkg>(1) will ignore them (although by default B<dpkg-deb>(1) will refuse " | |
2114 | "to build such binary packages). Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, and " | |
2115 | "empty lines will be ignored." | |
2116 | msgstr "" | |
2117 | ||
2118 | #. type: Plain text | |
2119 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2120 | #, no-wrap | |
2121 | msgid "" | |
2122 | "%CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n" | |
2123 | "%CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n" | |
2124 | "%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n" | |
2125 | "%CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n" | |
2126 | msgstr "" | |
2127 | ||
2128 | #. type: Plain text | |
2129 | #: deb-conffiles.man:1 | |
2130 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
2131 | msgstr "" | |
2132 | ||
2133 | #. type: TH | |
2134 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2135 | #, no-wrap | |
2136 | msgid "deb-src-control" | |
2137 | msgstr "" | |
2138 | ||
2139 | #. type: Plain text | |
2140 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2141 | msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" | |
2142 | msgstr "" | |
2143 | ||
2144 | #. type: Plain text | |
2145 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2146 | msgid "debian/control" | |
2147 | msgstr "" | |
2148 | ||
2149 | #. type: Plain text | |
2150 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2151 | msgid "" | |
2152 | "Each Debian source package contains the master «control» file, which " | |
2153 | "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " | |
2154 | "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while " | |
2155 | "each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " | |
2156 | "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " | |
2157 | "such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " | |
2158 | "the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, " | |
2159 | "but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least " | |
2160 | "one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a " | |
2161 | "single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, " | |
2162 | "see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot " | |
2163 | "after the space. Lines starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments." | |
2164 | msgstr "" | |
2165 | ||
2166 | #. type: SH | |
2167 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2168 | #, no-wrap | |
2169 | msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" | |
2170 | msgstr "" | |
2171 | ||
2172 | #. type: TP | |
2173 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2174 | #, no-wrap | |
2175 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" | |
2176 | msgstr "" | |
2177 | ||
2178 | #. type: Plain text | |
2179 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2180 | msgid "" | |
2181 | "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " | |
2182 | "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " | |
2183 | "must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " | |
2184 | "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " | |
2185 | "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character." | |
2186 | msgstr "" | |
2187 | ||
2188 | #. type: Plain text | |
2189 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2190 | msgid "" | |
2191 | "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and " | |
2192 | "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " | |
2193 | "author of the software or the original packager." | |
2194 | msgstr "" | |
2195 | ||
2196 | #. type: TP | |
2197 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2198 | #, no-wrap | |
2199 | msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" | |
2200 | msgstr "" | |
2201 | ||
2202 | #. type: Plain text | |
2203 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2204 | msgid "" | |
2205 | "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " | |
2206 | "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should " | |
2207 | "be separated by a comma." | |
2208 | msgstr "" | |
2209 | ||
2210 | #. type: TP | |
2211 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2212 | #, no-wrap | |
2213 | msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" | |
2214 | msgstr "" | |
2215 | ||
2216 | #. type: Plain text | |
2217 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2218 | msgid "" | |
2219 | "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards " | |
2220 | "this package complies with." | |
2221 | msgstr "" | |
2222 | ||
2223 | #. type: Plain text | |
2224 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2225 | msgid "The upstream project home page URL." | |
2226 | msgstr "" | |
2227 | ||
2228 | #. type: Plain text | |
2229 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2230 | msgid "" | |
2231 | "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " | |
2232 | "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " | |
2233 | "B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>. This field is usually not needed." | |
2234 | msgstr "" | |
2235 | ||
2236 | #. type: TP | |
2237 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2238 | #, no-wrap | |
2239 | msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:>I< url>" | |
2240 | msgstr "" | |
2241 | ||
2242 | #. type: TQ | |
2243 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2244 | #, no-wrap | |
2245 | msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:>I< url>" | |
2246 | msgstr "" | |
2247 | ||
2248 | #. type: TQ | |
2249 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2250 | #, no-wrap | |
2251 | msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:>I< url>" | |
2252 | msgstr "" | |
2253 | ||
2254 | #. type: TQ | |
2255 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2256 | #, no-wrap | |
2257 | msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:>I< url>" | |
2258 | msgstr "" | |
2259 | ||
2260 | #. type: TQ | |
2261 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2262 | #, no-wrap | |
2263 | msgid "B<Vcs-Git:>I< url>" | |
2264 | msgstr "" | |
2265 | ||
2266 | #. type: TQ | |
2267 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2268 | #, no-wrap | |
2269 | msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:>I< url>" | |
2270 | msgstr "" | |
2271 | ||
2272 | #. type: TQ | |
2273 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2274 | #, no-wrap | |
2275 | msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:>I< url>" | |
2276 | msgstr "" | |
2277 | ||
2278 | #. type: TQ | |
2279 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2280 | #, no-wrap | |
2281 | msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:>I< url>" | |
2282 | msgstr "" | |
2283 | ||
2284 | #. type: Plain text | |
2285 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2286 | msgid "" | |
2287 | "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " | |
2288 | "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " | |
2289 | "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> " | |
2290 | "(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the " | |
2291 | "package, such as the main branch or the trunk." | |
2292 | msgstr "" | |
2293 | ||
2294 | #. type: TP | |
2295 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2296 | #, no-wrap | |
2297 | msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>" | |
2298 | msgstr "" | |
2299 | ||
2300 | #. type: Plain text | |
2301 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2302 | msgid "" | |
2303 | "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System " | |
2304 | "repository." | |
2305 | msgstr "" | |
2306 | ||
2307 | #. type: Plain text | |
2308 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2309 | msgid "" | |
2310 | "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " | |
2311 | "usually not needed." | |
2312 | msgstr "" | |
2313 | ||
2314 | #. type: TP | |
2315 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2316 | #, no-wrap | |
2317 | msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>" | |
2318 | msgstr "" | |
2319 | ||
2320 | #. type: Plain text | |
2321 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2322 | msgid "" | |
2323 | "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " | |
2324 | "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when " | |
2325 | "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source " | |
2326 | "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same " | |
2327 | "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " | |
2328 | "B<Build-Depends-Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied " | |
2329 | "when building the source package." | |
2330 | msgstr "" | |
2331 | ||
2332 | #. type: TQ | |
2333 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2334 | #, no-wrap | |
2335 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:>I< package-list>" | |
2336 | msgstr "" | |
2337 | ||
2338 | #. type: Plain text | |
2339 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2340 | msgid "" | |
2341 | "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " | |
2342 | "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in " | |
2343 | "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with " | |
2344 | "older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead." | |
2345 | msgstr "" | |
2346 | ||
2347 | #. type: TQ | |
2348 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2349 | #, no-wrap | |
2350 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>" | |
2351 | msgstr "" | |
2352 | ||
2353 | #. type: Plain text | |
2354 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2355 | msgid "" | |
2356 | "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " | |
2357 | "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " | |
2358 | "in this case." | |
2359 | msgstr "" | |
2360 | ||
2361 | #. type: TQ | |
2362 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2363 | #, no-wrap | |
2364 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package-list>" | |
2365 | msgstr "" | |
2366 | ||
2367 | #. type: Plain text | |
2368 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2369 | msgid "" | |
2370 | "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, " | |
2371 | "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a " | |
2372 | "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both " | |
2373 | "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional " | |
2374 | "effect of being used for source-only builds." | |
2375 | msgstr "" | |
2376 | ||
2377 | #. type: TQ | |
2378 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2379 | #, no-wrap | |
2380 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:>I< package-list>" | |
2381 | msgstr "" | |
2382 | ||
2383 | #. type: Plain text | |
2384 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2385 | msgid "" | |
2386 | "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " | |
2387 | "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to " | |
2388 | "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead." | |
2389 | msgstr "" | |
2390 | ||
2391 | #. type: TQ | |
2392 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 dsc.man:1 | |
2393 | #, no-wrap | |
2394 | msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>" | |
2395 | msgstr "" | |
2396 | ||
2397 | #. type: Plain text | |
2398 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2399 | msgid "" | |
2400 | "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " | |
2401 | "independent packages." | |
2402 | msgstr "" | |
2403 | ||
2404 | #. type: Plain text | |
2405 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2406 | msgid "" | |
2407 | "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " | |
2408 | "B<Build-Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. " | |
2409 | "Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) " | |
2410 | "symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas. Commas are to be read " | |
2411 | "as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package " | |
2412 | "name is optionally followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a " | |
2413 | "colon ‘B<:>’, optionally followed by a version number specification in " | |
2414 | "parentheses, an architecture specification in square brackets, and a " | |
2415 | "restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile names in " | |
2416 | "angle brackets." | |
2417 | msgstr "" | |
2418 | ||
2419 | #. type: Plain text | |
2420 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2421 | msgid "" | |
2422 | "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and " | |
2423 | "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, " | |
2424 | "where the comma is read as an “AND”. Specifying alternative packages using " | |
2425 | "a “pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a " | |
2426 | "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification " | |
2427 | "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more " | |
2428 | "lists of profile names in angle brackets." | |
2429 | msgstr "" | |
2430 | ||
2431 | #. type: Plain text | |
2432 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2433 | msgid "" | |
2434 | "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " | |
2435 | "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). " | |
2436 | "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host " | |
2437 | "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real " | |
2438 | "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that " | |
2439 | "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if " | |
2440 | "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match " | |
2441 | "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with " | |
2442 | "B<Multi-Arch: foreign>." | |
2443 | msgstr "" | |
2444 | ||
2445 | #. type: Plain text | |
2446 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2447 | msgid "" | |
2448 | "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " | |
2449 | "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " | |
2450 | "names, meaning “NOT”." | |
2451 | msgstr "" | |
2452 | ||
2453 | #. type: Plain text | |
2454 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2455 | msgid "" | |
2456 | "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated " | |
2457 | "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in " | |
2458 | "the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and " | |
2459 | "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction " | |
2460 | "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression." | |
2461 | msgstr "" | |
2462 | ||
2463 | #. type: Plain text | |
2464 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2465 | msgid "" | |
2466 | "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " | |
2467 | "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " | |
2468 | "list of these packages is in the build-essential package." | |
2469 | msgstr "" | |
2470 | ||
2471 | #. type: SH | |
2472 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2473 | #, no-wrap | |
2474 | msgid "BINARY FIELDS" | |
2475 | msgstr "" | |
2476 | ||
2477 | #. type: Plain text | |
2478 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2479 | msgid "" | |
2480 | "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " | |
2481 | "a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." | |
2482 | msgstr "" | |
2483 | ||
2484 | #. type: TP | |
2485 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2486 | #, no-wrap | |
2487 | msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" | |
2488 | msgstr "" | |
2489 | ||
2490 | #. type: Plain text | |
2491 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2492 | msgid "" | |
2493 | "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " | |
2494 | "to a source package name apply." | |
2495 | msgstr "" | |
2496 | ||
2497 | #. type: TP | |
2498 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2499 | #, no-wrap | |
2500 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" | |
2501 | msgstr "" | |
2502 | ||
2503 | #. type: Plain text | |
2504 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2505 | msgid "" | |
2506 | "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " | |
2507 | "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " | |
2508 | "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " | |
2509 | "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " | |
2510 | "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a " | |
2511 | "space. It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see " | |
2512 | "B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for more information about them)." | |
2513 | msgstr "" | |
2514 | ||
2515 | #. type: TP | |
2516 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2517 | #, no-wrap | |
2518 | msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>" | |
2519 | msgstr "" | |
2520 | ||
2521 | #. type: Plain text | |
2522 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2523 | msgid "" | |
2524 | "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or " | |
2525 | "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula " | |
2526 | "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used." | |
2527 | msgstr "" | |
2528 | ||
2529 | #. type: Plain text | |
2530 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2531 | msgid "" | |
2532 | "If a binary package paragraph does not contain this field, then it " | |
2533 | "implicitly means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at " | |
2534 | "all)." | |
2535 | msgstr "" | |
2536 | ||
2537 | #. type: Plain text | |
2538 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2539 | msgid "" | |
2540 | "In other words, if a binary package paragraph is annotated with a non-empty " | |
2541 | "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only " | |
2542 | "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression " | |
2543 | "evaluates to true." | |
2544 | msgstr "" | |
2545 | ||
2546 | #. type: TP | |
2547 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2548 | #, no-wrap | |
2549 | msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>" | |
2550 | msgstr "" | |
2551 | ||
2552 | #. type: Plain text | |
2553 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2554 | msgid "" | |
2555 | "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained " | |
2556 | "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is " | |
2557 | "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." | |
2558 | msgstr "" | |
2559 | ||
2560 | #. type: TQ | |
2561 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2562 | #, no-wrap | |
2563 | msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" | |
2564 | msgstr "" | |
2565 | ||
2566 | #. type: Plain text | |
2567 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2568 | msgid "" | |
2569 | "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " | |
2570 | "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." | |
2571 | msgstr "" | |
2572 | ||
2573 | #. type: TQ | |
2574 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2575 | #, no-wrap | |
2576 | msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>" | |
2577 | msgstr "" | |
2578 | ||
2579 | #. type: Plain text | |
2580 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2581 | msgid "" | |
2582 | "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " | |
2583 | "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage." | |
2584 | msgstr "" | |
2585 | ||
2586 | #. type: SH | |
2587 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2588 | #, no-wrap | |
2589 | msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" | |
2590 | msgstr "" | |
2591 | ||
2592 | #. type: Plain text | |
2593 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2594 | msgid "" | |
2595 | "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " | |
2596 | "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " | |
2597 | "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " | |
2598 | "naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or " | |
2599 | "more of the letters B<BCS> and a hyphen." | |
2600 | msgstr "" | |
2601 | ||
2602 | #. type: TP | |
2603 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2604 | #, no-wrap | |
2605 | msgid "B<B>" | |
2606 | msgstr "" | |
2607 | ||
2608 | #. type: Plain text | |
2609 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2610 | msgid "" | |
2611 | "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see " | |
2612 | "B<deb-control>(5)." | |
2613 | msgstr "" | |
2614 | ||
2615 | #. type: TP | |
2616 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2617 | #, no-wrap | |
2618 | msgid "B<S>" | |
2619 | msgstr "" | |
2620 | ||
2621 | #. type: Plain text | |
2622 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2623 | msgid "The field will appear in the source package control file, see B<dsc>(5)." | |
2624 | msgstr "" | |
2625 | ||
2626 | #. type: TP | |
2627 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2628 | #, no-wrap | |
2629 | msgid "B<C>" | |
2630 | msgstr "" | |
2631 | ||
2632 | #. type: Plain text | |
2633 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2634 | msgid "" | |
2635 | "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see " | |
2636 | "B<deb-changes>(5)." | |
2637 | msgstr "" | |
2638 | ||
2639 | #. type: Plain text | |
2640 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2641 | msgid "" | |
2642 | "Note that the B<X>[B<BCS>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are " | |
2643 | "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as " | |
2644 | "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or " | |
2645 | "source package control files." | |
2646 | msgstr "" | |
2647 | ||
2648 | #. type: Plain text | |
2649 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2650 | msgid "" | |
2651 | "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global " | |
2652 | "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially " | |
2653 | "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those " | |
2654 | "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>." | |
2655 | msgstr "" | |
2656 | ||
2657 | #. type: Plain text | |
2658 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2659 | #, no-wrap | |
2660 | msgid "" | |
2661 | "# Comment\n" | |
2662 | "Source: dpkg\n" | |
2663 | "Section: admin\n" | |
2664 | "Priority: required\n" | |
2665 | "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
2666 | "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" | |
2667 | "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" | |
2668 | "Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" | |
2669 | "Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
2670 | "Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" | |
2671 | "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" | |
2672 | "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" | |
2673 | " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" | |
2674 | msgstr "" | |
2675 | ||
2676 | #. type: Plain text | |
2677 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2678 | #, no-wrap | |
2679 | msgid "" | |
2680 | "Package: dpkg-dev\n" | |
2681 | "Section: utils\n" | |
2682 | "Priority: optional\n" | |
2683 | "Architecture: all\n" | |
2684 | "# this is a custom field in the binary package\n" | |
2685 | "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" | |
2686 | "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n" | |
2687 | " bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" | |
2688 | "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" | |
2689 | "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" | |
2690 | "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" | |
2691 | "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" | |
2692 | "Description: Debian package development tools\n" | |
2693 | " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" | |
2694 | " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" | |
2695 | " .\n" | |
2696 | " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" | |
2697 | " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" | |
2698 | msgstr "" | |
2699 | ||
2700 | #. type: Plain text | |
2701 | #: deb-src-control.man:1 | |
2702 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" | |
2703 | msgstr "" | |
2704 | ||
2705 | #. type: TH | |
2706 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2707 | #, no-wrap | |
2708 | msgid "deb-src-files" | |
2709 | msgstr "" | |
2710 | ||
2711 | #. type: Plain text | |
2712 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2713 | msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format" | |
2714 | msgstr "" | |
2715 | ||
2716 | #. type: Plain text | |
2717 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2718 | msgid "debian/files" | |
2719 | msgstr "" | |
2720 | ||
2721 | #. type: Plain text | |
2722 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2723 | msgid "" | |
2724 | "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the " | |
2725 | "B<.changes> control file." | |
2726 | msgstr "" | |
2727 | ||
2728 | #. type: Plain text | |
2729 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2730 | msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format." | |
2731 | msgstr "" | |
2732 | ||
2733 | #. type: Plain text | |
2734 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2735 | msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority>" | |
2736 | msgstr "" | |
2737 | ||
2738 | #. type: Plain text | |
2739 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2740 | msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute." | |
2741 | msgstr "" | |
2742 | ||
2743 | #. type: Plain text | |
2744 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2745 | msgid "" | |
2746 | "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
2747 | "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " | |
2748 | "archive." | |
2749 | msgstr "" | |
2750 | ||
2751 | #. type: SH | |
2752 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 deb-version.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
2753 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
2754 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
2755 | #, no-wrap | |
2756 | msgid "NOTES" | |
2757 | msgstr "" | |
2758 | ||
2759 | #. type: Plain text | |
2760 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2761 | msgid "" | |
2762 | "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of " | |
2763 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it." | |
2764 | msgstr "" | |
2765 | ||
2766 | #. type: Plain text | |
2767 | #: deb-src-files.man:1 | |
2768 | msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." | |
2769 | msgstr "" | |
2770 | ||
2771 | #. type: TH | |
2772 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2773 | #, no-wrap | |
2774 | msgid "deb-split" | |
2775 | msgstr "" | |
2776 | ||
2777 | #. type: Plain text | |
2778 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2779 | msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" | |
2780 | msgstr "" | |
2781 | ||
2782 | #. type: Plain text | |
2783 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2784 | msgid "" | |
2785 | "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " | |
2786 | "pieces to ease transport in small media." | |
2787 | msgstr "" | |
2788 | ||
2789 | #. type: Plain text | |
2790 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2791 | msgid "" | |
2792 | "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " | |
2793 | "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
2794 | msgstr "" | |
2795 | ||
2796 | #. type: Plain text | |
2797 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2798 | msgid "" | |
2799 | "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " | |
2800 | "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" | |
2801 | msgstr "" | |
2802 | ||
2803 | #. type: IP | |
2804 | #: deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 | |
2805 | #: deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 deb-split.man:1 | |
2806 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
2807 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
2808 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
2809 | #, no-wrap | |
2810 | msgid "•" | |
2811 | msgstr "" | |
2812 | ||
2813 | #. type: Plain text | |
2814 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2815 | msgid "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." | |
2816 | msgstr "" | |
2817 | ||
2818 | #. type: Plain text | |
2819 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2820 | msgid "The package name." | |
2821 | msgstr "" | |
2822 | ||
2823 | #. type: Plain text | |
2824 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2825 | msgid "The package version." | |
2826 | msgstr "" | |
2827 | ||
2828 | #. type: Plain text | |
2829 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2830 | msgid "The md5sum of the package." | |
2831 | msgstr "" | |
2832 | ||
2833 | #. type: Plain text | |
2834 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2835 | msgid "The total size of the package." | |
2836 | msgstr "" | |
2837 | ||
2838 | #. type: Plain text | |
2839 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2840 | msgid "The maximum part size." | |
2841 | msgstr "" | |
2842 | ||
2843 | #. type: Plain text | |
2844 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2845 | msgid "" | |
2846 | "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " | |
2847 | "(as in ‘1/10’)." | |
2848 | msgstr "" | |
2849 | ||
2850 | #. type: Plain text | |
2851 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2852 | msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
2853 | msgstr "" | |
2854 | ||
2855 | #. type: Plain text | |
2856 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2857 | msgid "" | |
2858 | "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor " | |
2859 | "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, " | |
2860 | "and should ignore these if this is the case." | |
2861 | msgstr "" | |
2862 | ||
2863 | #. type: Plain text | |
2864 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2865 | msgid "" | |
2866 | "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has " | |
2867 | "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program " | |
2868 | "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member " | |
2869 | "in the archive (except at the end), as described below." | |
2870 | msgstr "" | |
2871 | ||
2872 | #. type: Plain text | |
2873 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2874 | msgid "" | |
2875 | "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " | |
2876 | "the part number. It contains the raw part data." | |
2877 | msgstr "" | |
2878 | ||
2879 | #. type: Plain text | |
2880 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2881 | msgid "" | |
2882 | "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " | |
2883 | "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " | |
2884 | "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." | |
2885 | msgstr "" | |
2886 | ||
2887 | #. type: Plain text | |
2888 | #: deb-split.man:1 | |
2889 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." | |
2890 | msgstr "" | |
2891 | ||
2892 | #. type: TH | |
2893 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2894 | #, no-wrap | |
2895 | msgid "deb-version" | |
2896 | msgstr "" | |
2897 | ||
2898 | #. type: Plain text | |
2899 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2900 | msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" | |
2901 | msgstr "" | |
2902 | ||
2903 | #. type: Plain text | |
2904 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2905 | msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" | |
2906 | msgstr "" | |
2907 | ||
2908 | #. type: Plain text | |
2909 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2910 | msgid "" | |
2911 | "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " | |
2912 | "three components. These are:" | |
2913 | msgstr "" | |
2914 | ||
2915 | #. type: TP | |
2916 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2917 | #, no-wrap | |
2918 | msgid "I<epoch>" | |
2919 | msgstr "" | |
2920 | ||
2921 | #. type: Plain text | |
2922 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2923 | msgid "" | |
2924 | "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " | |
2925 | "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " | |
2926 | "may not contain any colons." | |
2927 | msgstr "" | |
2928 | ||
2929 | #. type: Plain text | |
2930 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2931 | msgid "" | |
2932 | "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " | |
2933 | "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " | |
2934 | "left behind." | |
2935 | msgstr "" | |
2936 | ||
2937 | #. type: TP | |
2938 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2939 | #, no-wrap | |
2940 | msgid "I<upstream-version>" | |
2941 | msgstr "" | |
2942 | ||
2943 | #. type: Plain text | |
2944 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2945 | msgid "" | |
2946 | "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " | |
2947 | "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has " | |
2948 | "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format " | |
2949 | "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be " | |
2950 | "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " | |
2951 | "comparison scheme." | |
2952 | msgstr "" | |
2953 | ||
2954 | #. type: Plain text | |
2955 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2956 | msgid "" | |
2957 | "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " | |
2958 | "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " | |
2959 | "the version number is mandatory." | |
2960 | msgstr "" | |
2961 | ||
2962 | #. type: Plain text | |
2963 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2964 | msgid "" | |
2965 | "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the " | |
2966 | "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) " | |
2967 | "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then " | |
2968 | "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not " | |
2969 | "allowed." | |
2970 | msgstr "" | |
2971 | ||
2972 | #. type: TP | |
2973 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2974 | #, no-wrap | |
2975 | msgid "I<debian-revision>" | |
2976 | msgstr "" | |
2977 | ||
2978 | #. type: Plain text | |
2979 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2980 | msgid "" | |
2981 | "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " | |
2982 | "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " | |
2983 | "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " | |
2984 | "same way as the I<upstream-version> is." | |
2985 | msgstr "" | |
2986 | ||
2987 | #. type: Plain text | |
2988 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2989 | msgid "" | |
2990 | "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " | |
2991 | "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " | |
2992 | "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " | |
2993 | "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is " | |
2994 | "required." | |
2995 | msgstr "" | |
2996 | ||
2997 | #. type: Plain text | |
2998 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
2999 | msgid "" | |
3000 | "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the " | |
3001 | "I<upstream-version> is increased." | |
3002 | msgstr "" | |
3003 | ||
3004 | #. type: Plain text | |
3005 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3006 | msgid "" | |
3007 | "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " | |
3008 | "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and " | |
3009 | "I<debian-revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier " | |
3010 | "than the presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " | |
3011 | "significant part of the version number)." | |
3012 | msgstr "" | |
3013 | ||
3014 | #. type: SS | |
3015 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3016 | #, no-wrap | |
3017 | msgid "Sorting algorithm" | |
3018 | msgstr "" | |
3019 | ||
3020 | #. type: Plain text | |
3021 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3022 | msgid "" | |
3023 | "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " | |
3024 | "package management system using the same algorithm:" | |
3025 | msgstr "" | |
3026 | ||
3027 | #. type: Plain text | |
3028 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3029 | msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." | |
3030 | msgstr "" | |
3031 | ||
3032 | #. type: Plain text | |
3033 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3034 | msgid "" | |
3035 | "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " | |
3036 | "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " | |
3037 | "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " | |
3038 | "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " | |
3039 | "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " | |
3040 | "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " | |
3041 | "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’." | |
3042 | msgstr "" | |
3043 | ||
3044 | #. type: Plain text | |
3045 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3046 | msgid "" | |
3047 | "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " | |
3048 | "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " | |
3049 | "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " | |
3050 | "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " | |
3051 | "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." | |
3052 | msgstr "" | |
3053 | ||
3054 | #. type: Plain text | |
3055 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3056 | msgid "" | |
3057 | "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " | |
3058 | "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " | |
3059 | "strings are exhausted." | |
3060 | msgstr "" | |
3061 | ||
3062 | #. type: Plain text | |
3063 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3064 | msgid "" | |
3065 | "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " | |
3066 | "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " | |
3067 | "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " | |
3068 | "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " | |
3069 | "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings." | |
3070 | msgstr "" | |
3071 | ||
3072 | #. type: Plain text | |
3073 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3074 | msgid "" | |
3075 | "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " | |
3076 | "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for " | |
3077 | "it later in the 1.10.x series." | |
3078 | msgstr "" | |
3079 | ||
3080 | #. type: Plain text | |
3081 | #: deb-version.man:1 | |
3082 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" | |
3083 | msgstr "" | |
3084 | ||
3085 | #. type: TH | |
3086 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3087 | #, no-wrap | |
3088 | msgid "deb-old" | |
3089 | msgstr "" | |
3090 | ||
3091 | #. type: Plain text | |
3092 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3093 | msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" | |
3094 | msgstr "" | |
3095 | ||
3096 | #. type: Plain text | |
3097 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3098 | msgid "" | |
3099 | "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " | |
3100 | "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " | |
3101 | "B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." | |
3102 | msgstr "" | |
3103 | ||
3104 | #. type: Plain text | |
3105 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3106 | msgid "" | |
3107 | "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " | |
3108 | "concatenated gzipped ustar files." | |
3109 | msgstr "" | |
3110 | ||
3111 | #. type: Plain text | |
3112 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3113 | msgid "" | |
3114 | "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " | |
3115 | "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." | |
3116 | msgstr "" | |
3117 | ||
3118 | #. type: Plain text | |
3119 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3120 | msgid "" | |
3121 | "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " | |
3122 | "length of the first gzipped tarfile." | |
3123 | msgstr "" | |
3124 | ||
3125 | #. type: Plain text | |
3126 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3127 | msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." | |
3128 | msgstr "" | |
3129 | ||
3130 | #. type: Plain text | |
3131 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3132 | msgid "" | |
3133 | "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " | |
3134 | "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " | |
3135 | "information." | |
3136 | msgstr "" | |
3137 | ||
3138 | #. type: Plain text | |
3139 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3140 | msgid "" | |
3141 | "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " | |
3142 | "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " | |
3143 | "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " | |
3144 | "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " | |
3145 | "for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory." | |
3146 | msgstr "" | |
3147 | ||
3148 | #. type: Plain text | |
3149 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3150 | msgid "" | |
3151 | "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " | |
3152 | "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " | |
3153 | "pathnames do not have leading slashes." | |
3154 | msgstr "" | |
3155 | ||
3156 | #. type: Plain text | |
3157 | #: deb-old.man:1 | |
3158 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." | |
3159 | msgstr "" | |
3160 | ||
3161 | #. type: TH | |
3162 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3163 | #, no-wrap | |
3164 | msgid "deb-origin" | |
3165 | msgstr "" | |
3166 | ||
3167 | #. type: Plain text | |
3168 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3169 | msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files" | |
3170 | msgstr "" | |
3171 | ||
3172 | #. type: Plain text | |
3173 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3174 | msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>" | |
3175 | msgstr "" | |
3176 | ||
3177 | #. type: Plain text | |
3178 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3179 | msgid "" | |
3180 | "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various " | |
3181 | "vendors who are providing Debian packages." | |
3182 | msgstr "" | |
3183 | ||
3184 | #. type: Plain text | |
3185 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3186 | msgid "" | |
3187 | "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with " | |
3188 | "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, " | |
3189 | "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by " | |
3190 | "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but " | |
3191 | "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field." | |
3192 | msgstr "" | |
3193 | ||
3194 | #. type: Plain text | |
3195 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3196 | msgid "" | |
3197 | "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention " | |
3198 | "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some " | |
3199 | "variation is permitted. Namely, spaces are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), and " | |
3200 | "the file can have the same casing as the value in B<Vendor> field, or it can " | |
3201 | "be capitalized." | |
3202 | msgstr "" | |
3203 | ||
3204 | #. type: TP | |
3205 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3206 | #, no-wrap | |
3207 | msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)" | |
3208 | msgstr "" | |
3209 | ||
3210 | #. type: Plain text | |
3211 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3212 | msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name." | |
3213 | msgstr "" | |
3214 | ||
3215 | #. type: TP | |
3216 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3217 | #, no-wrap | |
3218 | msgid "B<Vendor-URL:>I< vendor-url>" | |
3219 | msgstr "" | |
3220 | ||
3221 | #. type: Plain text | |
3222 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3223 | msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL." | |
3224 | msgstr "" | |
3225 | ||
3226 | #. type: TP | |
3227 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3228 | #, no-wrap | |
3229 | msgid "B<Bugs:>I< bug-url>" | |
3230 | msgstr "" | |
3231 | ||
3232 | #. type: Plain text | |
3233 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3234 | msgid "" | |
3235 | "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking " | |
3236 | "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., " | |
3237 | "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)." | |
3238 | msgstr "" | |
3239 | ||
3240 | #. type: TP | |
3241 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3242 | #, no-wrap | |
3243 | msgid "B<Parent:>I< vendor-name>" | |
3244 | msgstr "" | |
3245 | ||
3246 | #. type: Plain text | |
3247 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3248 | msgid "" | |
3249 | "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this " | |
3250 | "vendor derives from." | |
3251 | msgstr "" | |
3252 | ||
3253 | #. type: Plain text | |
3254 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3255 | #, no-wrap | |
3256 | msgid "" | |
3257 | "Vendor: Debian\n" | |
3258 | "Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n" | |
3259 | "Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n" | |
3260 | msgstr "" | |
3261 | ||
3262 | #. type: Plain text | |
3263 | #: deb-origin.man:1 | |
3264 | msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)" | |
3265 | msgstr "" | |
3266 | ||
3267 | #. type: TH | |
3268 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3269 | #, no-wrap | |
3270 | msgid "deb-override" | |
3271 | msgstr "" | |
3272 | ||
3273 | #. type: Plain text | |
3274 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3275 | msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" | |
3276 | msgstr "" | |
3277 | ||
3278 | #. type: Plain text | |
3279 | #: deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3280 | msgid "override" | |
3281 | msgstr "" | |
3282 | ||
3283 | #. type: Plain text | |
3284 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3285 | msgid "" | |
3286 | "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " | |
3287 | "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " | |
3288 | "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " | |
3289 | "found in the override file." | |
3290 | msgstr "" | |
3291 | ||
3292 | #. type: Plain text | |
3293 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3294 | msgid "" | |
3295 | "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " | |
3296 | "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." | |
3297 | msgstr "" | |
3298 | ||
3299 | #. type: Plain text | |
3300 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3301 | msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" | |
3302 | msgstr "" | |
3303 | ||
3304 | #. type: Plain text | |
3305 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3306 | msgid "" | |
3307 | "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " | |
3308 | "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." | |
3309 | msgstr "" | |
3310 | ||
3311 | #. type: Plain text | |
3312 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3313 | msgid "" | |
3314 | "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " | |
3315 | "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " | |
3316 | "archive." | |
3317 | msgstr "" | |
3318 | ||
3319 | #. type: Plain text | |
3320 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3321 | msgid "" | |
3322 | "I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " | |
3323 | "unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " | |
3324 | "to perform a substitution." | |
3325 | msgstr "" | |
3326 | ||
3327 | #. type: Plain text | |
3328 | #: deb-override.man:1 | |
3329 | msgid "" | |
3330 | "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " | |
3331 | "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." | |
3332 | msgstr "" | |
3333 | ||
3334 | #. type: Plain text | |
3335 | #: deb-override.man:1 deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3336 | msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." | |
3337 | msgstr "" | |
3338 | ||
3339 | #. type: TH | |
3340 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3341 | #, no-wrap | |
3342 | msgid "deb-extra-override" | |
3343 | msgstr "" | |
3344 | ||
3345 | #. type: Plain text | |
3346 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3347 | msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" | |
3348 | msgstr "" | |
3349 | ||
3350 | #. type: Plain text | |
3351 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3352 | msgid "" | |
3353 | "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " | |
3354 | "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " | |
3355 | "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." | |
3356 | msgstr "" | |
3357 | ||
3358 | #. type: Plain text | |
3359 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3360 | msgid "" | |
3361 | "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " | |
3362 | "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." | |
3363 | msgstr "" | |
3364 | ||
3365 | #. type: Plain text | |
3366 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3367 | msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" | |
3368 | msgstr "" | |
3369 | ||
3370 | #. type: Plain text | |
3371 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3372 | msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." | |
3373 | msgstr "" | |
3374 | ||
3375 | #. type: Plain text | |
3376 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3377 | msgid "" | |
3378 | "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the " | |
3379 | "value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no " | |
3380 | "more than 3 columns when it's parsed." | |
3381 | msgstr "" | |
3382 | ||
3383 | #. type: Plain text | |
3384 | #: deb-extra-override.man:1 | |
3385 | msgid "" | |
3386 | "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " | |
3387 | "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." | |
3388 | msgstr "" | |
3389 | ||
3390 | #. type: TH | |
3391 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3392 | #, no-wrap | |
3393 | msgid "deb-shlibs" | |
3394 | msgstr "" | |
3395 | ||
3396 | #. type: Plain text | |
3397 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3398 | msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" | |
3399 | msgstr "" | |
3400 | ||
3401 | #. type: Plain text | |
3402 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3403 | msgid "" | |
3404 | "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to " | |
3405 | "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " | |
3406 | "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " | |
3407 | "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " | |
3408 | "have the format" | |
3409 | msgstr "" | |
3410 | ||
3411 | #. type: Plain text | |
3412 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3413 | msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" | |
3414 | msgstr "" | |
3415 | ||
3416 | #. type: Plain text | |
3417 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3418 | msgid "" | |
3419 | "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " | |
3420 | "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " | |
3421 | "optional and normally not needed." | |
3422 | msgstr "" | |
3423 | ||
3424 | #. type: Plain text | |
3425 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3426 | msgid "" | |
3427 | "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a " | |
3428 | "binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5)." | |
3429 | msgstr "" | |
3430 | ||
3431 | #. type: Plain text | |
3432 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3433 | msgid "" | |
3434 | "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " | |
3435 | "provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" | |
3436 | msgstr "" | |
3437 | ||
3438 | #. type: Plain text | |
3439 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3440 | msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" | |
3441 | msgstr "" | |
3442 | ||
3443 | #. type: Plain text | |
3444 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3445 | msgid "" | |
3446 | "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " | |
3447 | "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " | |
3448 | "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " | |
3449 | "dependencies might need to be tightened." | |
3450 | msgstr "" | |
3451 | ||
3452 | #. type: Plain text | |
3453 | #: deb-shlibs.man:1 | |
3454 | msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." | |
3455 | msgstr "" | |
3456 | ||
3457 | #. type: TH | |
3458 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3459 | #, no-wrap | |
3460 | msgid "deb-substvars" | |
3461 | msgstr "" | |
3462 | ||
3463 | #. type: Plain text | |
3464 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3465 | msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" | |
3466 | msgstr "" | |
3467 | ||
3468 | #. type: Plain text | |
3469 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3470 | msgid "substvars" | |
3471 | msgstr "" | |
3472 | ||
3473 | #. type: Plain text | |
3474 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3475 | msgid "" | |
3476 | "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " | |
3477 | "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " | |
3478 | "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " | |
3479 | "perform some variable substitutions on the output file." | |
3480 | msgstr "" | |
3481 | ||
3482 | #. type: Plain text | |
3483 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3484 | msgid "" | |
3485 | "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " | |
3486 | "names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " | |
3487 | "alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " | |
3488 | "left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " | |
3489 | "for more substitutions." | |
3490 | msgstr "" | |
3491 | ||
3492 | #. type: Plain text | |
3493 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3494 | msgid "" | |
3495 | "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string " | |
3496 | "B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." | |
3497 | msgstr "" | |
3498 | ||
3499 | #. type: Plain text | |
3500 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3501 | msgid "" | |
3502 | "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " | |
3503 | "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " | |
3504 | "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " | |
3505 | "and B<Architecture> fields." | |
3506 | msgstr "" | |
3507 | ||
3508 | #. type: Plain text | |
3509 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3510 | msgid "" | |
3511 | "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " | |
3512 | "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " | |
3513 | "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " | |
3514 | "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " | |
3515 | "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " | |
3516 | "field:" | |
3517 | msgstr "" | |
3518 | ||
3519 | #. type: Plain text | |
3520 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3521 | #, no-wrap | |
3522 | msgid "" | |
3523 | " Description: foo application\n" | |
3524 | " ${Description}\n" | |
3525 | " .\n" | |
3526 | " More text.\n" | |
3527 | msgstr "" | |
3528 | ||
3529 | #. type: Plain text | |
3530 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3531 | msgid "It will result in:" | |
3532 | msgstr "" | |
3533 | ||
3534 | #. type: Plain text | |
3535 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3536 | #, no-wrap | |
3537 | msgid "" | |
3538 | " Description: foo application\n" | |
3539 | " foo is bar.\n" | |
3540 | " foo is great.\n" | |
3541 | " .\n" | |
3542 | " More text.\n" | |
3543 | msgstr "" | |
3544 | ||
3545 | #. type: Plain text | |
3546 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3547 | msgid "" | |
3548 | "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " | |
3549 | "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " | |
3550 | "specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " | |
3551 | "I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " | |
3552 | "lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." | |
3553 | msgstr "" | |
3554 | ||
3555 | #. type: Plain text | |
3556 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3557 | msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" | |
3558 | msgstr "" | |
3559 | ||
3560 | #. type: TP | |
3561 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3562 | #, no-wrap | |
3563 | msgid "B<Arch>" | |
3564 | msgstr "" | |
3565 | ||
3566 | #. type: Plain text | |
3567 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3568 | msgid "" | |
3569 | "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being " | |
3570 | "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)." | |
3571 | msgstr "" | |
3572 | ||
3573 | #. type: TP | |
3574 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
3575 | #, no-wrap | |
3576 | msgid "B<source:Version>" | |
3577 | msgstr "" | |
3578 | ||
3579 | #. type: Plain text | |
3580 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3581 | msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
3582 | msgstr "" | |
3583 | ||
3584 | #. type: TP | |
3585 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
3586 | #, no-wrap | |
3587 | msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" | |
3588 | msgstr "" | |
3589 | ||
3590 | #. type: Plain text | |
3591 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3592 | msgid "" | |
3593 | "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " | |
3594 | "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
3595 | msgstr "" | |
3596 | ||
3597 | #. type: TP | |
3598 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3599 | #, no-wrap | |
3600 | msgid "B<binary:Version>" | |
3601 | msgstr "" | |
3602 | ||
3603 | #. type: Plain text | |
3604 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3605 | msgid "" | |
3606 | "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " | |
3607 | "for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
3608 | msgstr "" | |
3609 | ||
3610 | #. type: TP | |
3611 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3612 | #, no-wrap | |
3613 | msgid "B<Source-Version>" | |
3614 | msgstr "" | |
3615 | ||
3616 | #. type: Plain text | |
3617 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3618 | msgid "" | |
3619 | "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " | |
3620 | "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from " | |
3621 | "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as " | |
3622 | "appropriate." | |
3623 | msgstr "" | |
3624 | ||
3625 | #. type: TP | |
3626 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3627 | #, no-wrap | |
3628 | msgid "B<Installed-Size>" | |
3629 | msgstr "" | |
3630 | ||
3631 | #. type: Plain text | |
3632 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3633 | msgid "" | |
3634 | "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is " | |
3635 | "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the " | |
3636 | "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will " | |
3637 | "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and " | |
3638 | "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other " | |
3639 | "filesystem object type." | |
3640 | msgstr "" | |
3641 | ||
3642 | #. type: Plain text | |
3643 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3644 | msgid "" | |
3645 | "B<Note:> Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as " | |
3646 | "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the " | |
3647 | "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or " | |
3648 | "less space than the specified in this field." | |
3649 | msgstr "" | |
3650 | ||
3651 | #. type: TP | |
3652 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3653 | #, no-wrap | |
3654 | msgid "B<Extra-Size>" | |
3655 | msgstr "" | |
3656 | ||
3657 | #. type: Plain text | |
3658 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3659 | msgid "" | |
3660 | "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " | |
3661 | "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " | |
3662 | "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " | |
3663 | "B<Installed-Size> control file field." | |
3664 | msgstr "" | |
3665 | ||
3666 | #. type: TP | |
3667 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3668 | #, no-wrap | |
3669 | msgid "B<S:>I<fieldname>" | |
3670 | msgstr "" | |
3671 | ||
3672 | #. type: Plain text | |
3673 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3674 | msgid "" | |
3675 | "The value of the source stanza field I<fieldname> (which must be given in " | |
3676 | "the canonical capitalisation; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables " | |
3677 | "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. " | |
3678 | "These variables are only available when generating binary control files." | |
3679 | msgstr "" | |
3680 | ||
3681 | #. type: TP | |
3682 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3683 | #, no-wrap | |
3684 | msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" | |
3685 | msgstr "" | |
3686 | ||
3687 | #. type: Plain text | |
3688 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3689 | msgid "" | |
3690 | "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " | |
3691 | "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " | |
3692 | "on places where they are expanded explicitly." | |
3693 | msgstr "" | |
3694 | ||
3695 | #. type: TP | |
3696 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3697 | #, no-wrap | |
3698 | msgid "B<Format>" | |
3699 | msgstr "" | |
3700 | ||
3701 | #. type: Plain text | |
3702 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3703 | msgid "" | |
3704 | "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " | |
3705 | "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " | |
3706 | "field in the B<.changes> file will change too." | |
3707 | msgstr "" | |
3708 | ||
3709 | #. type: TP | |
3710 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3711 | #, no-wrap | |
3712 | msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" | |
3713 | msgstr "" | |
3714 | ||
3715 | #. type: Plain text | |
3716 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3717 | msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." | |
3718 | msgstr "" | |
3719 | ||
3720 | #. type: TP | |
3721 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3722 | #, no-wrap | |
3723 | msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" | |
3724 | msgstr "" | |
3725 | ||
3726 | #. type: Plain text | |
3727 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3728 | msgid "" | |
3729 | "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by " | |
3730 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." | |
3731 | msgstr "" | |
3732 | ||
3733 | #. type: TP | |
3734 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3735 | #, no-wrap | |
3736 | msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" | |
3737 | msgstr "" | |
3738 | ||
3739 | #. type: Plain text | |
3740 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3741 | msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
3742 | msgstr "" | |
3743 | ||
3744 | #. type: TP | |
3745 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3746 | #, no-wrap | |
3747 | msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" | |
3748 | msgstr "" | |
3749 | ||
3750 | #. type: Plain text | |
3751 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3752 | msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." | |
3753 | msgstr "" | |
3754 | ||
3755 | #. type: Plain text | |
3756 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3757 | msgid "" | |
3758 | "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " | |
3759 | "empty value is assumed." | |
3760 | msgstr "" | |
3761 | ||
3762 | #. type: TP | |
3763 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3764 | #, no-wrap | |
3765 | msgid "B<debian/substvars>" | |
3766 | msgstr "" | |
3767 | ||
3768 | #. type: Plain text | |
3769 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3770 | msgid "List of substitution variables and values." | |
3771 | msgstr "" | |
3772 | ||
3773 | #. type: Plain text | |
3774 | #: deb-substvars.man:1 | |
3775 | msgid "" | |
3776 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), " | |
3777 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." | |
3778 | msgstr "" | |
3779 | ||
3780 | #. type: TH | |
3781 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3782 | #, no-wrap | |
3783 | msgid "deb-symbols" | |
3784 | msgstr "" | |
3785 | ||
3786 | #. type: Plain text | |
3787 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3788 | msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" | |
3789 | msgstr "" | |
3790 | ||
3791 | #. type: Plain text | |
3792 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3793 | msgid "symbols" | |
3794 | msgstr "" | |
3795 | ||
3796 | #. type: Plain text | |
3797 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3798 | msgid "" | |
3799 | "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a " | |
3800 | "subset of the template symbol files used by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) in Debian " | |
3801 | "source packages." | |
3802 | msgstr "" | |
3803 | ||
3804 | #. type: Plain text | |
3805 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3806 | msgid "" | |
3807 | "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " | |
3808 | "these files is:" | |
3809 | msgstr "" | |
3810 | ||
3811 | #. type: Plain text | |
3812 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3813 | msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>" | |
3814 | msgstr "" | |
3815 | ||
3816 | #. type: Plain text | |
3817 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3818 | msgid "[| I<alternative-dependency-template>]" | |
3819 | msgstr "" | |
3820 | ||
3821 | #. type: Plain text | |
3822 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3823 | msgid "[...]" | |
3824 | msgstr "" | |
3825 | ||
3826 | #. type: Plain text | |
3827 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3828 | msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]" | |
3829 | msgstr "" | |
3830 | ||
3831 | #. type: Plain text | |
3832 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3833 | #, no-wrap | |
3834 | msgid "" | |
3835 | "[...]\n" | |
3836 | " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n" | |
3837 | msgstr "" | |
3838 | ||
3839 | #. type: Plain text | |
3840 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3841 | msgid "" | |
3842 | "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " | |
3843 | "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " | |
3844 | "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= " | |
3845 | "I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed " | |
3846 | "sufficient)." | |
3847 | msgstr "" | |
3848 | ||
3849 | #. type: Plain text | |
3850 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3851 | msgid "" | |
3852 | "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " | |
3853 | "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a " | |
3854 | "I<minimal-version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template " | |
3855 | "is always used and will end up being combined with the dependency template " | |
3856 | "referenced by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first " | |
3857 | "alternative dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc." | |
3858 | msgstr "" | |
3859 | ||
3860 | #. type: Plain text | |
3861 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3862 | msgid "" | |
3863 | "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " | |
3864 | "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " | |
3865 | "only valid fields are:" | |
3866 | msgstr "" | |
3867 | ||
3868 | #. type: TP | |
3869 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3870 | #, no-wrap | |
3871 | msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>" | |
3872 | msgstr "" | |
3873 | ||
3874 | #. type: Plain text | |
3875 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3876 | msgid "" | |
3877 | "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is " | |
3878 | "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at " | |
3879 | "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)." | |
3880 | msgstr "" | |
3881 | ||
3882 | #. type: TP | |
3883 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3884 | #, no-wrap | |
3885 | msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>" | |
3886 | msgstr "" | |
3887 | ||
3888 | #. type: Plain text | |
3889 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3890 | msgid "" | |
3891 | "It indicates what blacklist groups should be ignored, as a whitespace " | |
3892 | "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included " | |
3893 | "in the output file (since dpkg 1.17.6). This should only be necessary for " | |
3894 | "toolchain packages providing those blacklisted symbols. The available groups " | |
3895 | "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and " | |
3896 | "B<gomp>." | |
3897 | msgstr "" | |
3898 | ||
3899 | #. type: SS | |
3900 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3901 | #, no-wrap | |
3902 | msgid "Simple symbols file" | |
3903 | msgstr "" | |
3904 | ||
3905 | #. type: Plain text | |
3906 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3907 | #, no-wrap | |
3908 | msgid "" | |
3909 | "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" | |
3910 | " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
3911 | " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" | |
3912 | " [...]\n" | |
3913 | msgstr "" | |
3914 | ||
3915 | #. type: SS | |
3916 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3917 | #, no-wrap | |
3918 | msgid "Advanced symbols file" | |
3919 | msgstr "" | |
3920 | ||
3921 | #. type: Plain text | |
3922 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3923 | msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1" | |
3924 | msgstr "" | |
3925 | ||
3926 | #. type: Plain text | |
3927 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3928 | msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" | |
3929 | msgstr "" | |
3930 | ||
3931 | #. type: Plain text | |
3932 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3933 | #, no-wrap | |
3934 | msgid "" | |
3935 | "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" | |
3936 | " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" | |
3937 | " [...]\n" | |
3938 | " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" | |
3939 | " [...]\n" | |
3940 | msgstr "" | |
3941 | ||
3942 | #. type: Plain text | |
3943 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3944 | msgid "B<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" | |
3945 | msgstr "" | |
3946 | ||
3947 | #. type: Plain text | |
3948 | #: deb-symbols.man:1 | |
3949 | msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
3950 | msgstr "" | |
3951 | ||
3952 | #. type: TH | |
3953 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3954 | #, no-wrap | |
3955 | msgid "deb-postinst" | |
3956 | msgstr "" | |
3957 | ||
3958 | #. type: Plain text | |
3959 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3960 | msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script" | |
3961 | msgstr "" | |
3962 | ||
3963 | #. type: Plain text | |
3964 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3965 | msgid "postinst" | |
3966 | msgstr "" | |
3967 | ||
3968 | #. type: Plain text | |
3969 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3970 | msgid "" | |
3971 | "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer " | |
3972 | "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive " | |
3973 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)." | |
3974 | msgstr "" | |
3975 | ||
3976 | #. type: Plain text | |
3977 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 | |
3978 | msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:" | |
3979 | msgstr "" | |
3980 | ||
3981 | #. type: TP | |
3982 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3983 | #, no-wrap | |
3984 | msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>" | |
3985 | msgstr "" | |
3986 | ||
3987 | #. type: Plain text | |
3988 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3989 | msgid "After the package was installed." | |
3990 | msgstr "" | |
3991 | ||
3992 | #. type: TP | |
3993 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
3994 | #, no-wrap | |
3995 | msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> I<trigger-name...>" | |
3996 | msgstr "" | |
3997 | ||
3998 | #. type: Plain text | |
3999 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4000 | msgid "After the package was triggered." | |
4001 | msgstr "" | |
4002 | ||
4003 | #. type: TP | |
4004 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4005 | #, no-wrap | |
4006 | msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
4007 | msgstr "" | |
4008 | ||
4009 | #. type: Plain text | |
4010 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4011 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." | |
4012 | msgstr "" | |
4013 | ||
4014 | #. type: TP | |
4015 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4016 | #, no-wrap | |
4017 | msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>" | |
4018 | msgstr "" | |
4019 | ||
4020 | #. type: Plain text | |
4021 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4022 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during removal." | |
4023 | msgstr "" | |
4024 | ||
4025 | #. type: TP | |
4026 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4027 | #, no-wrap | |
4028 | msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
4029 | msgstr "" | |
4030 | ||
4031 | #. type: TQ | |
4032 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4033 | #, no-wrap | |
4034 | msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" | |
4035 | msgstr "" | |
4036 | ||
4037 | #. type: Plain text | |
4038 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4039 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during deconfiguration of a package." | |
4040 | msgstr "" | |
4041 | ||
4042 | #. type: TP | |
4043 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4044 | #, no-wrap | |
4045 | msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
4046 | msgstr "" | |
4047 | ||
4048 | #. type: Plain text | |
4049 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 | |
4050 | msgid "If I<prerm> fails during replacement due to conflict." | |
4051 | msgstr "" | |
4052 | ||
4053 | #. type: Plain text | |
4054 | #: deb-postinst.man:1 deb-postrm.man:1 deb-preinst.man:1 deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4055 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
4056 | msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." | |
4057 | msgstr "" | |
4058 | ||
4059 | #. type: TH | |
4060 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4061 | #, no-wrap | |
4062 | msgid "deb-postrm" | |
4063 | msgstr "" | |
4064 | ||
4065 | #. type: Plain text | |
4066 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4067 | msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script" | |
4068 | msgstr "" | |
4069 | ||
4070 | #. type: Plain text | |
4071 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4072 | msgid "postrm" | |
4073 | msgstr "" | |
4074 | ||
4075 | #. type: Plain text | |
4076 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4077 | msgid "" | |
4078 | "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, " | |
4079 | "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive " | |
4080 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)." | |
4081 | msgstr "" | |
4082 | ||
4083 | #. type: TP | |
4084 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4085 | #, no-wrap | |
4086 | msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>" | |
4087 | msgstr "" | |
4088 | ||
4089 | #. type: Plain text | |
4090 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4091 | msgid "After the package was removed." | |
4092 | msgstr "" | |
4093 | ||
4094 | #. type: TP | |
4095 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4096 | #, no-wrap | |
4097 | msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>" | |
4098 | msgstr "" | |
4099 | ||
4100 | #. type: Plain text | |
4101 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4102 | msgid "After the package was purged." | |
4103 | msgstr "" | |
4104 | ||
4105 | #. type: TP | |
4106 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4107 | #, no-wrap | |
4108 | msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
4109 | msgstr "" | |
4110 | ||
4111 | #. type: Plain text | |
4112 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4113 | msgid "After the package was upgraded." | |
4114 | msgstr "" | |
4115 | ||
4116 | #. type: TP | |
4117 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4118 | #, no-wrap | |
4119 | msgid "I<new-postrm >B<failed-upgrade>I< old-version new-version>" | |
4120 | msgstr "" | |
4121 | ||
4122 | #. type: Plain text | |
4123 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4124 | msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails." | |
4125 | msgstr "" | |
4126 | ||
4127 | #. type: TP | |
4128 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4129 | #, no-wrap | |
4130 | msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>" | |
4131 | msgstr "" | |
4132 | ||
4133 | #. type: Plain text | |
4134 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4135 | msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced." | |
4136 | msgstr "" | |
4137 | ||
4138 | #. type: TP | |
4139 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4140 | #, no-wrap | |
4141 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>" | |
4142 | msgstr "" | |
4143 | ||
4144 | #. type: Plain text | |
4145 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4146 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during install." | |
4147 | msgstr "" | |
4148 | ||
4149 | #. type: TP | |
4150 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4151 | #, no-wrap | |
4152 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version new-version>" | |
4153 | msgstr "" | |
4154 | ||
4155 | #. type: Plain text | |
4156 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4157 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade of removed package." | |
4158 | msgstr "" | |
4159 | ||
4160 | #. type: TP | |
4161 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4162 | #, no-wrap | |
4163 | msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
4164 | msgstr "" | |
4165 | ||
4166 | #. type: Plain text | |
4167 | #: deb-postrm.man:1 | |
4168 | msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade." | |
4169 | msgstr "" | |
4170 | ||
4171 | #. type: TH | |
4172 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4173 | #, no-wrap | |
4174 | msgid "deb-preinst" | |
4175 | msgstr "" | |
4176 | ||
4177 | #. type: Plain text | |
4178 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4179 | msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script" | |
4180 | msgstr "" | |
4181 | ||
4182 | #. type: Plain text | |
4183 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4184 | msgid "preinst" | |
4185 | msgstr "" | |
4186 | ||
4187 | #. type: Plain text | |
4188 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4189 | msgid "" | |
4190 | "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer " | |
4191 | "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive " | |
4192 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)." | |
4193 | msgstr "" | |
4194 | ||
4195 | #. type: TP | |
4196 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4197 | #, no-wrap | |
4198 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>" | |
4199 | msgstr "" | |
4200 | ||
4201 | #. type: Plain text | |
4202 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4203 | msgid "Before the package is installed." | |
4204 | msgstr "" | |
4205 | ||
4206 | #. type: TP | |
4207 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4208 | #, no-wrap | |
4209 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version new-version>" | |
4210 | msgstr "" | |
4211 | ||
4212 | #. type: Plain text | |
4213 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4214 | msgid "Before removed package is upgraded." | |
4215 | msgstr "" | |
4216 | ||
4217 | #. type: TP | |
4218 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4219 | #, no-wrap | |
4220 | msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
4221 | msgstr "" | |
4222 | ||
4223 | #. type: Plain text | |
4224 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4225 | msgid "Before the package is upgraded." | |
4226 | msgstr "" | |
4227 | ||
4228 | #. type: TP | |
4229 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4230 | #, no-wrap | |
4231 | msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
4232 | msgstr "" | |
4233 | ||
4234 | #. type: Plain text | |
4235 | #: deb-preinst.man:1 | |
4236 | msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." | |
4237 | msgstr "" | |
4238 | ||
4239 | #. type: TH | |
4240 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4241 | #, no-wrap | |
4242 | msgid "deb-prerm" | |
4243 | msgstr "" | |
4244 | ||
4245 | #. type: Plain text | |
4246 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4247 | msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script" | |
4248 | msgstr "" | |
4249 | ||
4250 | #. type: Plain text | |
4251 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4252 | msgid "prerm" | |
4253 | msgstr "" | |
4254 | ||
4255 | #. type: Plain text | |
4256 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4257 | msgid "" | |
4258 | "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by " | |
4259 | "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive " | |
4260 | "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/prerm> during package creation)." | |
4261 | msgstr "" | |
4262 | ||
4263 | #. type: TP | |
4264 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4265 | #, no-wrap | |
4266 | msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>" | |
4267 | msgstr "" | |
4268 | ||
4269 | #. type: Plain text | |
4270 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4271 | msgid "Before the package is removed." | |
4272 | msgstr "" | |
4273 | ||
4274 | #. type: TP | |
4275 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4276 | #, no-wrap | |
4277 | msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" | |
4278 | msgstr "" | |
4279 | ||
4280 | #. type: Plain text | |
4281 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4282 | msgid "Before an upgrade." | |
4283 | msgstr "" | |
4284 | ||
4285 | #. type: TP | |
4286 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4287 | #, no-wrap | |
4288 | msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" | |
4289 | msgstr "" | |
4290 | ||
4291 | #. type: Plain text | |
4292 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4293 | msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails." | |
4294 | msgstr "" | |
4295 | ||
4296 | #. type: TP | |
4297 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4298 | #, no-wrap | |
4299 | msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
4300 | msgstr "" | |
4301 | ||
4302 | #. type: TQ | |
4303 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4304 | #, no-wrap | |
4305 | msgid " [ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" | |
4306 | msgstr "" | |
4307 | ||
4308 | #. type: Plain text | |
4309 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4310 | msgid "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict." | |
4311 | msgstr "" | |
4312 | ||
4313 | #. type: TP | |
4314 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4315 | #, no-wrap | |
4316 | msgid "I<prerm> B<remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" | |
4317 | msgstr "" | |
4318 | ||
4319 | #. type: Plain text | |
4320 | #: deb-prerm.man:1 | |
4321 | msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict." | |
4322 | msgstr "" | |
4323 | ||
4324 | #. type: TH | |
4325 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4326 | #, no-wrap | |
4327 | msgid "deb-triggers" | |
4328 | msgstr "" | |
4329 | ||
4330 | #. type: Plain text | |
4331 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4332 | msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" | |
4333 | msgstr "" | |
4334 | ||
4335 | #. type: Plain text | |
4336 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4337 | msgid "triggers" | |
4338 | msgstr "" | |
4339 | ||
4340 | #. type: Plain text | |
4341 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4342 | msgid "" | |
4343 | "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " | |
4344 | "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " | |
4345 | "package creation)." | |
4346 | msgstr "" | |
4347 | ||
4348 | #. type: Plain text | |
4349 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4350 | msgid "" | |
4351 | "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " | |
4352 | "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " | |
4353 | "lines will be ignored." | |
4354 | msgstr "" | |
4355 | ||
4356 | #. type: Plain text | |
4357 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4358 | msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" | |
4359 | msgstr "" | |
4360 | ||
4361 | #. type: TP | |
4362 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4363 | #, no-wrap | |
4364 | msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" | |
4365 | msgstr "" | |
4366 | ||
4367 | #. type: TQ | |
4368 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4369 | #, no-wrap | |
4370 | msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>" | |
4371 | msgstr "" | |
4372 | ||
4373 | #. type: TQ | |
4374 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4375 | #, no-wrap | |
4376 | msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" | |
4377 | msgstr "" | |
4378 | ||
4379 | #. type: Plain text | |
4380 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4381 | msgid "" | |
4382 | "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " | |
4383 | "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " | |
4384 | "triggers control file. The “noawait” variant does not put the triggering " | |
4385 | "packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the " | |
4386 | "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." | |
4387 | msgstr "" | |
4388 | ||
4389 | #. type: TP | |
4390 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4391 | #, no-wrap | |
4392 | msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" | |
4393 | msgstr "" | |
4394 | ||
4395 | #. type: TQ | |
4396 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4397 | #, no-wrap | |
4398 | msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>" | |
4399 | msgstr "" | |
4400 | ||
4401 | #. type: TQ | |
4402 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4403 | #, no-wrap | |
4404 | msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" | |
4405 | msgstr "" | |
4406 | ||
4407 | #. type: Plain text | |
4408 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4409 | msgid "" | |
4410 | "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " | |
4411 | "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " | |
4412 | "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " | |
4413 | "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The “noawait” variant does not " | |
4414 | "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used " | |
4415 | "when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." | |
4416 | msgstr "" | |
4417 | ||
4418 | #. type: Plain text | |
4419 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4420 | msgid "" | |
4421 | "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " | |
4422 | "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " | |
4423 | "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " | |
4424 | "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " | |
4425 | "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." | |
4426 | msgstr "" | |
4427 | ||
4428 | #. type: Plain text | |
4429 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4430 | msgid "" | |
4431 | "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " | |
4432 | "package." | |
4433 | msgstr "" | |
4434 | ||
4435 | #. type: Plain text | |
4436 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4437 | msgid "" | |
4438 | "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since " | |
4439 | "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be " | |
4440 | "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If " | |
4441 | "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will " | |
4442 | "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the " | |
4443 | "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade." | |
4444 | msgstr "" | |
4445 | ||
4446 | #. type: Plain text | |
4447 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4448 | msgid "" | |
4449 | "The “-noawait” variants are only supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead " | |
4450 | "to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add a " | |
4451 | "“Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)” to any package that wish to use those " | |
4452 | "directives." | |
4453 | msgstr "" | |
4454 | ||
4455 | #. type: Plain text | |
4456 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4457 | msgid "" | |
4458 | "The “-await” alias variants are only supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will " | |
4459 | "lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to add a " | |
4460 | "“Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.21)” to any package that wish to use those " | |
4461 | "directives." | |
4462 | msgstr "" | |
4463 | ||
4464 | #. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. | |
4465 | #. type: Plain text | |
4466 | #: deb-triggers.man:1 | |
4467 | msgid "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
4468 | msgstr "" | |
4469 | ||
4470 | #. type: TH | |
4471 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4472 | #, no-wrap | |
4473 | msgid "dsc" | |
4474 | msgstr "" | |
4475 | ||
4476 | #. type: Plain text | |
4477 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4478 | msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format" | |
4479 | msgstr "" | |
4480 | ||
4481 | #. type: Plain text | |
4482 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4483 | msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>" | |
4484 | msgstr "" | |
4485 | ||
4486 | #. type: Plain text | |
4487 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4488 | msgid "" | |
4489 | "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which " | |
4490 | "contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as " | |
4491 | "B<Source> or B<Binary> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body " | |
4492 | "of the field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, " | |
4493 | "field text may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will " | |
4494 | "generally join lines when processing the body of the field (except in case " | |
4495 | "of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and " | |
4496 | "B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." | |
4497 | msgstr "" | |
4498 | ||
4499 | #. type: Plain text | |
4500 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4501 | msgid "" | |
4502 | "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. " | |
4503 | "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret " | |
4504 | "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The " | |
4505 | "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision, a period, a numeric " | |
4506 | "minor revision, and then an optional subtype after whitespace, which if " | |
4507 | "specified is an alphanumeric word in parentheses. The subtype is optional " | |
4508 | "in the syntax but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions." | |
4509 | msgstr "" | |
4510 | ||
4511 | #. type: Plain text | |
4512 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4513 | msgid "" | |
4514 | "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 " | |
4515 | "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>." | |
4516 | msgstr "" | |
4517 | ||
4518 | #. type: TP | |
4519 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4520 | #, no-wrap | |
4521 | msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)" | |
4522 | msgstr "" | |
4523 | ||
4524 | #. type: TP | |
4525 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4526 | #, no-wrap | |
4527 | msgid "B<Binary:>I< binary-package-list>" | |
4528 | msgstr "" | |
4529 | ||
4530 | #. type: Plain text | |
4531 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4532 | msgid "" | |
4533 | "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can " | |
4534 | "produce, separated by commas." | |
4535 | msgstr "" | |
4536 | ||
4537 | #. type: Plain text | |
4538 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4539 | msgid "" | |
4540 | "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives " | |
4541 | "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which " | |
4542 | "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions." | |
4543 | msgstr "" | |
4544 | ||
4545 | #. type: TP | |
4546 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4547 | #, no-wrap | |
4548 | msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)" | |
4549 | msgstr "" | |
4550 | ||
4551 | #. type: Plain text | |
4552 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4553 | msgid "" | |
4554 | "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which " | |
4555 | "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common " | |
4556 | "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, " | |
4557 | "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc." | |
4558 | msgstr "" | |
4559 | ||
4560 | #. type: Plain text | |
4561 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4562 | msgid "" | |
4563 | "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " | |
4564 | "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The " | |
4565 | "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the " | |
4566 | "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed " | |
4567 | "in the list is B<all>." | |
4568 | msgstr "" | |
4569 | ||
4570 | #. type: Plain text | |
4571 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4572 | msgid "" | |
4573 | "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in " | |
4574 | "the I<debian/control> in the source package." | |
4575 | msgstr "" | |
4576 | ||
4577 | #. type: TP | |
4578 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4579 | #, no-wrap | |
4580 | msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email-list>" | |
4581 | msgstr "" | |
4582 | ||
4583 | #. type: TP | |
4584 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4585 | #, no-wrap | |
4586 | msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)" | |
4587 | msgstr "" | |
4588 | ||
4589 | #. type: Plain text | |
4590 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4591 | msgid "" | |
4592 | "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System " | |
4593 | "repository." | |
4594 | msgstr "" | |
4595 | ||
4596 | #. type: Plain text | |
4597 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4598 | msgid "" | |
4599 | "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository " | |
4600 | "used to maintain this package. See B<deb-src-control>(5) for more details." | |
4601 | msgstr "" | |
4602 | ||
4603 | #. type: TP | |
4604 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4605 | #, no-wrap | |
4606 | msgid "B<Testsuite:>I< name-list>" | |
4607 | msgstr "" | |
4608 | ||
4609 | #. type: Plain text | |
4610 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4611 | msgid "" | |
4612 | "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test " | |
4613 | "suites. The value is a space-separated list of test suites. If the " | |
4614 | "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be " | |
4615 | "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will " | |
4616 | "automatically add it, preserving previous values." | |
4617 | msgstr "" | |
4618 | ||
4619 | #. type: TP | |
4620 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4621 | #, no-wrap | |
4622 | msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:>I< package-list>" | |
4623 | msgstr "" | |
4624 | ||
4625 | #. type: Plain text | |
4626 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4627 | msgid "" | |
4628 | "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies " | |
4629 | "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions " | |
4630 | "removed, and OR dependencies flattened, except for binaries generated by " | |
4631 | "this source package and meta-dependencies such as B<@> or B<@builddeps@>." | |
4632 | msgstr "" | |
4633 | ||
4634 | #. type: Plain text | |
4635 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4636 | msgid "" | |
4637 | "Rationale: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the test " | |
4638 | "dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked." | |
4639 | msgstr "" | |
4640 | ||
4641 | #. type: Plain text | |
4642 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4643 | msgid "" | |
4644 | "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages " | |
4645 | "used to build it. They are discussed in the B<deb-src-control>(5) manpage." | |
4646 | msgstr "" | |
4647 | ||
4648 | #. type: TP | |
4649 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4650 | #, no-wrap | |
4651 | msgid "B<Package-List:>" | |
4652 | msgstr "" | |
4653 | ||
4654 | #. type: TQ | |
4655 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4656 | #, no-wrap | |
4657 | msgid " I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>" | |
4658 | msgstr "" | |
4659 | ||
4660 | #. type: Plain text | |
4661 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4662 | msgid "" | |
4663 | "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this " | |
4664 | "source package." | |
4665 | msgstr "" | |
4666 | ||
4667 | #. type: Plain text | |
4668 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4669 | msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name." | |
4670 | msgstr "" | |
4671 | ||
4672 | #. type: Plain text | |
4673 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4674 | msgid "" | |
4675 | "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another " | |
4676 | "common value is B<udeb>." | |
4677 | msgstr "" | |
4678 | ||
4679 | #. type: Plain text | |
4680 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4681 | msgid "" | |
4682 | "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same " | |
4683 | "name." | |
4684 | msgstr "" | |
4685 | ||
4686 | #. type: Plain text | |
4687 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4688 | msgid "" | |
4689 | "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the " | |
4690 | "currently known optional keys are:" | |
4691 | msgstr "" | |
4692 | ||
4693 | #. type: TP | |
4694 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4695 | #, no-wrap | |
4696 | msgid "B<arch>" | |
4697 | msgstr "" | |
4698 | ||
4699 | #. type: Plain text | |
4700 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4701 | msgid "" | |
4702 | "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, " | |
4703 | "with spaces converted to ‘,’." | |
4704 | msgstr "" | |
4705 | ||
4706 | #. type: TP | |
4707 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4708 | #, no-wrap | |
4709 | msgid "B<profile>" | |
4710 | msgstr "" | |
4711 | ||
4712 | #. type: Plain text | |
4713 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4714 | msgid "" | |
4715 | "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package " | |
4716 | "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’." | |
4717 | msgstr "" | |
4718 | ||
4719 | #. type: TP | |
4720 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4721 | #, no-wrap | |
4722 | msgid "B<essential>" | |
4723 | msgstr "" | |
4724 | ||
4725 | #. type: Plain text | |
4726 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4727 | msgid "" | |
4728 | "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the " | |
4729 | "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value." | |
4730 | msgstr "" | |
4731 | ||
4732 | #. type: Plain text | |
4733 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4734 | msgid "" | |
4735 | "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " | |
4736 | "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " | |
4737 | "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 " | |
4738 | "for B<Checksums-Sha256>." | |
4739 | msgstr "" | |
4740 | ||
4741 | #. type: Plain text | |
4742 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4743 | msgid "" | |
4744 | "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " | |
4745 | "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " | |
4746 | "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " | |
4747 | "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name." | |
4748 | msgstr "" | |
4749 | ||
4750 | #. type: Plain text | |
4751 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4752 | msgid "" | |
4753 | "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of " | |
4754 | "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related " | |
4755 | "fields." | |
4756 | msgstr "" | |
4757 | ||
4758 | #. type: Plain text | |
4759 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4760 | msgid "" | |
4761 | "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the " | |
4762 | "format of the extracted source package." | |
4763 | msgstr "" | |
4764 | ||
4765 | #. type: Plain text | |
4766 | #: dsc.man:1 | |
4767 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)." | |
4768 | msgstr "" | |
4769 | ||
4770 | #. type: TH | |
4771 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4772 | #, no-wrap | |
4773 | msgid "dpkg" | |
4774 | msgstr "" | |
4775 | ||
4776 | #. type: Plain text | |
4777 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4778 | msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" | |
4779 | msgstr "" | |
4780 | ||
4781 | #. type: Plain text | |
4782 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4783 | msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" | |
4784 | msgstr "" | |
4785 | ||
4786 | #. type: SH | |
4787 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4788 | #, no-wrap | |
4789 | msgid "WARNING" | |
4790 | msgstr "" | |
4791 | ||
4792 | #. type: Plain text | |
4793 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4794 | msgid "" | |
4795 | "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " | |
4796 | "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " | |
4797 | "--help>." | |
4798 | msgstr "" | |
4799 | ||
4800 | #. type: Plain text | |
4801 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4802 | msgid "" | |
4803 | "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " | |
4804 | "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " | |
4805 | "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." | |
4806 | msgstr "" | |
4807 | ||
4808 | #. type: Plain text | |
4809 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4810 | msgid "" | |
4811 | "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " | |
4812 | "primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is " | |
4813 | "B<aptitude>(1). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line " | |
4814 | "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more " | |
4815 | "options. The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control " | |
4816 | "the behavior of the action in some way." | |
4817 | msgstr "" | |
4818 | ||
4819 | #. type: Plain text | |
4820 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4821 | msgid "" | |
4822 | "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and " | |
4823 | "B<dpkg-query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the " | |
4824 | "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs " | |
4825 | "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no " | |
4826 | "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the " | |
4827 | "back-ends need to be called directly." | |
4828 | msgstr "" | |
4829 | ||
4830 | #. type: SH | |
4831 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4832 | #, no-wrap | |
4833 | msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" | |
4834 | msgstr "" | |
4835 | ||
4836 | #. type: Plain text | |
4837 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4838 | msgid "" | |
4839 | "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " | |
4840 | "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " | |
4841 | "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." | |
4842 | msgstr "" | |
4843 | ||
4844 | #. type: SS | |
4845 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4846 | #, no-wrap | |
4847 | msgid "Package states" | |
4848 | msgstr "" | |
4849 | ||
4850 | #. type: TP | |
4851 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4852 | #, no-wrap | |
4853 | msgid "B<not-installed>" | |
4854 | msgstr "" | |
4855 | ||
4856 | #. type: Plain text | |
4857 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4858 | msgid "The package is not installed on your system." | |
4859 | msgstr "" | |
4860 | ||
4861 | #. type: TP | |
4862 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4863 | #, no-wrap | |
4864 | msgid "B<config-files>" | |
4865 | msgstr "" | |
4866 | ||
4867 | #. type: Plain text | |
4868 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4869 | msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." | |
4870 | msgstr "" | |
4871 | ||
4872 | #. type: TP | |
4873 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4874 | #, no-wrap | |
4875 | msgid "B<half-installed>" | |
4876 | msgstr "" | |
4877 | ||
4878 | #. type: Plain text | |
4879 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4880 | msgid "" | |
4881 | "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " | |
4882 | "reason." | |
4883 | msgstr "" | |
4884 | ||
4885 | #. type: TP | |
4886 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4887 | #, no-wrap | |
4888 | msgid "B<unpacked>" | |
4889 | msgstr "" | |
4890 | ||
4891 | #. type: Plain text | |
4892 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4893 | msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." | |
4894 | msgstr "" | |
4895 | ||
4896 | #. type: TP | |
4897 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4898 | #, no-wrap | |
4899 | msgid "B<half-configured>" | |
4900 | msgstr "" | |
4901 | ||
4902 | #. type: Plain text | |
4903 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4904 | msgid "" | |
4905 | "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " | |
4906 | "completed for some reason." | |
4907 | msgstr "" | |
4908 | ||
4909 | #. type: TP | |
4910 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4911 | #, no-wrap | |
4912 | msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" | |
4913 | msgstr "" | |
4914 | ||
4915 | #. type: Plain text | |
4916 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4917 | msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." | |
4918 | msgstr "" | |
4919 | ||
4920 | #. type: TP | |
4921 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4922 | #, no-wrap | |
4923 | msgid "B<triggers-pending>" | |
4924 | msgstr "" | |
4925 | ||
4926 | #. type: Plain text | |
4927 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4928 | msgid "The package has been triggered." | |
4929 | msgstr "" | |
4930 | ||
4931 | #. type: TP | |
4932 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4933 | #, no-wrap | |
4934 | msgid "B<installed>" | |
4935 | msgstr "" | |
4936 | ||
4937 | #. type: Plain text | |
4938 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4939 | msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured." | |
4940 | msgstr "" | |
4941 | ||
4942 | #. type: SS | |
4943 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4944 | #, no-wrap | |
4945 | msgid "Package selection states" | |
4946 | msgstr "" | |
4947 | ||
4948 | #. type: TP | |
4949 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4950 | #, no-wrap | |
4951 | msgid "B<install>" | |
4952 | msgstr "" | |
4953 | ||
4954 | #. type: Plain text | |
4955 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4956 | msgid "The package is selected for installation." | |
4957 | msgstr "" | |
4958 | ||
4959 | #. type: TP | |
4960 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4961 | #, no-wrap | |
4962 | msgid "B<hold>" | |
4963 | msgstr "" | |
4964 | ||
4965 | #. type: Plain text | |
4966 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4967 | msgid "" | |
4968 | "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " | |
4969 | "to do that with option B<--force-hold>." | |
4970 | msgstr "" | |
4971 | ||
4972 | #. type: TP | |
4973 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4974 | #, no-wrap | |
4975 | msgid "B<deinstall>" | |
4976 | msgstr "" | |
4977 | ||
4978 | #. type: Plain text | |
4979 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4980 | msgid "" | |
4981 | "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " | |
4982 | "files, except configuration files)." | |
4983 | msgstr "" | |
4984 | ||
4985 | #. type: TP | |
4986 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4987 | #, no-wrap | |
4988 | msgid "B<purge>" | |
4989 | msgstr "" | |
4990 | ||
4991 | #. type: Plain text | |
4992 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
4993 | msgid "" | |
4994 | "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " | |
4995 | "system directories, even configuration files)." | |
4996 | msgstr "" | |
4997 | ||
4998 | #. type: SS | |
4999 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5000 | #, no-wrap | |
5001 | msgid "Package flags" | |
5002 | msgstr "" | |
5003 | ||
5004 | #. type: TP | |
5005 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5006 | #, no-wrap | |
5007 | msgid "B<ok>" | |
5008 | msgstr "" | |
5009 | ||
5010 | #. type: Plain text | |
5011 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5012 | msgid "" | |
5013 | "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further " | |
5014 | "processing." | |
5015 | msgstr "" | |
5016 | ||
5017 | #. type: TP | |
5018 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5019 | #, no-wrap | |
5020 | msgid "B<reinstreq>" | |
5021 | msgstr "" | |
5022 | ||
5023 | #. type: Plain text | |
5024 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5025 | msgid "" | |
5026 | "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These " | |
5027 | "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option " | |
5028 | "B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." | |
5029 | msgstr "" | |
5030 | ||
5031 | #. type: SH | |
5032 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5033 | #, no-wrap | |
5034 | msgid "ACTIONS" | |
5035 | msgstr "" | |
5036 | ||
5037 | #. type: TP | |
5038 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5039 | #, no-wrap | |
5040 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." | |
5041 | msgstr "" | |
5042 | ||
5043 | #. type: Plain text | |
5044 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5045 | msgid "" | |
5046 | "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " | |
5047 | "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
5048 | msgstr "" | |
5049 | ||
5050 | #. type: Plain text | |
5051 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5052 | msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" | |
5053 | msgstr "" | |
5054 | ||
5055 | #. type: Plain text | |
5056 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5057 | msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." | |
5058 | msgstr "" | |
5059 | ||
5060 | #. type: Plain text | |
5061 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5062 | msgid "" | |
5063 | "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " | |
5064 | "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." | |
5065 | msgstr "" | |
5066 | ||
5067 | #. type: Plain text | |
5068 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5069 | msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." | |
5070 | msgstr "" | |
5071 | ||
5072 | #. type: Plain text | |
5073 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5074 | msgid "" | |
5075 | "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " | |
5076 | "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." | |
5077 | msgstr "" | |
5078 | ||
5079 | #. type: Plain text | |
5080 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5081 | msgid "" | |
5082 | "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " | |
5083 | "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " | |
5084 | "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " | |
5085 | "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." | |
5086 | msgstr "" | |
5087 | ||
5088 | #. type: Plain text | |
5089 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5090 | msgid "" | |
5091 | "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " | |
5092 | "about how this is done." | |
5093 | msgstr "" | |
5094 | ||
5095 | #. type: TP | |
5096 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5097 | #, no-wrap | |
5098 | msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..." | |
5099 | msgstr "" | |
5100 | ||
5101 | #. type: Plain text | |
5102 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5103 | msgid "" | |
5104 | "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " | |
5105 | "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
5106 | msgstr "" | |
5107 | ||
5108 | #. type: TP | |
5109 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5110 | #, no-wrap | |
5111 | msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
5112 | msgstr "" | |
5113 | ||
5114 | #. type: Plain text | |
5115 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5116 | msgid "" | |
5117 | "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If " | |
5118 | "B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " | |
5119 | "unconfigured packages are configured." | |
5120 | msgstr "" | |
5121 | ||
5122 | #. type: Plain text | |
5123 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5124 | msgid "" | |
5125 | "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the " | |
5126 | "B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8) command instead." | |
5127 | msgstr "" | |
5128 | ||
5129 | #. type: Plain text | |
5130 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5131 | msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" | |
5132 | msgstr "" | |
5133 | ||
5134 | #. type: Plain text | |
5135 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5136 | msgid "" | |
5137 | "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " | |
5138 | "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." | |
5139 | msgstr "" | |
5140 | ||
5141 | #. type: Plain text | |
5142 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5143 | msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." | |
5144 | msgstr "" | |
5145 | ||
5146 | #. type: TP | |
5147 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5148 | #, no-wrap | |
5149 | msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
5150 | msgstr "" | |
5151 | ||
5152 | #. type: Plain text | |
5153 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5154 | msgid "" | |
5155 | "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be " | |
5156 | "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will " | |
5157 | "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may " | |
5158 | "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " | |
5159 | "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
5160 | msgstr "" | |
5161 | ||
5162 | #. type: TP | |
5163 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5164 | #, no-wrap | |
5165 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
5166 | msgstr "" | |
5167 | ||
5168 | #. type: Plain text | |
5169 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5170 | msgid "" | |
5171 | "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles, which " | |
5172 | "may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later " | |
5173 | "(conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the " | |
5174 | "I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file). If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given " | |
5175 | "instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be " | |
5176 | "removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed." | |
5177 | msgstr "" | |
5178 | ||
5179 | #. type: Plain text | |
5180 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5181 | msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" | |
5182 | msgstr "" | |
5183 | ||
5184 | #. type: Plain text | |
5185 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5186 | msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" | |
5187 | msgstr "" | |
5188 | ||
5189 | #. type: Plain text | |
5190 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5191 | msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" | |
5192 | msgstr "" | |
5193 | ||
5194 | #. type: Plain text | |
5195 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5196 | msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" | |
5197 | msgstr "" | |
5198 | ||
5199 | #. type: TP | |
5200 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5201 | #, no-wrap | |
5202 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" | |
5203 | msgstr "" | |
5204 | ||
5205 | #. type: Plain text | |
5206 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5207 | msgid "" | |
5208 | "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, " | |
5209 | "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package " | |
5210 | "name, then all packages unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file " | |
5211 | "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are purged." | |
5212 | msgstr "" | |
5213 | ||
5214 | #. type: Plain text | |
5215 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5216 | msgid "" | |
5217 | "Note: some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are " | |
5218 | "created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that " | |
5219 | "case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> " | |
5220 | "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal " | |
5221 | "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, " | |
5222 | "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories." | |
5223 | msgstr "" | |
5224 | ||
5225 | #. type: Plain text | |
5226 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5227 | msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:" | |
5228 | msgstr "" | |
5229 | ||
5230 | #. type: Plain text | |
5231 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5232 | msgid "" | |
5233 | "B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for " | |
5234 | "detailed information about how this is done." | |
5235 | msgstr "" | |
5236 | ||
5237 | #. type: Plain text | |
5238 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5239 | msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script." | |
5240 | msgstr "" | |
5241 | ||
5242 | #. type: TP | |
5243 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5244 | #, no-wrap | |
5245 | msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]" | |
5246 | msgstr "" | |
5247 | ||
5248 | #. type: Plain text | |
5249 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5250 | msgid "" | |
5251 | "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by " | |
5252 | "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files " | |
5253 | "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). " | |
5254 | "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary " | |
5255 | "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time " | |
5256 | "during the installation process." | |
5257 | msgstr "" | |
5258 | ||
5259 | #. type: Plain text | |
5260 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5261 | msgid "" | |
5262 | "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of " | |
5263 | "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will " | |
5264 | "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any " | |
5265 | "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used." | |
5266 | msgstr "" | |
5267 | ||
5268 | #. type: Plain text | |
5269 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5270 | msgid "" | |
5271 | "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by " | |
5272 | "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as " | |
5273 | "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the " | |
5274 | "format they expect." | |
5275 | msgstr "" | |
5276 | ||
5277 | #. type: TP | |
5278 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5279 | #, no-wrap | |
5280 | msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]" | |
5281 | msgstr "" | |
5282 | ||
5283 | #. type: Plain text | |
5284 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5285 | msgid "" | |
5286 | "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all " | |
5287 | "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, " | |
5288 | "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system " | |
5289 | "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will " | |
5290 | "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed." | |
5291 | msgstr "" | |
5292 | ||
5293 | #. type: TP | |
5294 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5295 | #, no-wrap | |
5296 | msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
5297 | msgstr "" | |
5298 | ||
5299 | #. type: TQ | |
5300 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5301 | #, no-wrap | |
5302 | msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" | |
5303 | msgstr "" | |
5304 | ||
5305 | #. type: Plain text | |
5306 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5307 | msgid "" | |
5308 | "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " | |
5309 | "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " | |
5310 | "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " | |
5311 | "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " | |
5312 | "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the " | |
5313 | "I<Packages-file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read " | |
5314 | "from standard input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of " | |
5315 | "available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." | |
5316 | msgstr "" | |
5317 | ||
5318 | #. type: Plain text | |
5319 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5320 | msgid "" | |
5321 | "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " | |
5322 | "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " | |
5323 | "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " | |
5324 | "of available packages." | |
5325 | msgstr "" | |
5326 | ||
5327 | #. type: TP | |
5328 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5329 | #, no-wrap | |
5330 | msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." | |
5331 | msgstr "" | |
5332 | ||
5333 | #. type: Plain text | |
5334 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5335 | msgid "" | |
5336 | "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " | |
5337 | "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " | |
5338 | "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." | |
5339 | msgstr "" | |
5340 | ||
5341 | #. type: TP | |
5342 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5343 | #, no-wrap | |
5344 | msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" | |
5345 | msgstr "" | |
5346 | ||
5347 | #. type: Plain text | |
5348 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5349 | msgid "" | |
5350 | "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " | |
5351 | "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain " | |
5352 | "user information such as package selections." | |
5353 | msgstr "" | |
5354 | ||
5355 | #. type: TP | |
5356 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5357 | #, no-wrap | |
5358 | msgid "B<--clear-avail>" | |
5359 | msgstr "" | |
5360 | ||
5361 | #. type: Plain text | |
5362 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5363 | msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." | |
5364 | msgstr "" | |
5365 | ||
5366 | #. type: TP | |
5367 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5368 | #, no-wrap | |
5369 | msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
5370 | msgstr "" | |
5371 | ||
5372 | #. type: Plain text | |
5373 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5374 | msgid "" | |
5375 | "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " | |
5376 | "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " | |
5377 | "not be shown." | |
5378 | msgstr "" | |
5379 | ||
5380 | #. type: TP | |
5381 | #: dpkg.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
5382 | #, no-wrap | |
5383 | msgid "B<--set-selections>" | |
5384 | msgstr "" | |
5385 | ||
5386 | #. type: Plain text | |
5387 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5388 | msgid "" | |
5389 | "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " | |
5390 | "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " | |
5391 | "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with " | |
5392 | "‘B<#>’ are also permitted." | |
5393 | msgstr "" | |
5394 | ||
5395 | #. type: Plain text | |
5396 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5397 | msgid "" | |
5398 | "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, " | |
5399 | "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the " | |
5400 | "B<--update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information." | |
5401 | msgstr "" | |
5402 | ||
5403 | #. type: TP | |
5404 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5405 | #, no-wrap | |
5406 | msgid "B<--clear-selections>" | |
5407 | msgstr "" | |
5408 | ||
5409 | #. type: Plain text | |
5410 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5411 | msgid "" | |
5412 | "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since " | |
5413 | "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before " | |
5414 | "B<--set-selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to " | |
5415 | "B<--set-selections>." | |
5416 | msgstr "" | |
5417 | ||
5418 | #. type: TP | |
5419 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5420 | #, no-wrap | |
5421 | msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" | |
5422 | msgstr "" | |
5423 | ||
5424 | #. type: Plain text | |
5425 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5426 | msgid "" | |
5427 | "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " | |
5428 | "still haven't been installed." | |
5429 | msgstr "" | |
5430 | ||
5431 | #. type: TP | |
5432 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5433 | #, no-wrap | |
5434 | msgid "B<--predep-package>" | |
5435 | msgstr "" | |
5436 | ||
5437 | #. type: Plain text | |
5438 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5439 | msgid "" | |
5440 | "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant " | |
5441 | "pre-dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies." | |
5442 | msgstr "" | |
5443 | ||
5444 | #. type: Plain text | |
5445 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5446 | msgid "" | |
5447 | "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can " | |
5448 | "be massaged as appropriate." | |
5449 | msgstr "" | |
5450 | ||
5451 | #. type: Plain text | |
5452 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5453 | msgid "" | |
5454 | "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available " | |
5455 | "and 2 on error." | |
5456 | msgstr "" | |
5457 | ||
5458 | #. type: TP | |
5459 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5460 | #, no-wrap | |
5461 | msgid "B<--add-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
5462 | msgstr "" | |
5463 | ||
5464 | #. type: Plain text | |
5465 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5466 | msgid "" | |
5467 | "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be " | |
5468 | "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The " | |
5469 | "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of " | |
5470 | "B<--print-architecture>) is always part of that list." | |
5471 | msgstr "" | |
5472 | ||
5473 | #. type: TP | |
5474 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5475 | #, no-wrap | |
5476 | msgid "B<--remove-architecture >I<architecture>" | |
5477 | msgstr "" | |
5478 | ||
5479 | #. type: Plain text | |
5480 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5481 | msgid "" | |
5482 | "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can " | |
5483 | "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If " | |
5484 | "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will " | |
5485 | "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture " | |
5486 | "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never " | |
5487 | "be removed from that list." | |
5488 | msgstr "" | |
5489 | ||
5490 | #. type: TP | |
5491 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5492 | #, no-wrap | |
5493 | msgid "B<--print-architecture>" | |
5494 | msgstr "" | |
5495 | ||
5496 | #. type: Plain text | |
5497 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5498 | msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)." | |
5499 | msgstr "" | |
5500 | ||
5501 | #. type: TP | |
5502 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5503 | #, no-wrap | |
5504 | msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>" | |
5505 | msgstr "" | |
5506 | ||
5507 | #. type: Plain text | |
5508 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5509 | msgid "" | |
5510 | "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is " | |
5511 | "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
5512 | msgstr "" | |
5513 | ||
5514 | #. type: TP | |
5515 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5516 | #, no-wrap | |
5517 | msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>" | |
5518 | msgstr "" | |
5519 | ||
5520 | #. type: Plain text | |
5521 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5522 | msgid "" | |
5523 | "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the " | |
5524 | "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot " | |
5525 | "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current " | |
5526 | "list of assertable features is:" | |
5527 | msgstr "" | |
5528 | ||
5529 | #. type: TP | |
5530 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5531 | #, no-wrap | |
5532 | msgid "B<support-predepends>" | |
5533 | msgstr "" | |
5534 | ||
5535 | #. type: Plain text | |
5536 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5537 | msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)." | |
5538 | msgstr "" | |
5539 | ||
5540 | #. type: TP | |
5541 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5542 | #, no-wrap | |
5543 | msgid "B<working-epoch>" | |
5544 | msgstr "" | |
5545 | ||
5546 | #. type: Plain text | |
5547 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5548 | msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)." | |
5549 | msgstr "" | |
5550 | ||
5551 | #. type: TP | |
5552 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5553 | #, no-wrap | |
5554 | msgid "B<long-filenames>" | |
5555 | msgstr "" | |
5556 | ||
5557 | #. type: Plain text | |
5558 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5559 | msgid "Supports long filenames in B<deb>(5) archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)." | |
5560 | msgstr "" | |
5561 | ||
5562 | #. type: TP | |
5563 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5564 | #, no-wrap | |
5565 | msgid "B<multi-conrep>" | |
5566 | msgstr "" | |
5567 | ||
5568 | #. type: Plain text | |
5569 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5570 | msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)." | |
5571 | msgstr "" | |
5572 | ||
5573 | #. type: TP | |
5574 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5575 | #, no-wrap | |
5576 | msgid "B<multi-arch>" | |
5577 | msgstr "" | |
5578 | ||
5579 | #. type: Plain text | |
5580 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5581 | msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
5582 | msgstr "" | |
5583 | ||
5584 | #. type: TP | |
5585 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5586 | #, no-wrap | |
5587 | msgid "B<versioned-provides>" | |
5588 | msgstr "" | |
5589 | ||
5590 | #. type: Plain text | |
5591 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5592 | msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
5593 | msgstr "" | |
5594 | ||
5595 | #. type: TP | |
5596 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5597 | #, no-wrap | |
5598 | msgid "B<--validate->I<thing string>" | |
5599 | msgstr "" | |
5600 | ||
5601 | #. type: Plain text | |
5602 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5603 | msgid "" | |
5604 | "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg " | |
5605 | "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is " | |
5606 | "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is " | |
5607 | "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:" | |
5608 | msgstr "" | |
5609 | ||
5610 | #. type: TP | |
5611 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5612 | #, no-wrap | |
5613 | msgid "B<pkgname>" | |
5614 | msgstr "" | |
5615 | ||
5616 | #. type: Plain text | |
5617 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5618 | msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
5619 | msgstr "" | |
5620 | ||
5621 | #. type: TP | |
5622 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5623 | #, no-wrap | |
5624 | msgid "B<trigname>" | |
5625 | msgstr "" | |
5626 | ||
5627 | #. type: Plain text | |
5628 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5629 | msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
5630 | msgstr "" | |
5631 | ||
5632 | #. type: TP | |
5633 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5634 | #, no-wrap | |
5635 | msgid "B<archname>" | |
5636 | msgstr "" | |
5637 | ||
5638 | #. type: Plain text | |
5639 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5640 | msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
5641 | msgstr "" | |
5642 | ||
5643 | #. type: TP | |
5644 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5645 | #, no-wrap | |
5646 | msgid "B<version>" | |
5647 | msgstr "" | |
5648 | ||
5649 | #. type: Plain text | |
5650 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5651 | msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)." | |
5652 | msgstr "" | |
5653 | ||
5654 | #. type: TP | |
5655 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5656 | #, no-wrap | |
5657 | msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" | |
5658 | msgstr "" | |
5659 | ||
5660 | #. .TP | |
5661 | #. .B \-\-command\-fd \fIn\fP | |
5662 | #. Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor \fIn\fP. Note: | |
5663 | #. additional options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor, | |
5664 | #. are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run. | |
5665 | #. type: Plain text | |
5666 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5667 | msgid "" | |
5668 | "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " | |
5669 | "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) " | |
5670 | "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat " | |
5671 | "an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than " | |
5672 | "any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later " | |
5673 | "than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for " | |
5674 | "compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= " | |
5675 | "E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and " | |
5676 | "should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 " | |
5677 | "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true." | |
5678 | msgstr "" | |
5679 | ||
5680 | #. type: TP | |
5681 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
5682 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
5683 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
5684 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
5685 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
5686 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
5687 | #, no-wrap | |
5688 | msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>" | |
5689 | msgstr "" | |
5690 | ||
5691 | #. type: Plain text | |
5692 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5693 | msgid "Display a brief help message." | |
5694 | msgstr "" | |
5695 | ||
5696 | #. type: TP | |
5697 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5698 | #, no-wrap | |
5699 | msgid "B<--force-help>" | |
5700 | msgstr "" | |
5701 | ||
5702 | #. type: Plain text | |
5703 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5704 | msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." | |
5705 | msgstr "" | |
5706 | ||
5707 | #. type: TP | |
5708 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5709 | #, no-wrap | |
5710 | msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" | |
5711 | msgstr "" | |
5712 | ||
5713 | #. type: Plain text | |
5714 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5715 | msgid "Give help about debugging options." | |
5716 | msgstr "" | |
5717 | ||
5718 | #. type: TP | |
5719 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
5720 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
5721 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
5722 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
5723 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
5724 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
5725 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
5726 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
5727 | #, no-wrap | |
5728 | msgid "B<--version>" | |
5729 | msgstr "" | |
5730 | ||
5731 | #. type: Plain text | |
5732 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5733 | msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." | |
5734 | msgstr "" | |
5735 | ||
5736 | #. type: TP | |
5737 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5738 | #, no-wrap | |
5739 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" | |
5740 | msgstr "" | |
5741 | ||
5742 | #. type: Plain text | |
5743 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5744 | msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." | |
5745 | msgstr "" | |
5746 | ||
5747 | #. type: Plain text | |
5748 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5749 | #, no-wrap | |
5750 | msgid "" | |
5751 | "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" | |
5752 | " Build a deb package.\n" | |
5753 | "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" | |
5754 | " List contents of a deb package.\n" | |
5755 | "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n" | |
5756 | " Extract control-information from a package.\n" | |
5757 | "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
5758 | " Extract the files contained by package.\n" | |
5759 | "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" | |
5760 | " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" | |
5761 | " package.\n" | |
5762 | "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" | |
5763 | " Display control field(s) of a package.\n" | |
5764 | "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
5765 | " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n" | |
5766 | "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" | |
5767 | " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n" | |
5768 | "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" | |
5769 | " Show information about a package.\n" | |
5770 | msgstr "" | |
5771 | ||
5772 | #. type: TP | |
5773 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5774 | #, no-wrap | |
5775 | msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" | |
5776 | msgstr "" | |
5777 | ||
5778 | #. type: Plain text | |
5779 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5780 | msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." | |
5781 | msgstr "" | |
5782 | ||
5783 | #. type: Plain text | |
5784 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5785 | #, no-wrap | |
5786 | msgid "" | |
5787 | "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n" | |
5788 | " List packages matching given pattern.\n" | |
5789 | "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n" | |
5790 | " Report status of specified package.\n" | |
5791 | "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n" | |
5792 | " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n" | |
5793 | "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n" | |
5794 | " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" | |
5795 | "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n" | |
5796 | " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n" | |
5797 | " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n" | |
5798 | " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n" | |
5799 | msgstr "" | |
5800 | ||
5801 | #. type: SH | |
5802 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
5803 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
5804 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
5805 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 | |
5806 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
5807 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
5808 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
5809 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
5810 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
5811 | #, no-wrap | |
5812 | msgid "OPTIONS" | |
5813 | msgstr "" | |
5814 | ||
5815 | #. type: Plain text | |
5816 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5817 | msgid "" | |
5818 | "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " | |
5819 | "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names " | |
5820 | "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory " | |
5821 | "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either " | |
5822 | "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading " | |
5823 | "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)." | |
5824 | msgstr "" | |
5825 | ||
5826 | #. type: TP | |
5827 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5828 | #, no-wrap | |
5829 | msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" | |
5830 | msgstr "" | |
5831 | ||
5832 | #. type: Plain text | |
5833 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5834 | msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." | |
5835 | msgstr "" | |
5836 | ||
5837 | #. type: TP | |
5838 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5839 | #, no-wrap | |
5840 | msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" | |
5841 | msgstr "" | |
5842 | ||
5843 | #. type: Plain text | |
5844 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5845 | msgid "" | |
5846 | "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " | |
5847 | "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " | |
5848 | "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " | |
5849 | "package." | |
5850 | msgstr "" | |
5851 | ||
5852 | #. type: TP | |
5853 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5854 | #, no-wrap | |
5855 | msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" | |
5856 | msgstr "" | |
5857 | ||
5858 | #. type: Plain text | |
5859 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5860 | msgid "" | |
5861 | "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-oring desired values " | |
5862 | "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " | |
5863 | "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." | |
5864 | msgstr "" | |
5865 | ||
5866 | #. type: Plain text | |
5867 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5868 | #, no-wrap | |
5869 | msgid "" | |
5870 | " Number Description\n" | |
5871 | " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" | |
5872 | " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" | |
5873 | " 10 Output for each file processed\n" | |
5874 | " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" | |
5875 | " 20 Output for each configuration file\n" | |
5876 | " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" | |
5877 | " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" | |
5878 | " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" | |
5879 | " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" | |
5880 | " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" | |
5881 | " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" | |
5882 | " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" | |
5883 | " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" | |
5884 | msgstr "" | |
5885 | ||
5886 | #. type: TP | |
5887 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5888 | #, no-wrap | |
5889 | msgid "B<--force->I<things>" | |
5890 | msgstr "" | |
5891 | ||
5892 | #. type: TQ | |
5893 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5894 | #, no-wrap | |
5895 | msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" | |
5896 | msgstr "" | |
5897 | ||
5898 | #. type: Plain text | |
5899 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5900 | msgid "" | |
5901 | "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " | |
5902 | "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified " | |
5903 | "below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked " | |
5904 | "with (*) are forced by default." | |
5905 | msgstr "" | |
5906 | ||
5907 | #. type: Plain text | |
5908 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5909 | msgid "" | |
5910 | "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts " | |
5911 | "only. Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your " | |
5912 | "whole system.>" | |
5913 | msgstr "" | |
5914 | ||
5915 | #. type: Plain text | |
5916 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5917 | msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." | |
5918 | msgstr "" | |
5919 | ||
5920 | #. type: Plain text | |
5921 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5922 | msgid "" | |
5923 | "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " | |
5924 | "installed." | |
5925 | msgstr "" | |
5926 | ||
5927 | #. type: Plain text | |
5928 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5929 | msgid "" | |
5930 | "I<Warning: At present >B<dpkg>I< does not do any dependency checking on " | |
5931 | "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the " | |
5932 | "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, " | |
5933 | "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system " | |
5934 | "unusable. Use with care.>" | |
5935 | msgstr "" | |
5936 | ||
5937 | #. type: Plain text | |
5938 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5939 | msgid "" | |
5940 | "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " | |
5941 | "which the current package depends." | |
5942 | msgstr "" | |
5943 | ||
5944 | #. type: Plain text | |
5945 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5946 | msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”." | |
5947 | msgstr "" | |
5948 | ||
5949 | #. type: Plain text | |
5950 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5951 | msgid "" | |
5952 | "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " | |
5953 | "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " | |
5954 | "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." | |
5955 | msgstr "" | |
5956 | ||
5957 | #. type: Plain text | |
5958 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5959 | msgid "" | |
5960 | "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered " | |
5961 | "essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix " | |
5962 | "commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use " | |
5963 | "with caution." | |
5964 | msgstr "" | |
5965 | ||
5966 | #. type: Plain text | |
5967 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5968 | msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." | |
5969 | msgstr "" | |
5970 | ||
5971 | #. type: Plain text | |
5972 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5973 | msgid "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." | |
5974 | msgstr "" | |
5975 | ||
5976 | #. type: Plain text | |
5977 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5978 | msgid "" | |
5979 | "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg " | |
5980 | "1.14.6)." | |
5981 | msgstr "" | |
5982 | ||
5983 | #. type: Plain text | |
5984 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5985 | msgid "" | |
5986 | "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " | |
5987 | "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." | |
5988 | msgstr "" | |
5989 | ||
5990 | #. type: Plain text | |
5991 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
5992 | msgid "" | |
5993 | "B<confmiss>: Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is " | |
5994 | "dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the " | |
5995 | "file." | |
5996 | msgstr "" | |
5997 | ||
5998 | #. type: Plain text | |
5999 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6000 | msgid "" | |
6001 | "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
6002 | "did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the " | |
6003 | "B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " | |
6004 | "preferred." | |
6005 | msgstr "" | |
6006 | ||
6007 | #. type: Plain text | |
6008 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6009 | msgid "" | |
6010 | "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
6011 | "did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the " | |
6012 | "B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " | |
6013 | "preferred." | |
6014 | msgstr "" | |
6015 | ||
6016 | #. type: Plain text | |
6017 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6018 | msgid "" | |
6019 | "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " | |
6020 | "did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is " | |
6021 | "no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or " | |
6022 | "B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to " | |
6023 | "decide the final action." | |
6024 | msgstr "" | |
6025 | ||
6026 | #. type: Plain text | |
6027 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6028 | msgid "" | |
6029 | "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " | |
6030 | "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " | |
6031 | "change (since dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, " | |
6032 | "B<--force-confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to " | |
6033 | "decide the final action." | |
6034 | msgstr "" | |
6035 | ||
6036 | #. type: Plain text | |
6037 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6038 | msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." | |
6039 | msgstr "" | |
6040 | ||
6041 | #. type: Plain text | |
6042 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6043 | msgid "B<overwrite-dir>: Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." | |
6044 | msgstr "" | |
6045 | ||
6046 | #. type: Plain text | |
6047 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6048 | msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." | |
6049 | msgstr "" | |
6050 | ||
6051 | #. type: Plain text | |
6052 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6053 | msgid "" | |
6054 | "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg " | |
6055 | "1.15.8.6). Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before " | |
6056 | "file renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on " | |
6057 | "some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the " | |
6058 | "first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on " | |
6059 | "abrupt system crashes." | |
6060 | msgstr "" | |
6061 | ||
6062 | #. type: Plain text | |
6063 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6064 | msgid "" | |
6065 | "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " | |
6066 | "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " | |
6067 | "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " | |
6068 | "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " | |
6069 | "before atomic renames." | |
6070 | msgstr "" | |
6071 | ||
6072 | #. type: Plain text | |
6073 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6074 | msgid "" | |
6075 | "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " | |
6076 | "data, use with care.>" | |
6077 | msgstr "" | |
6078 | ||
6079 | #. type: Plain text | |
6080 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6081 | msgid "" | |
6082 | "B<script-chrootless>: Run maintainer scrips without B<chroot>(2)ing into " | |
6083 | "B<instdir> even if the package does not support this mode of operation " | |
6084 | "(since dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
6085 | msgstr "" | |
6086 | ||
6087 | #. type: Plain text | |
6088 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6089 | msgid "I<Warning: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care.>" | |
6090 | msgstr "" | |
6091 | ||
6092 | #. type: Plain text | |
6093 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6094 | msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." | |
6095 | msgstr "" | |
6096 | ||
6097 | #. type: Plain text | |
6098 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6099 | msgid "" | |
6100 | "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg " | |
6101 | "1.16.1)." | |
6102 | msgstr "" | |
6103 | ||
6104 | #. type: Plain text | |
6105 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6106 | msgid "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." | |
6107 | msgstr "" | |
6108 | ||
6109 | #. type: Plain text | |
6110 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6111 | msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." | |
6112 | msgstr "" | |
6113 | ||
6114 | #. type: Plain text | |
6115 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6116 | msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." | |
6117 | msgstr "" | |
6118 | ||
6119 | #. type: TP | |
6120 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6121 | #, no-wrap | |
6122 | msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." | |
6123 | msgstr "" | |
6124 | ||
6125 | #. type: Plain text | |
6126 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6127 | msgid "" | |
6128 | "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " | |
6129 | "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." | |
6130 | msgstr "" | |
6131 | ||
6132 | #. type: TP | |
6133 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6134 | #, no-wrap | |
6135 | msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" | |
6136 | msgstr "" | |
6137 | ||
6138 | #. type: Plain text | |
6139 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6140 | msgid "" | |
6141 | "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any " | |
6142 | "changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, " | |
6143 | "without actually modifying anything." | |
6144 | msgstr "" | |
6145 | ||
6146 | #. type: Plain text | |
6147 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6148 | msgid "" | |
6149 | "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " | |
6150 | "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " | |
6151 | "purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " | |
6152 | "probably expected it to actually do nothing)" | |
6153 | msgstr "" | |
6154 | ||
6155 | #. type: TP | |
6156 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6157 | #, no-wrap | |
6158 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" | |
6159 | msgstr "" | |
6160 | ||
6161 | #. type: Plain text | |
6162 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6163 | msgid "" | |
6164 | "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " | |
6165 | "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " | |
6166 | "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions." | |
6167 | msgstr "" | |
6168 | ||
6169 | #. type: TP | |
6170 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
6171 | #, no-wrap | |
6172 | msgid "B<-G>" | |
6173 | msgstr "" | |
6174 | ||
6175 | #. type: Plain text | |
6176 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6177 | msgid "" | |
6178 | "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " | |
6179 | "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." | |
6180 | msgstr "" | |
6181 | ||
6182 | #. type: TP | |
6183 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
6184 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
6185 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
6186 | #, no-wrap | |
6187 | msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" | |
6188 | msgstr "" | |
6189 | ||
6190 | #. type: Plain text | |
6191 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6192 | msgid "" | |
6193 | "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give " | |
6194 | "information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. " | |
6195 | "(Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»)" | |
6196 | msgstr "" | |
6197 | ||
6198 | #. type: TP | |
6199 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6200 | #, no-wrap | |
6201 | msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" | |
6202 | msgstr "" | |
6203 | ||
6204 | #. type: Plain text | |
6205 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6206 | msgid "" | |
6207 | "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where " | |
6208 | "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to " | |
6209 | "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that " | |
6210 | "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to «I</>»)" | |
6211 | msgstr "" | |
6212 | ||
6213 | #. type: TP | |
6214 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6215 | #, no-wrap | |
6216 | msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" | |
6217 | msgstr "" | |
6218 | ||
6219 | #. type: Plain text | |
6220 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6221 | msgid "" | |
6222 | "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to «I<dir>» and B<admindir> to " | |
6223 | "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»." | |
6224 | msgstr "" | |
6225 | ||
6226 | #. type: TP | |
6227 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6228 | #, no-wrap | |
6229 | msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" | |
6230 | msgstr "" | |
6231 | ||
6232 | #. type: Plain text | |
6233 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6234 | msgid "" | |
6235 | "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " | |
6236 | "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " | |
6237 | "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " | |
6238 | "deinstallation." | |
6239 | msgstr "" | |
6240 | ||
6241 | #. type: TP | |
6242 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6243 | #, no-wrap | |
6244 | msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" | |
6245 | msgstr "" | |
6246 | ||
6247 | #. type: Plain text | |
6248 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6249 | msgid "" | |
6250 | "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " | |
6251 | "installed." | |
6252 | msgstr "" | |
6253 | ||
6254 | #. type: TP | |
6255 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6256 | #, no-wrap | |
6257 | msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" | |
6258 | msgstr "" | |
6259 | ||
6260 | #. type: TQ | |
6261 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6262 | #, no-wrap | |
6263 | msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" | |
6264 | msgstr "" | |
6265 | ||
6266 | #. type: Plain text | |
6267 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6268 | msgid "" | |
6269 | "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " | |
6270 | "B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " | |
6271 | "I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> " | |
6272 | "actions (since dpkg 1.15.4; I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> " | |
6273 | "actions since dpkg 1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple " | |
6274 | "times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from " | |
6275 | "the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " | |
6276 | "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> " | |
6277 | "action. Note: front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, " | |
6278 | "which might run the hooks more times than expected." | |
6279 | msgstr "" | |
6280 | ||
6281 | #. type: TP | |
6282 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6283 | #, no-wrap | |
6284 | msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" | |
6285 | msgstr "" | |
6286 | ||
6287 | #. type: TQ | |
6288 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6289 | #, no-wrap | |
6290 | msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" | |
6291 | msgstr "" | |
6292 | ||
6293 | #. type: Plain text | |
6294 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6295 | msgid "" | |
6296 | "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " | |
6297 | "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install " | |
6298 | "(since dpkg 1.15.8)." | |
6299 | msgstr "" | |
6300 | ||
6301 | #. type: Plain text | |
6302 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6303 | msgid "" | |
6304 | "I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " | |
6305 | "completely break your system, use with caution.>" | |
6306 | msgstr "" | |
6307 | ||
6308 | #. type: Plain text | |
6309 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6310 | msgid "" | |
6311 | "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches " | |
6312 | "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For " | |
6313 | "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As " | |
6314 | "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ " | |
6315 | "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " | |
6316 | "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about " | |
6317 | "globbing. Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories " | |
6318 | "and symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " | |
6319 | "failures; future work might fix this." | |
6320 | msgstr "" | |
6321 | ||
6322 | #. type: Plain text | |
6323 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6324 | msgid "" | |
6325 | "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " | |
6326 | "case is:" | |
6327 | msgstr "" | |
6328 | ||
6329 | #. type: Plain text | |
6330 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6331 | #, no-wrap | |
6332 | msgid "" | |
6333 | "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" | |
6334 | "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" | |
6335 | msgstr "" | |
6336 | ||
6337 | #. type: Plain text | |
6338 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6339 | msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." | |
6340 | msgstr "" | |
6341 | ||
6342 | #. type: Plain text | |
6343 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6344 | msgid "" | |
6345 | "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " | |
6346 | "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " | |
6347 | "matches a file name making the decision." | |
6348 | msgstr "" | |
6349 | ||
6350 | #. type: Plain text | |
6351 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6352 | msgid "" | |
6353 | "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only " | |
6354 | "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal " | |
6355 | "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come " | |
6356 | "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to B<find>(1) " | |
6357 | "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object " | |
6358 | "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that " | |
6359 | "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the " | |
6360 | "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory " | |
6361 | "will fail to unpack." | |
6362 | msgstr "" | |
6363 | ||
6364 | #. type: Plain text | |
6365 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6366 | msgid "Hint: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell." | |
6367 | msgstr "" | |
6368 | ||
6369 | #. type: TP | |
6370 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6371 | #, no-wrap | |
6372 | msgid "B<--verify-format>I< format-name>" | |
6373 | msgstr "" | |
6374 | ||
6375 | #. type: Plain text | |
6376 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6377 | msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)." | |
6378 | msgstr "" | |
6379 | ||
6380 | #. type: Plain text | |
6381 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6382 | msgid "" | |
6383 | "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a " | |
6384 | "line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 " | |
6385 | "characters to report each specific check result, a ‘B<?>’ implies the check " | |
6386 | "could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), ‘B<.>’ implies " | |
6387 | "the check passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a specific check " | |
6388 | "failed; the md5sum verification failure (the file contents have changed) is " | |
6389 | "denoted with a ‘B<5>’ on the third character. The line is followed by a " | |
6390 | "space and an attribute character (currently ‘B<c>’ for conffiles), another " | |
6391 | "space and the pathname." | |
6392 | msgstr "" | |
6393 | ||
6394 | #. type: TP | |
6395 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6396 | #, no-wrap | |
6397 | msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>" | |
6398 | msgstr "" | |
6399 | ||
6400 | #. type: Plain text | |
6401 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6402 | msgid "" | |
6403 | "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " | |
6404 | "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " | |
6405 | "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" | |
6406 | msgstr "" | |
6407 | ||
6408 | #. type: TP | |
6409 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6410 | #, no-wrap | |
6411 | msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>" | |
6412 | msgstr "" | |
6413 | ||
6414 | #. type: Plain text | |
6415 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6416 | msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." | |
6417 | msgstr "" | |
6418 | ||
6419 | #. type: TP | |
6420 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6421 | #, no-wrap | |
6422 | msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>" | |
6423 | msgstr "" | |
6424 | ||
6425 | #. type: Plain text | |
6426 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6427 | msgid "" | |
6428 | "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " | |
6429 | "be converted to spaces before output." | |
6430 | msgstr "" | |
6431 | ||
6432 | #. type: TP | |
6433 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6434 | #, no-wrap | |
6435 | msgid "" | |
6436 | "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' " | |
6437 | ">I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" | |
6438 | msgstr "" | |
6439 | ||
6440 | #. type: Plain text | |
6441 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6442 | msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." | |
6443 | msgstr "" | |
6444 | ||
6445 | #. type: TP | |
6446 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6447 | #, no-wrap | |
6448 | msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>" | |
6449 | msgstr "" | |
6450 | ||
6451 | #. type: Plain text | |
6452 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6453 | msgid "" | |
6454 | "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " | |
6455 | "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " | |
6456 | "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." | |
6457 | msgstr "" | |
6458 | ||
6459 | #. type: TP | |
6460 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6461 | #, no-wrap | |
6462 | msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" | |
6463 | msgstr "" | |
6464 | ||
6465 | #. type: Plain text | |
6466 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6467 | msgid "" | |
6468 | "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " | |
6469 | "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via ``sh -c'' (since dpkg 1.16.0). " | |
6470 | "This option can be specified multiple times. The output format used is the " | |
6471 | "same as in B<--status-fd>." | |
6472 | msgstr "" | |
6473 | ||
6474 | #. type: TP | |
6475 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6476 | #, no-wrap | |
6477 | msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" | |
6478 | msgstr "" | |
6479 | ||
6480 | #. type: Plain text | |
6481 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6482 | msgid "" | |
6483 | "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " | |
6484 | "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " | |
6485 | "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:" | |
6486 | msgstr "" | |
6487 | ||
6488 | #. type: TP | |
6489 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6490 | #, no-wrap | |
6491 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>" | |
6492 | msgstr "" | |
6493 | ||
6494 | #. type: Plain text | |
6495 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6496 | msgid "" | |
6497 | "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of " | |
6498 | "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, " | |
6499 | "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)." | |
6500 | msgstr "" | |
6501 | ||
6502 | #. type: TP | |
6503 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6504 | #, no-wrap | |
6505 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>" | |
6506 | msgstr "" | |
6507 | ||
6508 | #. type: Plain text | |
6509 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6510 | msgid "For status change updates." | |
6511 | msgstr "" | |
6512 | ||
6513 | #. type: TP | |
6514 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6515 | #, no-wrap | |
6516 | msgid "" | |
6517 | "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> " | |
6518 | "I<available-version>" | |
6519 | msgstr "" | |
6520 | ||
6521 | #. type: Plain text | |
6522 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6523 | msgid "" | |
6524 | "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, " | |
6525 | "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>." | |
6526 | msgstr "" | |
6527 | ||
6528 | #. type: TP | |
6529 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6530 | #, no-wrap | |
6531 | msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>" | |
6532 | msgstr "" | |
6533 | ||
6534 | #. type: Plain text | |
6535 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6536 | msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." | |
6537 | msgstr "" | |
6538 | ||
6539 | #. type: TP | |
6540 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6541 | #, no-wrap | |
6542 | msgid "B<--no-debsig>" | |
6543 | msgstr "" | |
6544 | ||
6545 | #. type: Plain text | |
6546 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6547 | msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." | |
6548 | msgstr "" | |
6549 | ||
6550 | #. type: TP | |
6551 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6552 | #, no-wrap | |
6553 | msgid "B<--no-triggers>" | |
6554 | msgstr "" | |
6555 | ||
6556 | #. type: Plain text | |
6557 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6558 | msgid "" | |
6559 | "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations " | |
6560 | "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or " | |
6561 | "B<--triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be " | |
6562 | "run even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave " | |
6563 | "packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " | |
6564 | "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." | |
6565 | msgstr "" | |
6566 | ||
6567 | #. type: TP | |
6568 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6569 | #, no-wrap | |
6570 | msgid "B<--triggers>" | |
6571 | msgstr "" | |
6572 | ||
6573 | #. type: Plain text | |
6574 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6575 | msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
6576 | msgstr "" | |
6577 | ||
6578 | #. type: SH | |
6579 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6580 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
6581 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
6582 | #, no-wrap | |
6583 | msgid "EXIT STATUS" | |
6584 | msgstr "" | |
6585 | ||
6586 | #. type: TP | |
6587 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6588 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
6589 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
6590 | #, no-wrap | |
6591 | msgid "B<0>" | |
6592 | msgstr "" | |
6593 | ||
6594 | #. type: Plain text | |
6595 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
6596 | msgid "" | |
6597 | "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion " | |
6598 | "command returned true." | |
6599 | msgstr "" | |
6600 | ||
6601 | #. type: TP | |
6602 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
6603 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
6604 | #, no-wrap | |
6605 | msgid "B<1>" | |
6606 | msgstr "" | |
6607 | ||
6608 | #. type: Plain text | |
6609 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
6610 | msgid "A check or assertion command returned false." | |
6611 | msgstr "" | |
6612 | ||
6613 | #. type: TP | |
6614 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6615 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
6616 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
6617 | #, no-wrap | |
6618 | msgid "B<2>" | |
6619 | msgstr "" | |
6620 | ||
6621 | #. type: Plain text | |
6622 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6623 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
6624 | msgid "" | |
6625 | "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or " | |
6626 | "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory " | |
6627 | "allocations, etc." | |
6628 | msgstr "" | |
6629 | ||
6630 | #. type: SH | |
6631 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
6632 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
6633 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6634 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
6635 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
6636 | #, no-wrap | |
6637 | msgid "ENVIRONMENT" | |
6638 | msgstr "" | |
6639 | ||
6640 | #. type: SS | |
6641 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
6642 | #, no-wrap | |
6643 | msgid "External environment" | |
6644 | msgstr "" | |
6645 | ||
6646 | #. type: TP | |
6647 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6648 | #, no-wrap | |
6649 | msgid "B<PATH>" | |
6650 | msgstr "" | |
6651 | ||
6652 | #. type: Plain text | |
6653 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6654 | msgid "" | |
6655 | "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the " | |
6656 | "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not " | |
6657 | "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort." | |
6658 | msgstr "" | |
6659 | ||
6660 | #. type: TP | |
6661 | #: dpkg.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
6662 | #, no-wrap | |
6663 | msgid "B<HOME>" | |
6664 | msgstr "" | |
6665 | ||
6666 | #. type: Plain text | |
6667 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6668 | msgid "" | |
6669 | "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " | |
6670 | "specific configuration file." | |
6671 | msgstr "" | |
6672 | ||
6673 | #. type: TP | |
6674 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
6675 | #, no-wrap | |
6676 | msgid "B<TMPDIR>" | |
6677 | msgstr "" | |
6678 | ||
6679 | #. type: Plain text | |
6680 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6681 | msgid "" | |
6682 | "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " | |
6683 | "files and directories." | |
6684 | msgstr "" | |
6685 | ||
6686 | #. type: TP | |
6687 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6688 | #, no-wrap | |
6689 | msgid "B<PAGER>" | |
6690 | msgstr "" | |
6691 | ||
6692 | #. type: Plain text | |
6693 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6694 | msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles." | |
6695 | msgstr "" | |
6696 | ||
6697 | #. type: TP | |
6698 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6699 | #, no-wrap | |
6700 | msgid "B<SHELL>" | |
6701 | msgstr "" | |
6702 | ||
6703 | #. type: Plain text | |
6704 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6705 | msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell." | |
6706 | msgstr "" | |
6707 | ||
6708 | #. type: TP | |
6709 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
6710 | #, no-wrap | |
6711 | msgid "B<COLUMNS>" | |
6712 | msgstr "" | |
6713 | ||
6714 | #. type: Plain text | |
6715 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6716 | msgid "" | |
6717 | "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " | |
6718 | "text. Currently only used by B<--list>." | |
6719 | msgstr "" | |
6720 | ||
6721 | #. type: TP | |
6722 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
6723 | #, no-wrap | |
6724 | msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>" | |
6725 | msgstr "" | |
6726 | ||
6727 | #. type: Plain text | |
6728 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
6729 | msgid "" | |
6730 | "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: " | |
6731 | "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." | |
6732 | msgstr "" | |
6733 | ||
6734 | #. type: SS | |
6735 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
6736 | #, no-wrap | |
6737 | msgid "Internal environment" | |
6738 | msgstr "" | |
6739 | ||
6740 | #. type: TP | |
6741 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6742 | #, no-wrap | |
6743 | msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>" | |
6744 | msgstr "" | |
6745 | ||
6746 | #. type: Plain text | |
6747 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6748 | msgid "" | |
6749 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which " | |
6750 | "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be " | |
6751 | "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal " | |
6752 | "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a " | |
6753 | "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using " | |
6754 | "B<chroot>(2) and leaves this variable empty, but if " | |
6755 | "B<--force-script-chrootless> is specified then the B<chroot>(2) call is " | |
6756 | "skipped and B<instdir> is non-empty." | |
6757 | msgstr "" | |
6758 | ||
6759 | #. type: TP | |
6760 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
6761 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
6762 | #, no-wrap | |
6763 | msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" | |
6764 | msgstr "" | |
6765 | ||
6766 | #. type: Plain text | |
6767 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6768 | msgid "" | |
6769 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the " | |
6770 | "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable " | |
6771 | "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value." | |
6772 | msgstr "" | |
6773 | ||
6774 | #. type: TP | |
6775 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6776 | #, no-wrap | |
6777 | msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" | |
6778 | msgstr "" | |
6779 | ||
6780 | #. type: Plain text | |
6781 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6782 | msgid "" | |
6783 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
6784 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." | |
6785 | msgstr "" | |
6786 | ||
6787 | #. type: TP | |
6788 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6789 | #, no-wrap | |
6790 | msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" | |
6791 | msgstr "" | |
6792 | ||
6793 | #. type: Plain text | |
6794 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6795 | msgid "" | |
6796 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
6797 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile." | |
6798 | msgstr "" | |
6799 | ||
6800 | #. type: TP | |
6801 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6802 | #, no-wrap | |
6803 | msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" | |
6804 | msgstr "" | |
6805 | ||
6806 | #. type: Plain text | |
6807 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6808 | msgid "" | |
6809 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " | |
6810 | "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile." | |
6811 | msgstr "" | |
6812 | ||
6813 | #. type: TP | |
6814 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6815 | #, no-wrap | |
6816 | msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>" | |
6817 | msgstr "" | |
6818 | ||
6819 | #. type: Plain text | |
6820 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6821 | msgid "" | |
6822 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since " | |
6823 | "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action." | |
6824 | msgstr "" | |
6825 | ||
6826 | #. type: TP | |
6827 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6828 | #, no-wrap | |
6829 | msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" | |
6830 | msgstr "" | |
6831 | ||
6832 | #. type: Plain text | |
6833 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6834 | msgid "" | |
6835 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " | |
6836 | "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
6837 | msgstr "" | |
6838 | ||
6839 | #. type: TP | |
6840 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
6841 | #, no-wrap | |
6842 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" | |
6843 | msgstr "" | |
6844 | ||
6845 | #. type: Plain text | |
6846 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6847 | msgid "" | |
6848 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the " | |
6849 | "(non-arch-qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
6850 | msgstr "" | |
6851 | ||
6852 | #. type: TP | |
6853 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6854 | #, no-wrap | |
6855 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>" | |
6856 | msgstr "" | |
6857 | ||
6858 | #. type: Plain text | |
6859 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6860 | msgid "" | |
6861 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package " | |
6862 | "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater " | |
6863 | "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)." | |
6864 | msgstr "" | |
6865 | ||
6866 | #. type: TP | |
6867 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6868 | #, no-wrap | |
6869 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" | |
6870 | msgstr "" | |
6871 | ||
6872 | #. type: Plain text | |
6873 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6874 | msgid "" | |
6875 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " | |
6876 | "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
6877 | msgstr "" | |
6878 | ||
6879 | #. type: TP | |
6880 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6881 | #, no-wrap | |
6882 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" | |
6883 | msgstr "" | |
6884 | ||
6885 | #. type: Plain text | |
6886 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6887 | msgid "" | |
6888 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " | |
6889 | "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since " | |
6890 | "dpkg 1.15.7)." | |
6891 | msgstr "" | |
6892 | ||
6893 | #. type: TP | |
6894 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6895 | #, no-wrap | |
6896 | msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>" | |
6897 | msgstr "" | |
6898 | ||
6899 | #. type: Plain text | |
6900 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6901 | msgid "" | |
6902 | "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ " | |
6903 | "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> " | |
6904 | "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)." | |
6905 | msgstr "" | |
6906 | ||
6907 | #. type: Plain text | |
6908 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
6909 | #, no-wrap | |
6910 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
6911 | msgstr "" | |
6912 | ||
6913 | #. type: Plain text | |
6914 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6915 | msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
6916 | msgstr "" | |
6917 | ||
6918 | #. type: Plain text | |
6919 | #: dpkg.man:1 dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
6920 | #, no-wrap | |
6921 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>" | |
6922 | msgstr "" | |
6923 | ||
6924 | #. type: Plain text | |
6925 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6926 | msgid "Configuration file with default options." | |
6927 | msgstr "" | |
6928 | ||
6929 | #. type: TP | |
6930 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6931 | #, no-wrap | |
6932 | msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>" | |
6933 | msgstr "" | |
6934 | ||
6935 | #. type: Plain text | |
6936 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6937 | msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)." | |
6938 | msgstr "" | |
6939 | ||
6940 | #. type: Plain text | |
6941 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6942 | msgid "" | |
6943 | "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " | |
6944 | "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." | |
6945 | msgstr "" | |
6946 | ||
6947 | #. type: TP | |
6948 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6949 | #, no-wrap | |
6950 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>" | |
6951 | msgstr "" | |
6952 | ||
6953 | #. type: Plain text | |
6954 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6955 | msgid "List of available packages." | |
6956 | msgstr "" | |
6957 | ||
6958 | #. type: TP | |
6959 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6960 | #, no-wrap | |
6961 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>" | |
6962 | msgstr "" | |
6963 | ||
6964 | #. type: Plain text | |
6965 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6966 | msgid "" | |
6967 | "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " | |
6968 | "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " | |
6969 | "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." | |
6970 | msgstr "" | |
6971 | ||
6972 | #. type: Plain text | |
6973 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6974 | msgid "" | |
6975 | "The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " | |
6976 | "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." | |
6977 | msgstr "" | |
6978 | ||
6979 | #. type: Plain text | |
6980 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6981 | msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in B<deb>(5)." | |
6982 | msgstr "" | |
6983 | ||
6984 | #. type: Plain text | |
6985 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6986 | msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." | |
6987 | msgstr "" | |
6988 | ||
6989 | #. type: Plain text | |
6990 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6991 | msgid "" | |
6992 | "To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that " | |
6993 | "B<dpkg-query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and " | |
6994 | "the B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):" | |
6995 | msgstr "" | |
6996 | ||
6997 | #. type: Plain text | |
6998 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
6999 | #, no-wrap | |
7000 | msgid " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>\n" | |
7001 | msgstr "" | |
7002 | ||
7003 | #. type: Plain text | |
7004 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7005 | msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:" | |
7006 | msgstr "" | |
7007 | ||
7008 | #. type: Plain text | |
7009 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7010 | #, no-wrap | |
7011 | msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" | |
7012 | msgstr "" | |
7013 | ||
7014 | #. type: Plain text | |
7015 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7016 | msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" | |
7017 | msgstr "" | |
7018 | ||
7019 | #. type: Plain text | |
7020 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7021 | #, no-wrap | |
7022 | msgid " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>\n" | |
7023 | msgstr "" | |
7024 | ||
7025 | #. type: Plain text | |
7026 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7027 | msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" | |
7028 | msgstr "" | |
7029 | ||
7030 | #. type: Plain text | |
7031 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7032 | #, no-wrap | |
7033 | msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" | |
7034 | msgstr "" | |
7035 | ||
7036 | #. type: Plain text | |
7037 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7038 | msgid "" | |
7039 | "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " | |
7040 | "I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section B<editors>:" | |
7041 | msgstr "" | |
7042 | ||
7043 | #. type: Plain text | |
7044 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7045 | #, no-wrap | |
7046 | msgid "" | |
7047 | " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" | |
7048 | " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" | |
7049 | msgstr "" | |
7050 | ||
7051 | #. type: Plain text | |
7052 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7053 | msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" | |
7054 | msgstr "" | |
7055 | ||
7056 | #. type: Plain text | |
7057 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7058 | #, no-wrap | |
7059 | msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" | |
7060 | msgstr "" | |
7061 | ||
7062 | #. type: Plain text | |
7063 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7064 | msgid "" | |
7065 | "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated " | |
7066 | "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice " | |
7067 | "(see https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ for more details), for example:" | |
7068 | msgstr "" | |
7069 | ||
7070 | #. type: Plain text | |
7071 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7072 | #, no-wrap | |
7073 | msgid " B<apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail>\n" | |
7074 | msgstr "" | |
7075 | ||
7076 | #. type: Plain text | |
7077 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7078 | msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:" | |
7079 | msgstr "" | |
7080 | ||
7081 | #. type: Plain text | |
7082 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7083 | #, no-wrap | |
7084 | msgid "" | |
7085 | " B<avail=`mktemp`>\n" | |
7086 | " B<apt-cache dumpavail E<gt>\"$avail\">\n" | |
7087 | " B<dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\">\n" | |
7088 | " B<rm \"$avail\">\n" | |
7089 | msgstr "" | |
7090 | ||
7091 | #. type: Plain text | |
7092 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7093 | msgid "you can install it with:" | |
7094 | msgstr "" | |
7095 | ||
7096 | #. type: Plain text | |
7097 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7098 | #, no-wrap | |
7099 | msgid "" | |
7100 | " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" | |
7101 | " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" | |
7102 | msgstr "" | |
7103 | ||
7104 | #. type: Plain text | |
7105 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7106 | msgid "" | |
7107 | "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " | |
7108 | "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " | |
7109 | "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " | |
7110 | "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." | |
7111 | msgstr "" | |
7112 | ||
7113 | #. type: Plain text | |
7114 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7115 | msgid "" | |
7116 | "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " | |
7117 | "to modify the package selection states." | |
7118 | msgstr "" | |
7119 | ||
7120 | #. type: SH | |
7121 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7122 | #, no-wrap | |
7123 | msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" | |
7124 | msgstr "" | |
7125 | ||
7126 | #. type: Plain text | |
7127 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7128 | msgid "" | |
7129 | "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " | |
7130 | "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." | |
7131 | msgstr "" | |
7132 | ||
7133 | #. type: Plain text | |
7134 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7135 | msgid "" | |
7136 | "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " | |
7137 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." | |
7138 | msgstr "" | |
7139 | ||
7140 | #. type: SH | |
7141 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7142 | #, no-wrap | |
7143 | msgid "AUTHORS" | |
7144 | msgstr "" | |
7145 | ||
7146 | #. type: Plain text | |
7147 | #: dpkg.man:1 | |
7148 | msgid "" | |
7149 | "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to " | |
7150 | "B<dpkg>." | |
7151 | msgstr "" | |
7152 | ||
7153 | #. type: TH | |
7154 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7155 | #, no-wrap | |
7156 | msgid "dpkg-architecture" | |
7157 | msgstr "" | |
7158 | ||
7159 | #. type: Plain text | |
7160 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7161 | msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" | |
7162 | msgstr "" | |
7163 | ||
7164 | #. type: Plain text | |
7165 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7166 | msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" | |
7167 | msgstr "" | |
7168 | ||
7169 | #. type: Plain text | |
7170 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7171 | msgid "" | |
7172 | "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and " | |
7173 | "host architecture for package building." | |
7174 | msgstr "" | |
7175 | ||
7176 | #. type: Plain text | |
7177 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7178 | msgid "" | |
7179 | "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to " | |
7180 | "B<dpkg>(1), and cannot be set at the command line." | |
7181 | msgstr "" | |
7182 | ||
7183 | #. type: Plain text | |
7184 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7185 | msgid "" | |
7186 | "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " | |
7187 | "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>. The default is determined by an " | |
7188 | "external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if B<CC> " | |
7189 | "or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type> " | |
7190 | "is sufficient, the value of the other will be set to a usable " | |
7191 | "default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because " | |
7192 | "B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the " | |
7193 | "default." | |
7194 | msgstr "" | |
7195 | ||
7196 | #. type: SH | |
7197 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
7198 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
7199 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
7200 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
7201 | #, no-wrap | |
7202 | msgid "COMMANDS" | |
7203 | msgstr "" | |
7204 | ||
7205 | #. type: TP | |
7206 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7207 | #, no-wrap | |
7208 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" | |
7209 | msgstr "" | |
7210 | ||
7211 | #. type: Plain text | |
7212 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7213 | msgid "" | |
7214 | "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " | |
7215 | "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." | |
7216 | msgstr "" | |
7217 | ||
7218 | #. type: TP | |
7219 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7220 | #, no-wrap | |
7221 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>" | |
7222 | msgstr "" | |
7223 | ||
7224 | #. type: Plain text | |
7225 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7226 | msgid "" | |
7227 | "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " | |
7228 | "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to " | |
7229 | "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture " | |
7230 | "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " | |
7231 | "matched." | |
7232 | msgstr "" | |
7233 | ||
7234 | #. type: TP | |
7235 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7236 | #, no-wrap | |
7237 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>" | |
7238 | msgstr "" | |
7239 | ||
7240 | #. type: Plain text | |
7241 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7242 | msgid "" | |
7243 | "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " | |
7244 | "current or specified Debian host architecture against " | |
7245 | "I<architecture-wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture " | |
7246 | "wildcard, to check if they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 " | |
7247 | "if matched, 1 if not matched." | |
7248 | msgstr "" | |
7249 | ||
7250 | #. type: TP | |
7251 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7252 | #, no-wrap | |
7253 | msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>" | |
7254 | msgstr "" | |
7255 | ||
7256 | #. type: Plain text | |
7257 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7258 | msgid "Print the value of a single variable." | |
7259 | msgstr "" | |
7260 | ||
7261 | #. type: TP | |
7262 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7263 | #, no-wrap | |
7264 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" | |
7265 | msgstr "" | |
7266 | ||
7267 | #. type: Plain text | |
7268 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7269 | msgid "" | |
7270 | "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " | |
7271 | "using eval." | |
7272 | msgstr "" | |
7273 | ||
7274 | #. type: TP | |
7275 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7276 | #, no-wrap | |
7277 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" | |
7278 | msgstr "" | |
7279 | ||
7280 | #. type: Plain text | |
7281 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7282 | msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-unset> but to unset all variables." | |
7283 | msgstr "" | |
7284 | ||
7285 | #. type: TP | |
7286 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7287 | #, no-wrap | |
7288 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>" | |
7289 | msgstr "" | |
7290 | ||
7291 | #. type: Plain text | |
7292 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7293 | msgid "" | |
7294 | "Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " | |
7295 | "determined value." | |
7296 | msgstr "" | |
7297 | ||
7298 | #. type: TP | |
7299 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7300 | #, no-wrap | |
7301 | msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>" | |
7302 | msgstr "" | |
7303 | ||
7304 | #. type: Plain text | |
7305 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7306 | msgid "" | |
7307 | "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or " | |
7308 | "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or " | |
7309 | "B<--match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7310 | msgstr "" | |
7311 | ||
7312 | #. type: Plain text | |
7313 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
7314 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
7315 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
7316 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 | |
7317 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
7318 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
7319 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
7320 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
7321 | msgid "Show the usage message and exit." | |
7322 | msgstr "" | |
7323 | ||
7324 | #. type: Plain text | |
7325 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
7326 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
7327 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
7328 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-name.man:1 | |
7329 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
7330 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
7331 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
7332 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
7333 | msgid "Show the version and exit." | |
7334 | msgstr "" | |
7335 | ||
7336 | #. type: TP | |
7337 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
7338 | #, no-wrap | |
7339 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>" | |
7340 | msgstr "" | |
7341 | ||
7342 | #. type: Plain text | |
7343 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7344 | msgid "Set the host Debian architecture." | |
7345 | msgstr "" | |
7346 | ||
7347 | #. type: TP | |
7348 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
7349 | #, no-wrap | |
7350 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
7351 | msgstr "" | |
7352 | ||
7353 | #. type: Plain text | |
7354 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7355 | msgid "Set the host GNU system type." | |
7356 | msgstr "" | |
7357 | ||
7358 | #. type: TP | |
7359 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7360 | #, no-wrap | |
7361 | msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
7362 | msgstr "" | |
7363 | ||
7364 | #. type: Plain text | |
7365 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7366 | msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7367 | msgstr "" | |
7368 | ||
7369 | #. type: TP | |
7370 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7371 | #, no-wrap | |
7372 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
7373 | msgstr "" | |
7374 | ||
7375 | #. type: Plain text | |
7376 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7377 | msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7378 | msgstr "" | |
7379 | ||
7380 | #. type: TP | |
7381 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7382 | #, no-wrap | |
7383 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>" | |
7384 | msgstr "" | |
7385 | ||
7386 | #. type: Plain text | |
7387 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7388 | msgid "" | |
7389 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the " | |
7390 | "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7391 | msgstr "" | |
7392 | ||
7393 | #. type: TP | |
7394 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7395 | #, no-wrap | |
7396 | msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>" | |
7397 | msgstr "" | |
7398 | ||
7399 | #. type: Plain text | |
7400 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7401 | msgid "" | |
7402 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " | |
7403 | "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>." | |
7404 | msgstr "" | |
7405 | ||
7406 | #. type: TP | |
7407 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7408 | #, no-wrap | |
7409 | msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>" | |
7410 | msgstr "" | |
7411 | ||
7412 | #. type: Plain text | |
7413 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7414 | msgid "" | |
7415 | "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " | |
7416 | "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>." | |
7417 | msgstr "" | |
7418 | ||
7419 | #. type: TP | |
7420 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7421 | #, no-wrap | |
7422 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" | |
7423 | msgstr "" | |
7424 | ||
7425 | #. type: Plain text | |
7426 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7427 | msgid "" | |
7428 | "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " | |
7429 | "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " | |
7430 | "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " | |
7431 | "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " | |
7432 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." | |
7433 | msgstr "" | |
7434 | ||
7435 | #. type: SH | |
7436 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7437 | #, no-wrap | |
7438 | msgid "TERMS" | |
7439 | msgstr "" | |
7440 | ||
7441 | #. type: IP | |
7442 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7443 | #, no-wrap | |
7444 | msgid "build machine" | |
7445 | msgstr "" | |
7446 | ||
7447 | #. type: Plain text | |
7448 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7449 | msgid "The machine the package is built on." | |
7450 | msgstr "" | |
7451 | ||
7452 | #. type: IP | |
7453 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7454 | #, no-wrap | |
7455 | msgid "host machine" | |
7456 | msgstr "" | |
7457 | ||
7458 | #. type: Plain text | |
7459 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7460 | msgid "The machine the package is built for." | |
7461 | msgstr "" | |
7462 | ||
7463 | #. type: IP | |
7464 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7465 | #, no-wrap | |
7466 | msgid "target machine" | |
7467 | msgstr "" | |
7468 | ||
7469 | #. type: Plain text | |
7470 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7471 | msgid "" | |
7472 | "The machine the compiler is building for. This is only needed when building " | |
7473 | "a cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be " | |
7474 | "run on the host architecture, and to build code for the target architecture." | |
7475 | msgstr "" | |
7476 | ||
7477 | #. type: IP | |
7478 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7479 | #, no-wrap | |
7480 | msgid "Debian architecture" | |
7481 | msgstr "" | |
7482 | ||
7483 | #. type: Plain text | |
7484 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7485 | msgid "" | |
7486 | "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP " | |
7487 | "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." | |
7488 | msgstr "" | |
7489 | ||
7490 | #. type: IP | |
7491 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7492 | #, no-wrap | |
7493 | msgid "Debian architecture tuple" | |
7494 | msgstr "" | |
7495 | ||
7496 | #. type: Plain text | |
7497 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7498 | msgid "" | |
7499 | "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its " | |
7500 | "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at " | |
7501 | "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has " | |
7502 | "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, " | |
7503 | "eabihf-musl-linux-arm." | |
7504 | msgstr "" | |
7505 | ||
7506 | #. type: IP | |
7507 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7508 | #, no-wrap | |
7509 | msgid "Debian architecture wildcard" | |
7510 | msgstr "" | |
7511 | ||
7512 | #. type: Plain text | |
7513 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7514 | msgid "" | |
7515 | "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will " | |
7516 | "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian " | |
7517 | "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them " | |
7518 | "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as " | |
7519 | "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:" | |
7520 | msgstr "" | |
7521 | ||
7522 | #. type: Plain text | |
7523 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7524 | #, no-wrap | |
7525 | msgid "" | |
7526 | " B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>\n" | |
7527 | " B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>\n" | |
7528 | " B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>\n" | |
7529 | msgstr "" | |
7530 | ||
7531 | #. type: Plain text | |
7532 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7533 | msgid "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any." | |
7534 | msgstr "" | |
7535 | ||
7536 | #. type: IP | |
7537 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7538 | #, no-wrap | |
7539 | msgid "GNU system type" | |
7540 | msgstr "" | |
7541 | ||
7542 | #. type: Plain text | |
7543 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7544 | msgid "" | |
7545 | "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " | |
7546 | "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, " | |
7547 | "i686-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." | |
7548 | msgstr "" | |
7549 | ||
7550 | #. type: IP | |
7551 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7552 | #, no-wrap | |
7553 | msgid "multiarch triplet" | |
7554 | msgstr "" | |
7555 | ||
7556 | #. type: Plain text | |
7557 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7558 | msgid "" | |
7559 | "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does " | |
7560 | "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting " | |
7561 | "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system " | |
7562 | "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: " | |
7563 | "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: " | |
7564 | "/lib/powerpc64le-linux-gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/." | |
7565 | msgstr "" | |
7566 | ||
7567 | #. type: SH | |
7568 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7569 | #, no-wrap | |
7570 | msgid "VARIABLES" | |
7571 | msgstr "" | |
7572 | ||
7573 | #. type: Plain text | |
7574 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7575 | msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" | |
7576 | msgstr "" | |
7577 | ||
7578 | #. type: IP | |
7579 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7580 | #, no-wrap | |
7581 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" | |
7582 | msgstr "" | |
7583 | ||
7584 | #. type: Plain text | |
7585 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7586 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." | |
7587 | msgstr "" | |
7588 | ||
7589 | #. type: IP | |
7590 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7591 | #, no-wrap | |
7592 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>" | |
7593 | msgstr "" | |
7594 | ||
7595 | #. type: Plain text | |
7596 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7597 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7598 | msgstr "" | |
7599 | ||
7600 | #. type: IP | |
7601 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7602 | #, no-wrap | |
7603 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
7604 | msgstr "" | |
7605 | ||
7606 | #. type: Plain text | |
7607 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7608 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7609 | msgstr "" | |
7610 | ||
7611 | #. type: IP | |
7612 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7613 | #, no-wrap | |
7614 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>" | |
7615 | msgstr "" | |
7616 | ||
7617 | #. type: Plain text | |
7618 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7619 | msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
7620 | msgstr "" | |
7621 | ||
7622 | #. type: IP | |
7623 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7624 | #, no-wrap | |
7625 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" | |
7626 | msgstr "" | |
7627 | ||
7628 | #. type: Plain text | |
7629 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7630 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
7631 | msgstr "" | |
7632 | ||
7633 | #. type: IP | |
7634 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7635 | #, no-wrap | |
7636 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" | |
7637 | msgstr "" | |
7638 | ||
7639 | #. type: Plain text | |
7640 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7641 | msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
7642 | msgstr "" | |
7643 | ||
7644 | #. type: IP | |
7645 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7646 | #, no-wrap | |
7647 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
7648 | msgstr "" | |
7649 | ||
7650 | #. type: Plain text | |
7651 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7652 | msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
7653 | msgstr "" | |
7654 | ||
7655 | #. type: IP | |
7656 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7657 | #, no-wrap | |
7658 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>" | |
7659 | msgstr "" | |
7660 | ||
7661 | #. type: Plain text | |
7662 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7663 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
7664 | msgstr "" | |
7665 | ||
7666 | #. type: IP | |
7667 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7668 | #, no-wrap | |
7669 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
7670 | msgstr "" | |
7671 | ||
7672 | #. type: Plain text | |
7673 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7674 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." | |
7675 | msgstr "" | |
7676 | ||
7677 | #. type: IP | |
7678 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7679 | #, no-wrap | |
7680 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>" | |
7681 | msgstr "" | |
7682 | ||
7683 | #. type: Plain text | |
7684 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7685 | msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine." | |
7686 | msgstr "" | |
7687 | ||
7688 | #. type: IP | |
7689 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7690 | #, no-wrap | |
7691 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>" | |
7692 | msgstr "" | |
7693 | ||
7694 | #. type: Plain text | |
7695 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7696 | msgid "" | |
7697 | "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem " | |
7698 | "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
7699 | msgstr "" | |
7700 | ||
7701 | #. type: IP | |
7702 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7703 | #, no-wrap | |
7704 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" | |
7705 | msgstr "" | |
7706 | ||
7707 | #. type: Plain text | |
7708 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7709 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." | |
7710 | msgstr "" | |
7711 | ||
7712 | #. type: IP | |
7713 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7714 | #, no-wrap | |
7715 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>" | |
7716 | msgstr "" | |
7717 | ||
7718 | #. type: Plain text | |
7719 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7720 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7721 | msgstr "" | |
7722 | ||
7723 | #. type: IP | |
7724 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7725 | #, no-wrap | |
7726 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
7727 | msgstr "" | |
7728 | ||
7729 | #. type: Plain text | |
7730 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7731 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7732 | msgstr "" | |
7733 | ||
7734 | #. type: IP | |
7735 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7736 | #, no-wrap | |
7737 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>" | |
7738 | msgstr "" | |
7739 | ||
7740 | #. type: Plain text | |
7741 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7742 | msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
7743 | msgstr "" | |
7744 | ||
7745 | #. type: IP | |
7746 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7747 | #, no-wrap | |
7748 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" | |
7749 | msgstr "" | |
7750 | ||
7751 | #. type: Plain text | |
7752 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7753 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
7754 | msgstr "" | |
7755 | ||
7756 | #. type: IP | |
7757 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7758 | #, no-wrap | |
7759 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" | |
7760 | msgstr "" | |
7761 | ||
7762 | #. type: Plain text | |
7763 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7764 | msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
7765 | msgstr "" | |
7766 | ||
7767 | #. type: IP | |
7768 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7769 | #, no-wrap | |
7770 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
7771 | msgstr "" | |
7772 | ||
7773 | #. type: Plain text | |
7774 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7775 | msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." | |
7776 | msgstr "" | |
7777 | ||
7778 | #. type: IP | |
7779 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7780 | #, no-wrap | |
7781 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>" | |
7782 | msgstr "" | |
7783 | ||
7784 | #. type: Plain text | |
7785 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7786 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
7787 | msgstr "" | |
7788 | ||
7789 | #. type: IP | |
7790 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7791 | #, no-wrap | |
7792 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
7793 | msgstr "" | |
7794 | ||
7795 | #. type: Plain text | |
7796 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7797 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." | |
7798 | msgstr "" | |
7799 | ||
7800 | #. type: IP | |
7801 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7802 | #, no-wrap | |
7803 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>" | |
7804 | msgstr "" | |
7805 | ||
7806 | #. type: Plain text | |
7807 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7808 | msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine." | |
7809 | msgstr "" | |
7810 | ||
7811 | #. type: IP | |
7812 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7813 | #, no-wrap | |
7814 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>" | |
7815 | msgstr "" | |
7816 | ||
7817 | #. type: Plain text | |
7818 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7819 | msgid "" | |
7820 | "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths " | |
7821 | "(since dpkg 1.16.0)." | |
7822 | msgstr "" | |
7823 | ||
7824 | #. type: IP | |
7825 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7826 | #, no-wrap | |
7827 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" | |
7828 | msgstr "" | |
7829 | ||
7830 | #. type: Plain text | |
7831 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7832 | msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7833 | msgstr "" | |
7834 | ||
7835 | #. type: IP | |
7836 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7837 | #, no-wrap | |
7838 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>" | |
7839 | msgstr "" | |
7840 | ||
7841 | #. type: Plain text | |
7842 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7843 | msgid "The Debian abi name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7844 | msgstr "" | |
7845 | ||
7846 | #. type: IP | |
7847 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7848 | #, no-wrap | |
7849 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>" | |
7850 | msgstr "" | |
7851 | ||
7852 | #. type: Plain text | |
7853 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7854 | msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7855 | msgstr "" | |
7856 | ||
7857 | #. type: IP | |
7858 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7859 | #, no-wrap | |
7860 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>" | |
7861 | msgstr "" | |
7862 | ||
7863 | #. type: Plain text | |
7864 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7865 | msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7866 | msgstr "" | |
7867 | ||
7868 | #. type: IP | |
7869 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7870 | #, no-wrap | |
7871 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" | |
7872 | msgstr "" | |
7873 | ||
7874 | #. type: Plain text | |
7875 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7876 | msgid "The Debian cpu name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7877 | msgstr "" | |
7878 | ||
7879 | #. type: IP | |
7880 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7881 | #, no-wrap | |
7882 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" | |
7883 | msgstr "" | |
7884 | ||
7885 | #. type: Plain text | |
7886 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7887 | msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7888 | msgstr "" | |
7889 | ||
7890 | #. type: IP | |
7891 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7892 | #, no-wrap | |
7893 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>" | |
7894 | msgstr "" | |
7895 | ||
7896 | #. type: Plain text | |
7897 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7898 | msgid "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7899 | msgstr "" | |
7900 | ||
7901 | #. type: IP | |
7902 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7903 | #, no-wrap | |
7904 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>" | |
7905 | msgstr "" | |
7906 | ||
7907 | #. type: Plain text | |
7908 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7909 | msgid "The CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7910 | msgstr "" | |
7911 | ||
7912 | #. type: IP | |
7913 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7914 | #, no-wrap | |
7915 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>" | |
7916 | msgstr "" | |
7917 | ||
7918 | #. type: Plain text | |
7919 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7920 | msgid "The System part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7921 | msgstr "" | |
7922 | ||
7923 | #. type: IP | |
7924 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7925 | #, no-wrap | |
7926 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>" | |
7927 | msgstr "" | |
7928 | ||
7929 | #. type: Plain text | |
7930 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7931 | msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7932 | msgstr "" | |
7933 | ||
7934 | #. type: IP | |
7935 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7936 | #, no-wrap | |
7937 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>" | |
7938 | msgstr "" | |
7939 | ||
7940 | #. type: Plain text | |
7941 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7942 | msgid "" | |
7943 | "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem " | |
7944 | "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)." | |
7945 | msgstr "" | |
7946 | ||
7947 | #. type: SS | |
7948 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7949 | #, no-wrap | |
7950 | msgid "Architecture tables" | |
7951 | msgstr "" | |
7952 | ||
7953 | #. type: Plain text | |
7954 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7955 | msgid "" | |
7956 | "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " | |
7957 | "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " | |
7958 | "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on " | |
7959 | "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they " | |
7960 | "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"." | |
7961 | msgstr "" | |
7962 | ||
7963 | #. type: TP | |
7964 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7965 | #, no-wrap | |
7966 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>" | |
7967 | msgstr "" | |
7968 | ||
7969 | #. type: Plain text | |
7970 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7971 | msgid "" | |
7972 | "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 " | |
7973 | "(since dpkg 1.13.2)." | |
7974 | msgstr "" | |
7975 | ||
7976 | #. type: TP | |
7977 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7978 | #, no-wrap | |
7979 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" | |
7980 | msgstr "" | |
7981 | ||
7982 | #. type: Plain text | |
7983 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7984 | msgid "" | |
7985 | "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format " | |
7986 | "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
7987 | msgstr "" | |
7988 | ||
7989 | #. type: TP | |
7990 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7991 | #, no-wrap | |
7992 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>" | |
7993 | msgstr "" | |
7994 | ||
7995 | #. type: Plain text | |
7996 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
7997 | msgid "" | |
7998 | "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. " | |
7999 | "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
8000 | msgstr "" | |
8001 | ||
8002 | #. type: TP | |
8003 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8004 | #, no-wrap | |
8005 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>" | |
8006 | msgstr "" | |
8007 | ||
8008 | #. type: Plain text | |
8009 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8010 | msgid "" | |
8011 | "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 " | |
8012 | "(since dpkg 1.18.11)." | |
8013 | msgstr "" | |
8014 | ||
8015 | #. type: SS | |
8016 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8017 | #, no-wrap | |
8018 | msgid "Packaging support" | |
8019 | msgstr "" | |
8020 | ||
8021 | #. type: TP | |
8022 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8023 | #, no-wrap | |
8024 | msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>" | |
8025 | msgstr "" | |
8026 | ||
8027 | #. type: Plain text | |
8028 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8029 | msgid "" | |
8030 | "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that " | |
8031 | "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
8032 | msgstr "" | |
8033 | ||
8034 | #. type: Plain text | |
8035 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8036 | msgid "" | |
8037 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to " | |
8038 | "B<dpkg-architecture>. Other examples:" | |
8039 | msgstr "" | |
8040 | ||
8041 | #. type: Plain text | |
8042 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8043 | msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" | |
8044 | msgstr "" | |
8045 | ||
8046 | #. type: Plain text | |
8047 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8048 | msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" | |
8049 | msgstr "" | |
8050 | ||
8051 | #. type: Plain text | |
8052 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8053 | msgid "" | |
8054 | "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an " | |
8055 | "architecture:" | |
8056 | msgstr "" | |
8057 | ||
8058 | #. type: Plain text | |
8059 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8060 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" | |
8061 | msgstr "" | |
8062 | ||
8063 | #. type: Plain text | |
8064 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8065 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" | |
8066 | msgstr "" | |
8067 | ||
8068 | #. type: Plain text | |
8069 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8070 | msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:" | |
8071 | msgstr "" | |
8072 | ||
8073 | #. type: Plain text | |
8074 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8075 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" | |
8076 | msgstr "" | |
8077 | ||
8078 | #. type: Plain text | |
8079 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8080 | msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" | |
8081 | msgstr "" | |
8082 | ||
8083 | #. type: SS | |
8084 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8085 | #, no-wrap | |
8086 | msgid "Usage in debian/rules" | |
8087 | msgstr "" | |
8088 | ||
8089 | #. type: Plain text | |
8090 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8091 | msgid "" | |
8092 | "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to " | |
8093 | "I<debian/rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you " | |
8094 | "should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the " | |
8095 | "script. Instead, you should always initialize them using " | |
8096 | "B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> option. Here are some examples, which " | |
8097 | "also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" | |
8098 | msgstr "" | |
8099 | ||
8100 | #. type: Plain text | |
8101 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8102 | msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:" | |
8103 | msgstr "" | |
8104 | ||
8105 | #. type: Plain text | |
8106 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8107 | #, no-wrap | |
8108 | msgid "" | |
8109 | "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
8110 | "DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
8111 | "[...]\n" | |
8112 | "ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n" | |
8113 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
8114 | "else\n" | |
8115 | " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\e\n" | |
8116 | " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" | |
8117 | "endif\n" | |
8118 | "[...]\n" | |
8119 | "\\&./configure $(confflags)\n" | |
8120 | msgstr "" | |
8121 | ||
8122 | #. type: Plain text | |
8123 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8124 | msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:" | |
8125 | msgstr "" | |
8126 | ||
8127 | #. type: Plain text | |
8128 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8129 | #, no-wrap | |
8130 | msgid "DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" | |
8131 | msgstr "" | |
8132 | ||
8133 | #. type: Plain text | |
8134 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8135 | #, no-wrap | |
8136 | msgid "" | |
8137 | "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n" | |
8138 | " [...]\n" | |
8139 | "endif\n" | |
8140 | msgstr "" | |
8141 | ||
8142 | #. type: Plain text | |
8143 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8144 | msgid "" | |
8145 | "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the " | |
8146 | "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables." | |
8147 | msgstr "" | |
8148 | ||
8149 | #. type: Plain text | |
8150 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8151 | msgid "" | |
8152 | "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set " | |
8153 | "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:" | |
8154 | msgstr "" | |
8155 | ||
8156 | #. type: Plain text | |
8157 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8158 | #, no-wrap | |
8159 | msgid "include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n" | |
8160 | msgstr "" | |
8161 | ||
8162 | #. type: Plain text | |
8163 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8164 | msgid "" | |
8165 | "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get " | |
8166 | "architecture information during a package build." | |
8167 | msgstr "" | |
8168 | ||
8169 | #. type: TP | |
8170 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8171 | #, no-wrap | |
8172 | msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>" | |
8173 | msgstr "" | |
8174 | ||
8175 | #. type: Plain text | |
8176 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8177 | msgid "" | |
8178 | "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the " | |
8179 | "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to " | |
8180 | "«%PKGDATADIR%»." | |
8181 | msgstr "" | |
8182 | ||
8183 | #. type: Plain text | |
8184 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8185 | msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17." | |
8186 | msgstr "" | |
8187 | ||
8188 | #. type: Plain text | |
8189 | #: dpkg-architecture.man:1 | |
8190 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." | |
8191 | msgstr "" | |
8192 | ||
8193 | #. type: TH | |
8194 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
8195 | #, no-wrap | |
8196 | msgid "dpkg.cfg" | |
8197 | msgstr "" | |
8198 | ||
8199 | #. type: Plain text | |
8200 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
8201 | msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" | |
8202 | msgstr "" | |
8203 | ||
8204 | #. type: Plain text | |
8205 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
8206 | msgid "" | |
8207 | "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " | |
8208 | "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " | |
8209 | "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " | |
8210 | "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " | |
8211 | "hash sign (‘B<#>’)." | |
8212 | msgstr "" | |
8213 | ||
8214 | #. type: Plain text | |
8215 | #: dpkg.cfg.man:1 | |
8216 | msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" | |
8217 | msgstr "" | |
8218 | ||
8219 | #. type: TH | |
8220 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8221 | #, no-wrap | |
8222 | msgid "dpkg-buildflags" | |
8223 | msgstr "" | |
8224 | ||
8225 | #. type: Plain text | |
8226 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8227 | msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" | |
8228 | msgstr "" | |
8229 | ||
8230 | #. type: Plain text | |
8231 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8232 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" | |
8233 | msgstr "" | |
8234 | ||
8235 | #. type: Plain text | |
8236 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8237 | msgid "" | |
8238 | "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " | |
8239 | "build of Debian packages." | |
8240 | msgstr "" | |
8241 | ||
8242 | #. type: Plain text | |
8243 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8244 | msgid "" | |
8245 | "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be " | |
8246 | "extended/overridden in several ways:" | |
8247 | msgstr "" | |
8248 | ||
8249 | #. type: IP | |
8250 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8251 | #, no-wrap | |
8252 | msgid "1." | |
8253 | msgstr "" | |
8254 | ||
8255 | #. type: Plain text | |
8256 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8257 | msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;" | |
8258 | msgstr "" | |
8259 | ||
8260 | #. type: IP | |
8261 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8262 | #, no-wrap | |
8263 | msgid "2." | |
8264 | msgstr "" | |
8265 | ||
8266 | #. type: Plain text | |
8267 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8268 | msgid "" | |
8269 | "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where " | |
8270 | "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" | |
8271 | msgstr "" | |
8272 | ||
8273 | #. type: IP | |
8274 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8275 | #, no-wrap | |
8276 | msgid "3." | |
8277 | msgstr "" | |
8278 | ||
8279 | #. type: Plain text | |
8280 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8281 | msgid "" | |
8282 | "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " | |
8283 | "B<ENVIRONMENT>);" | |
8284 | msgstr "" | |
8285 | ||
8286 | #. type: IP | |
8287 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8288 | #, no-wrap | |
8289 | msgid "4." | |
8290 | msgstr "" | |
8291 | ||
8292 | #. type: Plain text | |
8293 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8294 | msgid "" | |
8295 | "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " | |
8296 | "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." | |
8297 | msgstr "" | |
8298 | ||
8299 | #. type: Plain text | |
8300 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8301 | msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:" | |
8302 | msgstr "" | |
8303 | ||
8304 | #. type: TP | |
8305 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8306 | #, no-wrap | |
8307 | msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" | |
8308 | msgstr "" | |
8309 | ||
8310 | #. type: Plain text | |
8311 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8312 | msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." | |
8313 | msgstr "" | |
8314 | ||
8315 | #. type: TP | |
8316 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8317 | #, no-wrap | |
8318 | msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>" | |
8319 | msgstr "" | |
8320 | ||
8321 | #. type: Plain text | |
8322 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8323 | msgid "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." | |
8324 | msgstr "" | |
8325 | ||
8326 | #. type: TP | |
8327 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8328 | #, no-wrap | |
8329 | msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" | |
8330 | msgstr "" | |
8331 | ||
8332 | #. type: Plain text | |
8333 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8334 | msgid "" | |
8335 | "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " | |
8336 | "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is " | |
8337 | "non-empty." | |
8338 | msgstr "" | |
8339 | ||
8340 | #. type: TP | |
8341 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8342 | #, no-wrap | |
8343 | msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>" | |
8344 | msgstr "" | |
8345 | ||
8346 | #. type: Plain text | |
8347 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8348 | msgid "" | |
8349 | "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " | |
8350 | "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " | |
8351 | "non-empty." | |
8352 | msgstr "" | |
8353 | ||
8354 | #. type: Plain text | |
8355 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8356 | msgid "" | |
8357 | "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " | |
8358 | "(#). Empty lines are also ignored." | |
8359 | msgstr "" | |
8360 | ||
8361 | #. type: TP | |
8362 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8363 | #, no-wrap | |
8364 | msgid "B<--dump>" | |
8365 | msgstr "" | |
8366 | ||
8367 | #. type: Plain text | |
8368 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8369 | msgid "" | |
8370 | "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " | |
8371 | "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " | |
8372 | "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action." | |
8373 | msgstr "" | |
8374 | ||
8375 | #. type: TP | |
8376 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8377 | #, no-wrap | |
8378 | msgid "B<--list>" | |
8379 | msgstr "" | |
8380 | ||
8381 | #. type: Plain text | |
8382 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8383 | msgid "" | |
8384 | "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " | |
8385 | "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." | |
8386 | msgstr "" | |
8387 | ||
8388 | #. type: TP | |
8389 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8390 | #, no-wrap | |
8391 | msgid "B<--status>" | |
8392 | msgstr "" | |
8393 | ||
8394 | #. type: Plain text | |
8395 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8396 | msgid "" | |
8397 | "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of " | |
8398 | "B<dpkg-buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, " | |
8399 | "current vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting " | |
8400 | "compiler flags with their origin." | |
8401 | msgstr "" | |
8402 | ||
8403 | #. type: Plain text | |
8404 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8405 | msgid "" | |
8406 | "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps " | |
8407 | "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose " | |
8408 | "problems related to them." | |
8409 | msgstr "" | |
8410 | ||
8411 | #. type: TP | |
8412 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8413 | #, no-wrap | |
8414 | msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" | |
8415 | msgstr "" | |
8416 | ||
8417 | #. type: Plain text | |
8418 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8419 | msgid "" | |
8420 | "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the " | |
8421 | "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not " | |
8422 | "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case " | |
8423 | "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the " | |
8424 | "environment. Supported formats:" | |
8425 | msgstr "" | |
8426 | ||
8427 | #. type: TP | |
8428 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8429 | #, no-wrap | |
8430 | msgid "B<sh>" | |
8431 | msgstr "" | |
8432 | ||
8433 | #. type: Plain text | |
8434 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8435 | msgid "" | |
8436 | "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the " | |
8437 | "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for " | |
8438 | "evaluation by a shell." | |
8439 | msgstr "" | |
8440 | ||
8441 | #. type: TP | |
8442 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8443 | #, no-wrap | |
8444 | msgid "B<cmdline>" | |
8445 | msgstr "" | |
8446 | ||
8447 | #. type: Plain text | |
8448 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8449 | msgid "" | |
8450 | "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the " | |
8451 | "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell " | |
8452 | "syntax." | |
8453 | msgstr "" | |
8454 | ||
8455 | #. type: TP | |
8456 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8457 | #, no-wrap | |
8458 | msgid "B<configure>" | |
8459 | msgstr "" | |
8460 | ||
8461 | #. type: Plain text | |
8462 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8463 | msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>." | |
8464 | msgstr "" | |
8465 | ||
8466 | #. type: TP | |
8467 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8468 | #, no-wrap | |
8469 | msgid "B<make>" | |
8470 | msgstr "" | |
8471 | ||
8472 | #. type: Plain text | |
8473 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8474 | msgid "" | |
8475 | "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the " | |
8476 | "environment. Output can be written to a makefile fragment and evaluated " | |
8477 | "using an B<include> directive." | |
8478 | msgstr "" | |
8479 | ||
8480 | #. type: TP | |
8481 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8482 | #, no-wrap | |
8483 | msgid "B<--get>I< flag>" | |
8484 | msgstr "" | |
8485 | ||
8486 | #. type: Plain text | |
8487 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8488 | msgid "" | |
8489 | "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " | |
8490 | "known otherwise exits with 1." | |
8491 | msgstr "" | |
8492 | ||
8493 | #. type: TP | |
8494 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8495 | #, no-wrap | |
8496 | msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>" | |
8497 | msgstr "" | |
8498 | ||
8499 | #. type: Plain text | |
8500 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8501 | msgid "" | |
8502 | "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " | |
8503 | "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " | |
8504 | "following values:" | |
8505 | msgstr "" | |
8506 | ||
8507 | #. type: TP | |
8508 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8509 | #, no-wrap | |
8510 | msgid "B<vendor>" | |
8511 | msgstr "" | |
8512 | ||
8513 | #. type: Plain text | |
8514 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8515 | msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" | |
8516 | msgstr "" | |
8517 | ||
8518 | #. type: TP | |
8519 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8520 | #, no-wrap | |
8521 | msgid "B<system>" | |
8522 | msgstr "" | |
8523 | ||
8524 | #. type: Plain text | |
8525 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8526 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" | |
8527 | msgstr "" | |
8528 | ||
8529 | #. type: TP | |
8530 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8531 | #, no-wrap | |
8532 | msgid "B<user>" | |
8533 | msgstr "" | |
8534 | ||
8535 | #. type: Plain text | |
8536 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8537 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" | |
8538 | msgstr "" | |
8539 | ||
8540 | #. type: TP | |
8541 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8542 | #, no-wrap | |
8543 | msgid "B<env>" | |
8544 | msgstr "" | |
8545 | ||
8546 | #. type: Plain text | |
8547 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8548 | msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." | |
8549 | msgstr "" | |
8550 | ||
8551 | #. type: TP | |
8552 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8553 | #, no-wrap | |
8554 | msgid "B<--query-features>I< area>" | |
8555 | msgstr "" | |
8556 | ||
8557 | #. type: Plain text | |
8558 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8559 | msgid "" | |
8560 | "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). The only " | |
8561 | "currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<qa>, " | |
8562 | "B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE AREAS> " | |
8563 | "section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits " | |
8564 | "with 1." | |
8565 | msgstr "" | |
8566 | ||
8567 | #. type: Plain text | |
8568 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8569 | msgid "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:" | |
8570 | msgstr "" | |
8571 | ||
8572 | #. type: Plain text | |
8573 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8574 | #, no-wrap | |
8575 | msgid "" | |
8576 | " Feature: pie\n" | |
8577 | " Enabled: yes\n" | |
8578 | msgstr "" | |
8579 | ||
8580 | #. type: Plain text | |
8581 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8582 | #, no-wrap | |
8583 | msgid "" | |
8584 | " Feature: stackprotector\n" | |
8585 | " Enabled: yes\n" | |
8586 | msgstr "" | |
8587 | ||
8588 | #. type: TP | |
8589 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
8590 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
8591 | #, no-wrap | |
8592 | msgid "B<--help>" | |
8593 | msgstr "" | |
8594 | ||
8595 | #. type: SH | |
8596 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8597 | #, no-wrap | |
8598 | msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" | |
8599 | msgstr "" | |
8600 | ||
8601 | #. type: TP | |
8602 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8603 | #, no-wrap | |
8604 | msgid "B<CFLAGS>" | |
8605 | msgstr "" | |
8606 | ||
8607 | #. type: Plain text | |
8608 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8609 | msgid "" | |
8610 | "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes " | |
8611 | "B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the " | |
8612 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." | |
8613 | msgstr "" | |
8614 | ||
8615 | #. type: TP | |
8616 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8617 | #, no-wrap | |
8618 | msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" | |
8619 | msgstr "" | |
8620 | ||
8621 | #. type: Plain text | |
8622 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8623 | msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." | |
8624 | msgstr "" | |
8625 | ||
8626 | #. type: TP | |
8627 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8628 | #, no-wrap | |
8629 | msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" | |
8630 | msgstr "" | |
8631 | ||
8632 | #. type: Plain text | |
8633 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8634 | msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." | |
8635 | msgstr "" | |
8636 | ||
8637 | #. type: TP | |
8638 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8639 | #, no-wrap | |
8640 | msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>" | |
8641 | msgstr "" | |
8642 | ||
8643 | #. type: Plain text | |
8644 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8645 | msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." | |
8646 | msgstr "" | |
8647 | ||
8648 | #. type: TP | |
8649 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8650 | #, no-wrap | |
8651 | msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>" | |
8652 | msgstr "" | |
8653 | ||
8654 | #. type: Plain text | |
8655 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8656 | msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>." | |
8657 | msgstr "" | |
8658 | ||
8659 | #. type: TP | |
8660 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8661 | #, no-wrap | |
8662 | msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>" | |
8663 | msgstr "" | |
8664 | ||
8665 | #. type: Plain text | |
8666 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8667 | msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>." | |
8668 | msgstr "" | |
8669 | ||
8670 | #. type: TP | |
8671 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8672 | #, no-wrap | |
8673 | msgid "B<FFLAGS>" | |
8674 | msgstr "" | |
8675 | ||
8676 | #. type: Plain text | |
8677 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8678 | msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>." | |
8679 | msgstr "" | |
8680 | ||
8681 | #. type: TP | |
8682 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8683 | #, no-wrap | |
8684 | msgid "B<FCFLAGS>" | |
8685 | msgstr "" | |
8686 | ||
8687 | #. type: Plain text | |
8688 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8689 | msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>." | |
8690 | msgstr "" | |
8691 | ||
8692 | #. type: TP | |
8693 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8694 | #, no-wrap | |
8695 | msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" | |
8696 | msgstr "" | |
8697 | ||
8698 | #. type: Plain text | |
8699 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8700 | msgid "" | |
8701 | "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " | |
8702 | "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " | |
8703 | "from these options). Default value: empty." | |
8704 | msgstr "" | |
8705 | ||
8706 | #. type: Plain text | |
8707 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8708 | msgid "" | |
8709 | "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to " | |
8710 | "support other languages)." | |
8711 | msgstr "" | |
8712 | ||
8713 | #. type: SH | |
8714 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8715 | #, no-wrap | |
8716 | msgid "FEATURE AREAS" | |
8717 | msgstr "" | |
8718 | ||
8719 | #. type: Plain text | |
8720 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8721 | msgid "" | |
8722 | "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> " | |
8723 | "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the " | |
8724 | "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” " | |
8725 | "feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in " | |
8726 | "B<debian/rules>:" | |
8727 | msgstr "" | |
8728 | ||
8729 | #. type: Plain text | |
8730 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8731 | #, no-wrap | |
8732 | msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" | |
8733 | msgstr "" | |
8734 | ||
8735 | #. type: Plain text | |
8736 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8737 | msgid "" | |
8738 | "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or " | |
8739 | "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in " | |
8740 | "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be " | |
8741 | "achieved with:" | |
8742 | msgstr "" | |
8743 | ||
8744 | #. type: Plain text | |
8745 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8746 | #, no-wrap | |
8747 | msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" | |
8748 | msgstr "" | |
8749 | ||
8750 | #. type: SS | |
8751 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8752 | #, no-wrap | |
8753 | msgid "qa" | |
8754 | msgstr "" | |
8755 | ||
8756 | #. type: Plain text | |
8757 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8758 | msgid "" | |
8759 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect " | |
8760 | "problems in the source code or build system." | |
8761 | msgstr "" | |
8762 | ||
8763 | #. type: TP | |
8764 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8765 | #, no-wrap | |
8766 | msgid "B<bug>" | |
8767 | msgstr "" | |
8768 | ||
8769 | #. type: Plain text | |
8770 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8771 | msgid "" | |
8772 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably " | |
8773 | "detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal. The only currently " | |
8774 | "supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> with flags set to " | |
8775 | "B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, " | |
8776 | "B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and " | |
8777 | "B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>." | |
8778 | msgstr "" | |
8779 | ||
8780 | #. type: TP | |
8781 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8782 | #, no-wrap | |
8783 | msgid "B<canary>" | |
8784 | msgstr "" | |
8785 | ||
8786 | #. type: Plain text | |
8787 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8788 | msgid "" | |
8789 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build " | |
8790 | "flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags " | |
8791 | "propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings. " | |
8792 | "The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, " | |
8793 | "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to " | |
8794 | "B<-D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to " | |
8795 | "B<-Wl,-z,deb-canary->I<random-id>." | |
8796 | msgstr "" | |
8797 | ||
8798 | #. type: SS | |
8799 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8800 | #, no-wrap | |
8801 | msgid "sanitize" | |
8802 | msgstr "" | |
8803 | ||
8804 | #. type: Plain text | |
8805 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8806 | msgid "" | |
8807 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a " | |
8808 | "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, " | |
8809 | "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs." | |
8810 | msgstr "" | |
8811 | ||
8812 | #. type: TP | |
8813 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8814 | #, no-wrap | |
8815 | msgid "B<address>" | |
8816 | msgstr "" | |
8817 | ||
8818 | #. type: Plain text | |
8819 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8820 | msgid "" | |
8821 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> " | |
8822 | "and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and " | |
8823 | "B<CXXFLAGS>." | |
8824 | msgstr "" | |
8825 | ||
8826 | #. type: TP | |
8827 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8828 | #, no-wrap | |
8829 | msgid "B<thread>" | |
8830 | msgstr "" | |
8831 | ||
8832 | #. type: Plain text | |
8833 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8834 | msgid "" | |
8835 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, " | |
8836 | "B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." | |
8837 | msgstr "" | |
8838 | ||
8839 | #. type: TP | |
8840 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8841 | #, no-wrap | |
8842 | msgid "B<leak>" | |
8843 | msgstr "" | |
8844 | ||
8845 | #. type: Plain text | |
8846 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8847 | msgid "" | |
8848 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It " | |
8849 | "gets automatically disabled if either the B<address> or the B<thread> " | |
8850 | "features are enabled, as they imply it." | |
8851 | msgstr "" | |
8852 | ||
8853 | #. type: TP | |
8854 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8855 | #, no-wrap | |
8856 | msgid "B<undefined>" | |
8857 | msgstr "" | |
8858 | ||
8859 | #. type: Plain text | |
8860 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8861 | msgid "" | |
8862 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=undefined> to " | |
8863 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." | |
8864 | msgstr "" | |
8865 | ||
8866 | #. type: SS | |
8867 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8868 | #, no-wrap | |
8869 | msgid "hardening" | |
8870 | msgstr "" | |
8871 | ||
8872 | #. type: Plain text | |
8873 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8874 | msgid "" | |
8875 | "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " | |
8876 | "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " | |
8877 | "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " | |
8878 | "enabled by default for architectures that support them." | |
8879 | msgstr "" | |
8880 | ||
8881 | #. type: TP | |
8882 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8883 | #, no-wrap | |
8884 | msgid "B<format>" | |
8885 | msgstr "" | |
8886 | ||
8887 | #. type: Plain text | |
8888 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8889 | msgid "" | |
8890 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> " | |
8891 | "to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn " | |
8892 | "about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are " | |
8893 | "used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this " | |
8894 | "warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format " | |
8895 | "string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in " | |
8896 | "B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security " | |
8897 | "hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’." | |
8898 | msgstr "" | |
8899 | ||
8900 | #. type: TP | |
8901 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8902 | #, no-wrap | |
8903 | msgid "B<fortify>" | |
8904 | msgstr "" | |
8905 | ||
8906 | #. type: Plain text | |
8907 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8908 | msgid "" | |
8909 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to " | |
8910 | "B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " | |
8911 | "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " | |
8912 | "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited " | |
8913 | "ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " | |
8914 | "strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are blocked. If an application " | |
8915 | "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." | |
8916 | msgstr "" | |
8917 | ||
8918 | #. type: Plain text | |
8919 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8920 | msgid "" | |
8921 | "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " | |
8922 | "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable " | |
8923 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be " | |
8924 | "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later." | |
8925 | msgstr "" | |
8926 | ||
8927 | #. type: TP | |
8928 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8929 | #, no-wrap | |
8930 | msgid "B<stackprotector>" | |
8931 | msgstr "" | |
8932 | ||
8933 | #. type: Plain text | |
8934 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8935 | msgid "" | |
8936 | "This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds " | |
8937 | "B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " | |
8938 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This " | |
8939 | "adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential " | |
8940 | "code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns " | |
8941 | "code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues " | |
8942 | "(depending on the application)." | |
8943 | msgstr "" | |
8944 | ||
8945 | #. type: Plain text | |
8946 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8947 | msgid "" | |
8948 | "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " | |
8949 | "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with " | |
8950 | "B<-nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." | |
8951 | msgstr "" | |
8952 | ||
8953 | #. type: TP | |
8954 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8955 | #, no-wrap | |
8956 | msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>" | |
8957 | msgstr "" | |
8958 | ||
8959 | #. type: Plain text | |
8960 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8961 | msgid "" | |
8962 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to " | |
8963 | "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " | |
8964 | "and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but " | |
8965 | "without significant performance penalties." | |
8966 | msgstr "" | |
8967 | ||
8968 | #. type: Plain text | |
8969 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8970 | msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting." | |
8971 | msgstr "" | |
8972 | ||
8973 | #. type: Plain text | |
8974 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8975 | msgid "" | |
8976 | "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition " | |
8977 | "also requires gcc 4.9 and later." | |
8978 | msgstr "" | |
8979 | ||
8980 | #. type: TP | |
8981 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8982 | #, no-wrap | |
8983 | msgid "B<relro>" | |
8984 | msgstr "" | |
8985 | ||
8986 | #. type: Plain text | |
8987 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8988 | msgid "" | |
8989 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " | |
8990 | "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " | |
8991 | "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " | |
8992 | "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " | |
8993 | "overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become " | |
8994 | "disabled as well." | |
8995 | msgstr "" | |
8996 | ||
8997 | #. type: TP | |
8998 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
8999 | #, no-wrap | |
9000 | msgid "B<bindnow>" | |
9001 | msgstr "" | |
9002 | ||
9003 | #. type: Plain text | |
9004 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9005 | msgid "" | |
9006 | "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " | |
9007 | "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " | |
9008 | "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become " | |
9009 | "enabled if B<relro> is not enabled." | |
9010 | msgstr "" | |
9011 | ||
9012 | #. type: TP | |
9013 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9014 | #, no-wrap | |
9015 | msgid "B<pie>" | |
9016 | msgstr "" | |
9017 | ||
9018 | #. type: Plain text | |
9019 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9020 | msgid "" | |
9021 | "This setting (with no default since dpkg 1.18.23, and injected by default by " | |
9022 | "gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, " | |
9023 | "mips, mipsel, mips64el, ppc64el, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian " | |
9024 | "architectures) adds the required options via gcc specs files if needed to " | |
9025 | "enable or disable PIE. When enabled and injected by gcc, adds nothing. When " | |
9026 | "enabled and not injected by gcc, adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " | |
9027 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and " | |
9028 | "B<-fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. When disabled and injected by gcc, adds " | |
9029 | "B<-fno-PIE> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, " | |
9030 | "B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fno-PIE -no-pie> to " | |
9031 | "B<LDFLAGS>." | |
9032 | msgstr "" | |
9033 | ||
9034 | #. type: Plain text | |
9035 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9036 | msgid "" | |
9037 | "Position Independent Executable are needed to take advantage of Address " | |
9038 | "Space Layout Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR " | |
9039 | "can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), " | |
9040 | "the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries " | |
9041 | "already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary " | |
9042 | ".text regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP " | |
9043 | "(Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since there are no " | |
9044 | "static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption attack." | |
9045 | msgstr "" | |
9046 | ||
9047 | #. type: Plain text | |
9048 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9049 | msgid "" | |
9050 | "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when " | |
9051 | "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via " | |
9052 | "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them " | |
9053 | "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked." | |
9054 | msgstr "" | |
9055 | ||
9056 | #. type: Plain text | |
9057 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9058 | msgid "" | |
9059 | "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. " | |
9060 | "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static " | |
9061 | "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:" | |
9062 | msgstr "" | |
9063 | ||
9064 | #. type: TP | |
9065 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9066 | #, no-wrap | |
9067 | msgid "none" | |
9068 | msgstr "" | |
9069 | ||
9070 | #. type: Plain text | |
9071 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9072 | msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library." | |
9073 | msgstr "" | |
9074 | ||
9075 | #. type: TP | |
9076 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9077 | #, no-wrap | |
9078 | msgid "B<-fPIE>" | |
9079 | msgstr "" | |
9080 | ||
9081 | #. type: Plain text | |
9082 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9083 | msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)." | |
9084 | msgstr "" | |
9085 | ||
9086 | #. type: TP | |
9087 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9088 | #, no-wrap | |
9089 | msgid "B<-fPIC>" | |
9090 | msgstr "" | |
9091 | ||
9092 | #. type: Plain text | |
9093 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9094 | msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library." | |
9095 | msgstr "" | |
9096 | ||
9097 | #. type: Plain text | |
9098 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9099 | msgid "" | |
9100 | "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs " | |
9101 | "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally " | |
9102 | "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using " | |
9103 | "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared " | |
9104 | "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared " | |
9105 | "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared " | |
9106 | "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous " | |
9107 | "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed " | |
9108 | "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as " | |
9109 | "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note:> This should not be needed with the default gcc specs " | |
9110 | "machinery." | |
9111 | msgstr "" | |
9112 | ||
9113 | #. type: Plain text | |
9114 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9115 | msgid "" | |
9116 | "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register " | |
9117 | "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations " | |
9118 | "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very " | |
9119 | "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than " | |
9120 | "1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as " | |
9121 | "high a worst-case penalty." | |
9122 | msgstr "" | |
9123 | ||
9124 | #. type: SS | |
9125 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9126 | #, no-wrap | |
9127 | msgid "reproducible" | |
9128 | msgstr "" | |
9129 | ||
9130 | #. type: Plain text | |
9131 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9132 | msgid "" | |
9133 | "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build " | |
9134 | "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during " | |
9135 | "compilation. Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for " | |
9136 | "architectures that support them." | |
9137 | msgstr "" | |
9138 | ||
9139 | #. type: TP | |
9140 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9141 | #, no-wrap | |
9142 | msgid "B<timeless>" | |
9143 | msgstr "" | |
9144 | ||
9145 | #. type: Plain text | |
9146 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9147 | msgid "" | |
9148 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This " | |
9149 | "will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> " | |
9150 | "macros are used." | |
9151 | msgstr "" | |
9152 | ||
9153 | #. type: TP | |
9154 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9155 | #, no-wrap | |
9156 | msgid "B<fixdebugpath>" | |
9157 | msgstr "" | |
9158 | ||
9159 | #. type: Plain text | |
9160 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9161 | msgid "" | |
9162 | "This setting (enabled by default) adds " | |
9163 | "B<-fdebug-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " | |
9164 | "B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where " | |
9165 | "B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level directory of the package being built. " | |
9166 | "This has the effect of removing the build path from any generated debug " | |
9167 | "symbols." | |
9168 | msgstr "" | |
9169 | ||
9170 | #. type: Plain text | |
9171 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9172 | msgid "" | |
9173 | "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " | |
9174 | "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within " | |
9175 | "B<debian/rules>. It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source " | |
9176 | "package with different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) " | |
9177 | "should only be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the " | |
9178 | "resulting build flags." | |
9179 | msgstr "" | |
9180 | ||
9181 | #. type: TP | |
9182 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9183 | #, no-wrap | |
9184 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" | |
9185 | msgstr "" | |
9186 | ||
9187 | #. type: TQ | |
9188 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9189 | #, no-wrap | |
9190 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" | |
9191 | msgstr "" | |
9192 | ||
9193 | #. type: Plain text | |
9194 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9195 | msgid "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." | |
9196 | msgstr "" | |
9197 | ||
9198 | #. type: TP | |
9199 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9200 | #, no-wrap | |
9201 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" | |
9202 | msgstr "" | |
9203 | ||
9204 | #. type: TQ | |
9205 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9206 | #, no-wrap | |
9207 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" | |
9208 | msgstr "" | |
9209 | ||
9210 | #. type: Plain text | |
9211 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9212 | msgid "" | |
9213 | "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " | |
9214 | "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." | |
9215 | msgstr "" | |
9216 | ||
9217 | #. type: TP | |
9218 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9219 | #, no-wrap | |
9220 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" | |
9221 | msgstr "" | |
9222 | ||
9223 | #. type: TQ | |
9224 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9225 | #, no-wrap | |
9226 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" | |
9227 | msgstr "" | |
9228 | ||
9229 | #. type: Plain text | |
9230 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9231 | msgid "" | |
9232 | "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " | |
9233 | "returned for the given I<flag>." | |
9234 | msgstr "" | |
9235 | ||
9236 | #. type: TP | |
9237 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9238 | #, no-wrap | |
9239 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" | |
9240 | msgstr "" | |
9241 | ||
9242 | #. type: TQ | |
9243 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9244 | #, no-wrap | |
9245 | msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" | |
9246 | msgstr "" | |
9247 | ||
9248 | #. type: Plain text | |
9249 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9250 | msgid "" | |
9251 | "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " | |
9252 | "returned for the given I<flag>." | |
9253 | msgstr "" | |
9254 | ||
9255 | #. type: TP | |
9256 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
9257 | #, no-wrap | |
9258 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>" | |
9259 | msgstr "" | |
9260 | ||
9261 | #. type: TQ | |
9262 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9263 | #, no-wrap | |
9264 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" | |
9265 | msgstr "" | |
9266 | ||
9267 | #. type: Plain text | |
9268 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9269 | msgid "" | |
9270 | "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable " | |
9271 | "various area features that affect build flags. The " | |
9272 | "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the " | |
9273 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for " | |
9274 | "details." | |
9275 | msgstr "" | |
9276 | ||
9277 | #. type: TP | |
9278 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
9279 | #, no-wrap | |
9280 | msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" | |
9281 | msgstr "" | |
9282 | ||
9283 | #. type: Plain text | |
9284 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9285 | msgid "" | |
9286 | "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " | |
9287 | "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
9288 | msgstr "" | |
9289 | ||
9290 | #. type: TP | |
9291 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9292 | #, no-wrap | |
9293 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>" | |
9294 | msgstr "" | |
9295 | ||
9296 | #. type: Plain text | |
9297 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9298 | msgid "" | |
9299 | "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features " | |
9300 | "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This " | |
9301 | "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific." | |
9302 | msgstr "" | |
9303 | ||
9304 | #. type: SS | |
9305 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9306 | #, no-wrap | |
9307 | msgid "Configuration files" | |
9308 | msgstr "" | |
9309 | ||
9310 | #. type: TP | |
9311 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9312 | #, no-wrap | |
9313 | msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" | |
9314 | msgstr "" | |
9315 | ||
9316 | #. type: Plain text | |
9317 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9318 | msgid "System wide configuration file." | |
9319 | msgstr "" | |
9320 | ||
9321 | #. type: TP | |
9322 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9323 | #, no-wrap | |
9324 | msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or " | |
9325 | msgstr "" | |
9326 | ||
9327 | #. type: TQ | |
9328 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9329 | #, no-wrap | |
9330 | msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" | |
9331 | msgstr "" | |
9332 | ||
9333 | #. type: Plain text | |
9334 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9335 | msgid "User configuration file." | |
9336 | msgstr "" | |
9337 | ||
9338 | #. type: TP | |
9339 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9340 | #, no-wrap | |
9341 | msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>" | |
9342 | msgstr "" | |
9343 | ||
9344 | #. type: Plain text | |
9345 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9346 | msgid "" | |
9347 | "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported " | |
9348 | "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
9349 | msgstr "" | |
9350 | ||
9351 | #. type: Plain text | |
9352 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9353 | msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a makefile:" | |
9354 | msgstr "" | |
9355 | ||
9356 | #. type: Plain text | |
9357 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9358 | #, no-wrap | |
9359 | msgid "$(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
9360 | msgstr "" | |
9361 | ||
9362 | #. type: Plain text | |
9363 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9364 | #, no-wrap | |
9365 | msgid "\\&./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" | |
9366 | msgstr "" | |
9367 | ||
9368 | #. type: Plain text | |
9369 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9370 | msgid "" | |
9371 | "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used " | |
9372 | "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:" | |
9373 | msgstr "" | |
9374 | ||
9375 | #. type: Plain text | |
9376 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9377 | #, no-wrap | |
9378 | msgid "eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n" | |
9379 | msgstr "" | |
9380 | ||
9381 | #. type: Plain text | |
9382 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9383 | msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:" | |
9384 | msgstr "" | |
9385 | ||
9386 | #. type: Plain text | |
9387 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9388 | #, no-wrap | |
9389 | msgid "" | |
9390 | "eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n" | |
9391 | "for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n" | |
9392 | msgstr "" | |
9393 | ||
9394 | #. type: Plain text | |
9395 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9396 | msgid "" | |
9397 | "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the " | |
9398 | "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build " | |
9399 | "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg " | |
9400 | "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on " | |
9401 | "this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>." | |
9402 | msgstr "" | |
9403 | ||
9404 | #. type: Plain text | |
9405 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9406 | msgid "" | |
9407 | "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant " | |
9408 | "options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above." | |
9409 | msgstr "" | |
9410 | ||
9411 | #. type: Plain text | |
9412 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9413 | msgid "" | |
9414 | "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about " | |
9415 | "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include " | |
9416 | "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and " | |
9417 | "storing the build flags in make variables." | |
9418 | msgstr "" | |
9419 | ||
9420 | #. type: Plain text | |
9421 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9422 | msgid "" | |
9423 | "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be " | |
9424 | "picked up by your build system):" | |
9425 | msgstr "" | |
9426 | ||
9427 | #. type: Plain text | |
9428 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9429 | #, no-wrap | |
9430 | msgid "" | |
9431 | "DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n" | |
9432 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
9433 | msgstr "" | |
9434 | ||
9435 | #. type: Plain text | |
9436 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9437 | msgid "" | |
9438 | "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the " | |
9439 | "variables (as none are exported by default):" | |
9440 | msgstr "" | |
9441 | ||
9442 | #. type: Plain text | |
9443 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9444 | #, no-wrap | |
9445 | msgid "" | |
9446 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
9447 | "export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n" | |
9448 | msgstr "" | |
9449 | ||
9450 | #. type: Plain text | |
9451 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9452 | msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:" | |
9453 | msgstr "" | |
9454 | ||
9455 | #. type: Plain text | |
9456 | #: dpkg-buildflags.man:1 | |
9457 | #, no-wrap | |
9458 | msgid "" | |
9459 | "include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" | |
9460 | "build-arch:\n" | |
9461 | "\\&\t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n" | |
9462 | msgstr "" | |
9463 | ||
9464 | #. type: TH | |
9465 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9466 | #, no-wrap | |
9467 | msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" | |
9468 | msgstr "" | |
9469 | ||
9470 | #. type: Plain text | |
9471 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9472 | msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" | |
9473 | msgstr "" | |
9474 | ||
9475 | #. type: Plain text | |
9476 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9477 | msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" | |
9478 | msgstr "" | |
9479 | ||
9480 | #. type: Plain text | |
9481 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9482 | msgid "" | |
9483 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " | |
9484 | "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" | |
9485 | msgstr "" | |
9486 | ||
9487 | #. type: IP | |
9488 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9489 | #, no-wrap | |
9490 | msgid "B<1.>" | |
9491 | msgstr "" | |
9492 | ||
9493 | #. type: Plain text | |
9494 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9495 | msgid "" | |
9496 | "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " | |
9497 | "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source " | |
9498 | "--before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)." | |
9499 | msgstr "" | |
9500 | ||
9501 | #. type: IP | |
9502 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9503 | #, no-wrap | |
9504 | msgid "B<2.>" | |
9505 | msgstr "" | |
9506 | ||
9507 | #. type: Plain text | |
9508 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9509 | msgid "" | |
9510 | "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " | |
9511 | "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)." | |
9512 | msgstr "" | |
9513 | ||
9514 | #. type: IP | |
9515 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9516 | #, no-wrap | |
9517 | msgid "B<3.>" | |
9518 | msgstr "" | |
9519 | ||
9520 | #. type: Plain text | |
9521 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9522 | msgid "" | |
9523 | "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or " | |
9524 | "B<--target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs " | |
9525 | "the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the " | |
9526 | "build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)." | |
9527 | msgstr "" | |
9528 | ||
9529 | #. type: IP | |
9530 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9531 | #, no-wrap | |
9532 | msgid "B<4.>" | |
9533 | msgstr "" | |
9534 | ||
9535 | #. type: Plain text | |
9536 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9537 | msgid "" | |
9538 | "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the " | |
9539 | "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or " | |
9540 | "equivalent options)." | |
9541 | msgstr "" | |
9542 | ||
9543 | #. type: IP | |
9544 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9545 | #, no-wrap | |
9546 | msgid "B<5.>" | |
9547 | msgstr "" | |
9548 | ||
9549 | #. type: Plain text | |
9550 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9551 | msgid "" | |
9552 | "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then " | |
9553 | "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " | |
9554 | "I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with " | |
9555 | "B<--build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and " | |
9556 | "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an " | |
9557 | "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent " | |
9558 | "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> " | |
9559 | "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or " | |
9560 | "B<build-indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has " | |
9561 | "been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)." | |
9562 | msgstr "" | |
9563 | ||
9564 | #. type: IP | |
9565 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9566 | #, no-wrap | |
9567 | msgid "B<6.>" | |
9568 | msgstr "" | |
9569 | ||
9570 | #. type: Plain text | |
9571 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9572 | msgid "" | |
9573 | "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a " | |
9574 | "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to " | |
9575 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>." | |
9576 | msgstr "" | |
9577 | ||
9578 | #. type: IP | |
9579 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9580 | #, no-wrap | |
9581 | msgid "B<7.>" | |
9582 | msgstr "" | |
9583 | ||
9584 | #. type: Plain text | |
9585 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9586 | msgid "" | |
9587 | "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a " | |
9588 | "B<.changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type " | |
9589 | "of build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that " | |
9590 | "includes B<any> the name will be " | |
9591 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>, or otherwise for " | |
9592 | "a build that includes B<all> the name will be " | |
9593 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>, or otherwise for a " | |
9594 | "build that includes B<source> the name will be " | |
9595 | "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>. Many " | |
9596 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
9597 | msgstr "" | |
9598 | ||
9599 | #. type: IP | |
9600 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9601 | #, no-wrap | |
9602 | msgid "B<8.>" | |
9603 | msgstr "" | |
9604 | ||
9605 | #. type: Plain text | |
9606 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9607 | msgid "" | |
9608 | "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, " | |
9609 | "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again." | |
9610 | msgstr "" | |
9611 | ||
9612 | #. type: IP | |
9613 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9614 | #, no-wrap | |
9615 | msgid "B<9.>" | |
9616 | msgstr "" | |
9617 | ||
9618 | #. type: Plain text | |
9619 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9620 | msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." | |
9621 | msgstr "" | |
9622 | ||
9623 | #. type: IP | |
9624 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9625 | #, no-wrap | |
9626 | msgid "B<10.>" | |
9627 | msgstr "" | |
9628 | ||
9629 | #. type: Plain text | |
9630 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9631 | msgid "" | |
9632 | "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> " | |
9633 | "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with " | |
9634 | "B<--check-command>)." | |
9635 | msgstr "" | |
9636 | ||
9637 | #. type: IP | |
9638 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9639 | #, no-wrap | |
9640 | msgid "B<11.>" | |
9641 | msgstr "" | |
9642 | ||
9643 | #. type: Plain text | |
9644 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9645 | msgid "" | |
9646 | "It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (as long as it is not " | |
9647 | "an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<.dsc> file " | |
9648 | "(if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the " | |
9649 | "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or " | |
9650 | "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> " | |
9651 | "or B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)." | |
9652 | msgstr "" | |
9653 | ||
9654 | #. type: IP | |
9655 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9656 | #, no-wrap | |
9657 | msgid "B<12.>" | |
9658 | msgstr "" | |
9659 | ||
9660 | #. type: Plain text | |
9661 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9662 | msgid "It runs the B<done> hook." | |
9663 | msgstr "" | |
9664 | ||
9665 | #. type: Plain text | |
9666 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9667 | msgid "" | |
9668 | "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the " | |
9669 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the " | |
9670 | "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " | |
9671 | "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " | |
9672 | "‘B<#>’)." | |
9673 | msgstr "" | |
9674 | ||
9675 | #. type: TP | |
9676 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9677 | #, no-wrap | |
9678 | msgid "B<--build=>I<type>" | |
9679 | msgstr "" | |
9680 | ||
9681 | #. type: Plain text | |
9682 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9683 | msgid "" | |
9684 | "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " | |
9685 | "dpkg 1.18.5). Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." | |
9686 | msgstr "" | |
9687 | ||
9688 | #. type: Plain text | |
9689 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9690 | msgid "The allowed values are:" | |
9691 | msgstr "" | |
9692 | ||
9693 | #. type: TP | |
9694 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9695 | #, no-wrap | |
9696 | msgid "B<source>" | |
9697 | msgstr "" | |
9698 | ||
9699 | #. type: Plain text | |
9700 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9701 | msgid "" | |
9702 | "Builds the source package. Note: when using this value standalone and if " | |
9703 | "what you want is simply to (re-)build the source package, using " | |
9704 | "B<dpkg-source> is always better as it does not require any build " | |
9705 | "dependencies to be installed to be able to call the B<clean> target." | |
9706 | msgstr "" | |
9707 | ||
9708 | #. type: TP | |
9709 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9710 | #, no-wrap | |
9711 | msgid "B<any>" | |
9712 | msgstr "" | |
9713 | ||
9714 | #. type: Plain text | |
9715 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9716 | msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages." | |
9717 | msgstr "" | |
9718 | ||
9719 | #. type: TP | |
9720 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9721 | #, no-wrap | |
9722 | msgid "B<all>" | |
9723 | msgstr "" | |
9724 | ||
9725 | #. type: Plain text | |
9726 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9727 | msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages." | |
9728 | msgstr "" | |
9729 | ||
9730 | #. type: TP | |
9731 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9732 | #, no-wrap | |
9733 | msgid "B<binary>" | |
9734 | msgstr "" | |
9735 | ||
9736 | #. type: Plain text | |
9737 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9738 | msgid "" | |
9739 | "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " | |
9740 | "an alias for B<any,all>." | |
9741 | msgstr "" | |
9742 | ||
9743 | #. type: TP | |
9744 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9745 | #, no-wrap | |
9746 | msgid "B<full>" | |
9747 | msgstr "" | |
9748 | ||
9749 | #. type: Plain text | |
9750 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9751 | msgid "" | |
9752 | "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as " | |
9753 | "the default case when no build option is specified." | |
9754 | msgstr "" | |
9755 | ||
9756 | #. type: TP | |
9757 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9758 | #, no-wrap | |
9759 | msgid "B<-g>" | |
9760 | msgstr "" | |
9761 | ||
9762 | #. type: Plain text | |
9763 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9764 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
9765 | msgstr "" | |
9766 | ||
9767 | #. type: Plain text | |
9768 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9769 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
9770 | msgstr "" | |
9771 | ||
9772 | #. type: TP | |
9773 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9774 | #, no-wrap | |
9775 | msgid "B<-b>" | |
9776 | msgstr "" | |
9777 | ||
9778 | #. type: Plain text | |
9779 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9780 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>." | |
9781 | msgstr "" | |
9782 | ||
9783 | #. type: TP | |
9784 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9785 | #, no-wrap | |
9786 | msgid "B<-B>" | |
9787 | msgstr "" | |
9788 | ||
9789 | #. type: Plain text | |
9790 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9791 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>." | |
9792 | msgstr "" | |
9793 | ||
9794 | #. type: TP | |
9795 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9796 | #, no-wrap | |
9797 | msgid "B<-A>" | |
9798 | msgstr "" | |
9799 | ||
9800 | #. type: Plain text | |
9801 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9802 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>." | |
9803 | msgstr "" | |
9804 | ||
9805 | #. type: TP | |
9806 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9807 | #, no-wrap | |
9808 | msgid "B<-S>" | |
9809 | msgstr "" | |
9810 | ||
9811 | #. type: Plain text | |
9812 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9813 | msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>." | |
9814 | msgstr "" | |
9815 | ||
9816 | #. type: TP | |
9817 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9818 | #, no-wrap | |
9819 | msgid "B<-F>" | |
9820 | msgstr "" | |
9821 | ||
9822 | #. type: Plain text | |
9823 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9824 | msgid "" | |
9825 | "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or " | |
9826 | "B<--build=source,any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)." | |
9827 | msgstr "" | |
9828 | ||
9829 | #. type: TP | |
9830 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9831 | #, no-wrap | |
9832 | msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]" | |
9833 | msgstr "" | |
9834 | ||
9835 | #. type: TQ | |
9836 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9837 | #, no-wrap | |
9838 | msgid "B<--target >I<target>[,...]" | |
9839 | msgstr "" | |
9840 | ||
9841 | #. type: TQ | |
9842 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9843 | #, no-wrap | |
9844 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]" | |
9845 | msgstr "" | |
9846 | ||
9847 | #. type: Plain text | |
9848 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9849 | msgid "" | |
9850 | "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having " | |
9851 | "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source " | |
9852 | "--before-build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg " | |
9853 | "1.15.0, long option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg " | |
9854 | "1.18.16). If B<--as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as " | |
9855 | "root (see B<--root-command>). Note that known targets that are required to " | |
9856 | "be run as root do not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, " | |
9857 | "B<binary-arch> and B<binary-indep> targets)." | |
9858 | msgstr "" | |
9859 | ||
9860 | #. type: TP | |
9861 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9862 | #, no-wrap | |
9863 | msgid "B<--as-root>" | |
9864 | msgstr "" | |
9865 | ||
9866 | #. type: Plain text | |
9867 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9868 | msgid "" | |
9869 | "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires " | |
9870 | "that the target be run with root rights." | |
9871 | msgstr "" | |
9872 | ||
9873 | #. type: TP | |
9874 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9875 | #, no-wrap | |
9876 | msgid "B<-si>" | |
9877 | msgstr "" | |
9878 | ||
9879 | #. type: TP | |
9880 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9881 | #, no-wrap | |
9882 | msgid "B<-sa>" | |
9883 | msgstr "" | |
9884 | ||
9885 | #. type: TP | |
9886 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9887 | #, no-wrap | |
9888 | msgid "B<-sd>" | |
9889 | msgstr "" | |
9890 | ||
9891 | #. type: TP | |
9892 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
9893 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
9894 | #, no-wrap | |
9895 | msgid "B<-v>I<version>" | |
9896 | msgstr "" | |
9897 | ||
9898 | #. type: TP | |
9899 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
9900 | #, no-wrap | |
9901 | msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>" | |
9902 | msgstr "" | |
9903 | ||
9904 | #. type: TQ | |
9905 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9906 | #, no-wrap | |
9907 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>" | |
9908 | msgstr "" | |
9909 | ||
9910 | #. type: TQ | |
9911 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9912 | #, no-wrap | |
9913 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>" | |
9914 | msgstr "" | |
9915 | ||
9916 | #. type: Plain text | |
9917 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9918 | msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." | |
9919 | msgstr "" | |
9920 | ||
9921 | #. type: Plain text | |
9922 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9923 | msgid "" | |
9924 | "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg " | |
9925 | "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined " | |
9926 | "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine." | |
9927 | msgstr "" | |
9928 | ||
9929 | #. type: Plain text | |
9930 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9931 | msgid "" | |
9932 | "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). " | |
9933 | "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the " | |
9934 | "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture." | |
9935 | msgstr "" | |
9936 | ||
9937 | #. type: TP | |
9938 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9939 | #, no-wrap | |
9940 | msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" | |
9941 | msgstr "" | |
9942 | ||
9943 | #. type: Plain text | |
9944 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9945 | msgid "" | |
9946 | "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since " | |
9947 | "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine." | |
9948 | msgstr "" | |
9949 | ||
9950 | #. type: TP | |
9951 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9952 | #, no-wrap | |
9953 | msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" | |
9954 | msgstr "" | |
9955 | ||
9956 | #. type: Plain text | |
9957 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9958 | msgid "" | |
9959 | "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg " | |
9960 | "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to " | |
9961 | "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture." | |
9962 | msgstr "" | |
9963 | ||
9964 | #. type: TP | |
9965 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9966 | #, no-wrap | |
9967 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
9968 | msgstr "" | |
9969 | ||
9970 | #. type: Plain text | |
9971 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9972 | msgid "" | |
9973 | "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg " | |
9974 | "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build " | |
9975 | "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the " | |
9976 | "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, " | |
9977 | "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds." | |
9978 | msgstr "" | |
9979 | ||
9980 | #. type: TP | |
9981 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9982 | #, no-wrap | |
9983 | msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
9984 | msgstr "" | |
9985 | ||
9986 | #. type: Plain text | |
9987 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
9988 | msgid "" | |
9989 | "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching the " | |
9990 | "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or " | |
9991 | "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1) " | |
9992 | "option of the same name (since dpkg 1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). " | |
9993 | "Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable, which should cause " | |
9994 | "all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, thus forcing the " | |
9995 | "parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the upstream build system if " | |
9996 | "that uses make) regardless of their support for parallel builds, which " | |
9997 | "might cause build failures. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to " | |
9998 | "the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable which allows debian/rules " | |
9999 | "files to use this information for their own purposes. The B<-j> value will " | |
10000 | "override the B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the " | |
10001 | "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will " | |
10002 | "get replaced by the actual number of currently active processors, and as " | |
10003 | "such will not get propagated to any child process. If the number of online " | |
10004 | "processors cannot be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial " | |
10005 | "execution (since dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic " | |
10006 | "and unsupported systems." | |
10007 | msgstr "" | |
10008 | ||
10009 | #. type: TP | |
10010 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10011 | #, no-wrap | |
10012 | msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" | |
10013 | msgstr "" | |
10014 | ||
10015 | #. type: Plain text | |
10016 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10017 | msgid "" | |
10018 | "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent " | |
10019 | "to the B<-j> option except that it does not set the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment " | |
10020 | "variable, and as such it is safer to use with any package including those " | |
10021 | "that are not parallel-build safe." | |
10022 | msgstr "" | |
10023 | ||
10024 | #. type: Plain text | |
10025 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10026 | msgid "" | |
10027 | "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number of " | |
10028 | "jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior." | |
10029 | msgstr "" | |
10030 | ||
10031 | #. type: TP | |
10032 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10033 | #, no-wrap | |
10034 | msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>" | |
10035 | msgstr "" | |
10036 | ||
10037 | #. type: Plain text | |
10038 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10039 | msgid "" | |
10040 | "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option " | |
10041 | "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior." | |
10042 | msgstr "" | |
10043 | ||
10044 | #. type: TP | |
10045 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10046 | #, no-wrap | |
10047 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>" | |
10048 | msgstr "" | |
10049 | ||
10050 | #. type: Plain text | |
10051 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10052 | msgid "" | |
10053 | "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg " | |
10054 | "1.18.8)." | |
10055 | msgstr "" | |
10056 | ||
10057 | #. type: TP | |
10058 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10059 | #, no-wrap | |
10060 | msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>" | |
10061 | msgstr "" | |
10062 | ||
10063 | #. type: Plain text | |
10064 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10065 | msgid "" | |
10066 | "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). " | |
10067 | "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually " | |
10068 | "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set." | |
10069 | msgstr "" | |
10070 | ||
10071 | #. type: TP | |
10072 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10073 | #, no-wrap | |
10074 | msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>" | |
10075 | msgstr "" | |
10076 | ||
10077 | #. type: Plain text | |
10078 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10079 | msgid "" | |
10080 | "Do not clean the source tree (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Implies B<-b> " | |
10081 | "if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or " | |
10082 | "B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg 1.18.0)." | |
10083 | msgstr "" | |
10084 | ||
10085 | #. type: TP | |
10086 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10087 | #, no-wrap | |
10088 | msgid "B<--pre-clean>" | |
10089 | msgstr "" | |
10090 | ||
10091 | #. type: Plain text | |
10092 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10093 | msgid "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
10094 | msgstr "" | |
10095 | ||
10096 | #. type: TP | |
10097 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10098 | #, no-wrap | |
10099 | msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>" | |
10100 | msgstr "" | |
10101 | ||
10102 | #. type: Plain text | |
10103 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10104 | msgid "" | |
10105 | "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " | |
10106 | "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
10107 | msgstr "" | |
10108 | ||
10109 | #. type: TP | |
10110 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10111 | #, no-wrap | |
10112 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>" | |
10113 | msgstr "" | |
10114 | ||
10115 | #. type: Plain text | |
10116 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10117 | msgid "" | |
10118 | "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " | |
10119 | "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " | |
10120 | "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has " | |
10121 | "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is " | |
10122 | "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on " | |
10123 | "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " | |
10124 | "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include " | |
10125 | "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. " | |
10126 | "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " | |
10127 | "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell " | |
10128 | "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be " | |
10129 | "run." | |
10130 | msgstr "" | |
10131 | ||
10132 | #. type: TP | |
10133 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10134 | #, no-wrap | |
10135 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>" | |
10136 | msgstr "" | |
10137 | ||
10138 | #. type: Plain text | |
10139 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10140 | msgid "" | |
10141 | "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " | |
10142 | "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option " | |
10143 | "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program " | |
10144 | "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated " | |
10145 | "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules " | |
10146 | "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make " | |
10147 | "-f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." | |
10148 | msgstr "" | |
10149 | ||
10150 | #. type: TP | |
10151 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10152 | #, no-wrap | |
10153 | msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>" | |
10154 | msgstr "" | |
10155 | ||
10156 | #. type: Plain text | |
10157 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10158 | msgid "" | |
10159 | "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built " | |
10160 | "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the " | |
10161 | "B<.changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be " | |
10162 | "B<lintian>." | |
10163 | msgstr "" | |
10164 | ||
10165 | #. type: TP | |
10166 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10167 | #, no-wrap | |
10168 | msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>" | |
10169 | msgstr "" | |
10170 | ||
10171 | #. type: Plain text | |
10172 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10173 | msgid "" | |
10174 | "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with " | |
10175 | "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used " | |
10176 | "multiple times." | |
10177 | msgstr "" | |
10178 | ||
10179 | #. type: TP | |
10180 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10181 | #, no-wrap | |
10182 | msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>" | |
10183 | msgstr "" | |
10184 | ||
10185 | #. type: Plain text | |
10186 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10187 | msgid "" | |
10188 | "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which " | |
10189 | "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The " | |
10190 | "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed " | |
10191 | "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked " | |
10192 | "source directory." | |
10193 | msgstr "" | |
10194 | ||
10195 | #. type: Plain text | |
10196 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10197 | msgid "" | |
10198 | "Note: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if their " | |
10199 | "commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences." | |
10200 | msgstr "" | |
10201 | ||
10202 | #. type: Plain text | |
10203 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10204 | msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:" | |
10205 | msgstr "" | |
10206 | ||
10207 | #. type: Plain text | |
10208 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10209 | msgid "" | |
10210 | "B<init preclean source build binary buildinfo changes postclean check sign " | |
10211 | "done>" | |
10212 | msgstr "" | |
10213 | ||
10214 | #. type: Plain text | |
10215 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10216 | msgid "" | |
10217 | "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which " | |
10218 | "will get applied to it before execution:" | |
10219 | msgstr "" | |
10220 | ||
10221 | #. type: TP | |
10222 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10223 | #, no-wrap | |
10224 | msgid "B<%%>" | |
10225 | msgstr "" | |
10226 | ||
10227 | #. type: Plain text | |
10228 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10229 | msgid "A single % character." | |
10230 | msgstr "" | |
10231 | ||
10232 | #. type: TP | |
10233 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10234 | #, no-wrap | |
10235 | msgid "B<%a>" | |
10236 | msgstr "" | |
10237 | ||
10238 | #. type: Plain text | |
10239 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10240 | msgid "" | |
10241 | "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being " | |
10242 | "performed." | |
10243 | msgstr "" | |
10244 | ||
10245 | #. type: TP | |
10246 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10247 | #, no-wrap | |
10248 | msgid "B<%p>" | |
10249 | msgstr "" | |
10250 | ||
10251 | #. type: Plain text | |
10252 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10253 | msgid "The source package name." | |
10254 | msgstr "" | |
10255 | ||
10256 | #. type: TP | |
10257 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10258 | #, no-wrap | |
10259 | msgid "B<%v>" | |
10260 | msgstr "" | |
10261 | ||
10262 | #. type: Plain text | |
10263 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10264 | msgid "The source package version." | |
10265 | msgstr "" | |
10266 | ||
10267 | #. type: TP | |
10268 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10269 | #, no-wrap | |
10270 | msgid "B<%s>" | |
10271 | msgstr "" | |
10272 | ||
10273 | #. type: Plain text | |
10274 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10275 | msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)." | |
10276 | msgstr "" | |
10277 | ||
10278 | #. type: TP | |
10279 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10280 | #, no-wrap | |
10281 | msgid "B<%u>" | |
10282 | msgstr "" | |
10283 | ||
10284 | #. type: Plain text | |
10285 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10286 | msgid "The upstream version." | |
10287 | msgstr "" | |
10288 | ||
10289 | #. type: TP | |
10290 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10291 | #, no-wrap | |
10292 | msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>" | |
10293 | msgstr "" | |
10294 | ||
10295 | #. type: Plain text | |
10296 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10297 | msgid "" | |
10298 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be " | |
10299 | "used multiple times." | |
10300 | msgstr "" | |
10301 | ||
10302 | #. type: TP | |
10303 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10304 | #, no-wrap | |
10305 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>" | |
10306 | msgstr "" | |
10307 | ||
10308 | #. type: Plain text | |
10309 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10310 | msgid "" | |
10311 | "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control " | |
10312 | "(B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching " | |
10313 | "the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg2> or B<gpg> (long option since " | |
10314 | "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the arguments that B<gpg2> or " | |
10315 | "B<gpg> would have gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any " | |
10316 | "other shell metacharacters." | |
10317 | msgstr "" | |
10318 | ||
10319 | #. type: TP | |
10320 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10321 | #, no-wrap | |
10322 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>" | |
10323 | msgstr "" | |
10324 | ||
10325 | #. type: Plain text | |
10326 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10327 | msgid "" | |
10328 | "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages (long option since dpkg " | |
10329 | "1.18.8)." | |
10330 | msgstr "" | |
10331 | ||
10332 | #. type: TP | |
10333 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10334 | #, no-wrap | |
10335 | msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>" | |
10336 | msgstr "" | |
10337 | ||
10338 | #. type: Plain text | |
10339 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10340 | msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." | |
10341 | msgstr "" | |
10342 | ||
10343 | #. type: TP | |
10344 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10345 | #, no-wrap | |
10346 | msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>" | |
10347 | msgstr "" | |
10348 | ||
10349 | #. type: Plain text | |
10350 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10351 | msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)." | |
10352 | msgstr "" | |
10353 | ||
10354 | #. type: TP | |
10355 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10356 | #, no-wrap | |
10357 | msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>" | |
10358 | msgstr "" | |
10359 | ||
10360 | #. type: Plain text | |
10361 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10362 | msgid "" | |
10363 | "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg " | |
10364 | "1.18.8)." | |
10365 | msgstr "" | |
10366 | ||
10367 | #. type: TP | |
10368 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10369 | #, no-wrap | |
10370 | msgid "B<--no-sign>" | |
10371 | msgstr "" | |
10372 | ||
10373 | #. type: Plain text | |
10374 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10375 | msgid "" | |
10376 | "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> " | |
10377 | "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)." | |
10378 | msgstr "" | |
10379 | ||
10380 | #. type: TP | |
10381 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10382 | #, no-wrap | |
10383 | msgid "B<--force-sign>" | |
10384 | msgstr "" | |
10385 | ||
10386 | #. type: Plain text | |
10387 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10388 | msgid "" | |
10389 | "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of " | |
10390 | "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, " | |
10391 | "B<--unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics." | |
10392 | msgstr "" | |
10393 | ||
10394 | #. type: TP | |
10395 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10396 | #, no-wrap | |
10397 | msgid "B<-sn>" | |
10398 | msgstr "" | |
10399 | ||
10400 | #. type: TP | |
10401 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10402 | #, no-wrap | |
10403 | msgid "B<-ss>" | |
10404 | msgstr "" | |
10405 | ||
10406 | #. type: TQ | |
10407 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10408 | #, no-wrap | |
10409 | msgid "B<-sA>" | |
10410 | msgstr "" | |
10411 | ||
10412 | #. type: TP | |
10413 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10414 | #, no-wrap | |
10415 | msgid "B<-sk>" | |
10416 | msgstr "" | |
10417 | ||
10418 | #. type: TP | |
10419 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10420 | #, no-wrap | |
10421 | msgid "B<-su>" | |
10422 | msgstr "" | |
10423 | ||
10424 | #. type: TP | |
10425 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10426 | #, no-wrap | |
10427 | msgid "B<-sr>" | |
10428 | msgstr "" | |
10429 | ||
10430 | #. type: TQ | |
10431 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10432 | #, no-wrap | |
10433 | msgid "B<-sK>" | |
10434 | msgstr "" | |
10435 | ||
10436 | #. type: TQ | |
10437 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10438 | #, no-wrap | |
10439 | msgid "B<-sU>" | |
10440 | msgstr "" | |
10441 | ||
10442 | #. type: TQ | |
10443 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10444 | #, no-wrap | |
10445 | msgid "B<-sR>" | |
10446 | msgstr "" | |
10447 | ||
10448 | #. type: TQ | |
10449 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10450 | #, no-wrap | |
10451 | msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" | |
10452 | msgstr "" | |
10453 | ||
10454 | #. type: TQ | |
10455 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10456 | #, no-wrap | |
10457 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]" | |
10458 | msgstr "" | |
10459 | ||
10460 | #. type: TQ | |
10461 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10462 | #, no-wrap | |
10463 | msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>" | |
10464 | msgstr "" | |
10465 | ||
10466 | #. type: TQ | |
10467 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10468 | #, no-wrap | |
10469 | msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>" | |
10470 | msgstr "" | |
10471 | ||
10472 | #. type: Plain text | |
10473 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10474 | msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." | |
10475 | msgstr "" | |
10476 | ||
10477 | #. type: TP | |
10478 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10479 | #, no-wrap | |
10480 | msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" | |
10481 | msgstr "" | |
10482 | ||
10483 | #. type: Plain text | |
10484 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10485 | msgid "" | |
10486 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " | |
10487 | "multiple times." | |
10488 | msgstr "" | |
10489 | ||
10490 | #. type: TP | |
10491 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10492 | #, no-wrap | |
10493 | msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" | |
10494 | msgstr "" | |
10495 | ||
10496 | #. type: Plain text | |
10497 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10498 | msgid "" | |
10499 | "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " | |
10500 | "multiple times." | |
10501 | msgstr "" | |
10502 | ||
10503 | #. type: TQ | |
10504 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10505 | #, no-wrap | |
10506 | msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>" | |
10507 | msgstr "" | |
10508 | ||
10509 | #. type: Plain text | |
10510 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
10511 | msgid "" | |
10512 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The " | |
10513 | "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
10514 | msgstr "" | |
10515 | ||
10516 | #. type: TP | |
10517 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10518 | #, no-wrap | |
10519 | msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>" | |
10520 | msgstr "" | |
10521 | ||
10522 | #. type: Plain text | |
10523 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10524 | msgid "" | |
10525 | "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since " | |
10526 | "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option." | |
10527 | msgstr "" | |
10528 | ||
10529 | #. type: TP | |
10530 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10531 | #, no-wrap | |
10532 | msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>" | |
10533 | msgstr "" | |
10534 | ||
10535 | #. type: Plain text | |
10536 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10537 | msgid "" | |
10538 | "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files (since " | |
10539 | "dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option." | |
10540 | msgstr "" | |
10541 | ||
10542 | #. type: Plain text | |
10543 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10544 | msgid "" | |
10545 | "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that might affect " | |
10546 | "the build process in I<debian/rules>, and the behavior of some dpkg " | |
10547 | "commands." | |
10548 | msgstr "" | |
10549 | ||
10550 | #. type: Plain text | |
10551 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10552 | msgid "" | |
10553 | "With B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be ignored. With " | |
10554 | "B<parallel=>I<N> the parallel jobs will be set to I<N>, overridden by the " | |
10555 | "B<--jobs-try> option." | |
10556 | msgstr "" | |
10557 | ||
10558 | #. type: TP | |
10559 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10560 | #, no-wrap | |
10561 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>" | |
10562 | msgstr "" | |
10563 | ||
10564 | #. type: Plain text | |
10565 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10566 | msgid "" | |
10567 | "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " | |
10568 | "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. " | |
10569 | "Overridden by the B<-P> option." | |
10570 | msgstr "" | |
10571 | ||
10572 | #. type: Plain text | |
10573 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10574 | msgid "" | |
10575 | "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " | |
10576 | "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " | |
10577 | "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to " | |
10578 | "build packages and running it standalone should be supported." | |
10579 | msgstr "" | |
10580 | ||
10581 | #. type: TP | |
10582 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10583 | #, no-wrap | |
10584 | msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>" | |
10585 | msgstr "" | |
10586 | ||
10587 | #. type: TQ | |
10588 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10589 | #, no-wrap | |
10590 | msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>" | |
10591 | msgstr "" | |
10592 | ||
10593 | #. type: TQ | |
10594 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10595 | #, no-wrap | |
10596 | msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>" | |
10597 | msgstr "" | |
10598 | ||
10599 | #. type: Plain text | |
10600 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10601 | msgid "" | |
10602 | "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " | |
10603 | "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " | |
10604 | "the build environment." | |
10605 | msgstr "" | |
10606 | ||
10607 | #. type: TP | |
10608 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-split.man:1 | |
10609 | #, no-wrap | |
10610 | msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>" | |
10611 | msgstr "" | |
10612 | ||
10613 | #. type: Plain text | |
10614 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10615 | msgid "" | |
10616 | "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest " | |
10617 | "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined." | |
10618 | msgstr "" | |
10619 | ||
10620 | #. type: TP | |
10621 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10622 | #, no-wrap | |
10623 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>" | |
10624 | msgstr "" | |
10625 | ||
10626 | #. type: Plain text | |
10627 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10628 | msgid "System wide configuration file" | |
10629 | msgstr "" | |
10630 | ||
10631 | #. type: TP | |
10632 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10633 | #, no-wrap | |
10634 | msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or" | |
10635 | msgstr "" | |
10636 | ||
10637 | #. type: TQ | |
10638 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10639 | #, no-wrap | |
10640 | msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>" | |
10641 | msgstr "" | |
10642 | ||
10643 | #. type: SS | |
10644 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10645 | #, no-wrap | |
10646 | msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" | |
10647 | msgstr "" | |
10648 | ||
10649 | #. type: Plain text | |
10650 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10651 | msgid "" | |
10652 | "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " | |
10653 | "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " | |
10654 | "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." | |
10655 | msgstr "" | |
10656 | ||
10657 | #. type: SS | |
10658 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10659 | #, no-wrap | |
10660 | msgid "Default build targets" | |
10661 | msgstr "" | |
10662 | ||
10663 | #. type: Plain text | |
10664 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10665 | msgid "" | |
10666 | "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets " | |
10667 | "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages " | |
10668 | "of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does " | |
10669 | "not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since " | |
10670 | "dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f " | |
10671 | "debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code." | |
10672 | msgstr "" | |
10673 | ||
10674 | #. type: Plain text | |
10675 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10676 | msgid "" | |
10677 | "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial " | |
10678 | "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." | |
10679 | msgstr "" | |
10680 | ||
10681 | #. type: Plain text | |
10682 | #: dpkg-buildpackage.man:1 | |
10683 | msgid "" | |
10684 | "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), " | |
10685 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), " | |
10686 | "B<lintian>(1), B<gpg2>(1), B<gpg>(1)." | |
10687 | msgstr "" | |
10688 | ||
10689 | #. type: TH | |
10690 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10691 | #, no-wrap | |
10692 | msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo" | |
10693 | msgstr "" | |
10694 | ||
10695 | #. type: Plain text | |
10696 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10697 | msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files" | |
10698 | msgstr "" | |
10699 | ||
10700 | #. type: Plain text | |
10701 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10702 | msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]" | |
10703 | msgstr "" | |
10704 | ||
10705 | #. type: Plain text | |
10706 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10707 | msgid "" | |
10708 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " | |
10709 | "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " | |
10710 | "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts " | |
10711 | "(B<.buildinfo> file)." | |
10712 | msgstr "" | |
10713 | ||
10714 | #. type: Plain text | |
10715 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10716 | msgid "This command was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11." | |
10717 | msgstr "" | |
10718 | ||
10719 | #. type: Plain text | |
10720 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10721 | msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components." | |
10722 | msgstr "" | |
10723 | ||
10724 | #. type: Plain text | |
10725 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10726 | msgid "" | |
10727 | "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " | |
10728 | "(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies " | |
10729 | "(B<Build-Depends-Arch>)." | |
10730 | msgstr "" | |
10731 | ||
10732 | #. type: Plain text | |
10733 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10734 | msgid "" | |
10735 | "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " | |
10736 | "(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies " | |
10737 | "(B<Build-Depends-Indep>)." | |
10738 | msgstr "" | |
10739 | ||
10740 | #. type: Plain text | |
10741 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10742 | msgid "" | |
10743 | "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified " | |
10744 | "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)." | |
10745 | msgstr "" | |
10746 | ||
10747 | #. type: Plain text | |
10748 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10749 | msgid "" | |
10750 | "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " | |
10751 | "is an alias for B<any,all>." | |
10752 | msgstr "" | |
10753 | ||
10754 | #. type: Plain text | |
10755 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10756 | msgid "" | |
10757 | "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " | |
10758 | "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no " | |
10759 | "build option is specified." | |
10760 | msgstr "" | |
10761 | ||
10762 | #. type: TP | |
10763 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
10764 | #, no-wrap | |
10765 | msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" | |
10766 | msgstr "" | |
10767 | ||
10768 | #. type: Plain text | |
10769 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10770 | msgid "" | |
10771 | "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " | |
10772 | "is B<debian/control>." | |
10773 | msgstr "" | |
10774 | ||
10775 | #. type: TP | |
10776 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10777 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10778 | #, no-wrap | |
10779 | msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>" | |
10780 | msgstr "" | |
10781 | ||
10782 | #. type: Plain text | |
10783 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10784 | msgid "" | |
10785 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " | |
10786 | "B<debian/changelog>." | |
10787 | msgstr "" | |
10788 | ||
10789 | #. type: TP | |
10790 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
10791 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10792 | #, no-wrap | |
10793 | msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>" | |
10794 | msgstr "" | |
10795 | ||
10796 | #. type: Plain text | |
10797 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10798 | msgid "" | |
10799 | "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, " | |
10800 | "rather than using B<debian/files>." | |
10801 | msgstr "" | |
10802 | ||
10803 | #. type: TP | |
10804 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10805 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10806 | #, no-wrap | |
10807 | msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>" | |
10808 | msgstr "" | |
10809 | ||
10810 | #. type: Plain text | |
10811 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10812 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
10813 | msgid "" | |
10814 | "Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for " | |
10815 | "information about alternative formats." | |
10816 | msgstr "" | |
10817 | ||
10818 | #. type: TP | |
10819 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10820 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
10821 | #, no-wrap | |
10822 | msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]" | |
10823 | msgstr "" | |
10824 | ||
10825 | #. type: Plain text | |
10826 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10827 | msgid "" | |
10828 | "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) " | |
10829 | "rather than to " | |
10830 | "I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo> (where " | |
10831 | "I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> was used)." | |
10832 | msgstr "" | |
10833 | ||
10834 | #. type: TP | |
10835 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
10836 | #, no-wrap | |
10837 | msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>" | |
10838 | msgstr "" | |
10839 | ||
10840 | #. type: Plain text | |
10841 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10842 | msgid "" | |
10843 | "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " | |
10844 | "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their " | |
10845 | "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)." | |
10846 | msgstr "" | |
10847 | ||
10848 | #. type: TP | |
10849 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10850 | #, no-wrap | |
10851 | msgid "B<--always-include-path>" | |
10852 | msgstr "" | |
10853 | ||
10854 | #. type: Plain text | |
10855 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10856 | msgid "" | |
10857 | "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current " | |
10858 | "directory starts with a whitelisted pattern." | |
10859 | msgstr "" | |
10860 | ||
10861 | #. type: Plain text | |
10862 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10863 | msgid "" | |
10864 | "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of " | |
10865 | "the pathname." | |
10866 | msgstr "" | |
10867 | ||
10868 | #. type: Plain text | |
10869 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10870 | msgid "" | |
10871 | "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating " | |
10872 | "the B<.buildinfo>." | |
10873 | msgstr "" | |
10874 | ||
10875 | #. type: Plain text | |
10876 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10877 | msgid "" | |
10878 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " | |
10879 | "I</var/lib/dpkg>." | |
10880 | msgstr "" | |
10881 | ||
10882 | #. type: TP | |
10883 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
10884 | #, no-wrap | |
10885 | msgid "B<-q>" | |
10886 | msgstr "" | |
10887 | ||
10888 | #. type: Plain text | |
10889 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10890 | msgid "" | |
10891 | "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. " | |
10892 | "B<-q> suppresses these messages." | |
10893 | msgstr "" | |
10894 | ||
10895 | #. type: Plain text | |
10896 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10897 | msgid "" | |
10898 | "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect " | |
10899 | "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option " | |
10900 | "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of " | |
10901 | "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to " | |
10902 | "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable " | |
10903 | "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to " | |
10904 | "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field." | |
10905 | msgstr "" | |
10906 | ||
10907 | #. type: TP | |
10908 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
10909 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
10910 | #, no-wrap | |
10911 | msgid "B<debian/files>" | |
10912 | msgstr "" | |
10913 | ||
10914 | #. type: Plain text | |
10915 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10916 | msgid "" | |
10917 | "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when " | |
10918 | "producing a B<.buildinfo> file." | |
10919 | msgstr "" | |
10920 | ||
10921 | #. type: Plain text | |
10922 | #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.man:1 | |
10923 | msgid "B<deb-buildinfo>(5)." | |
10924 | msgstr "" | |
10925 | ||
10926 | #. type: TH | |
10927 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10928 | #, no-wrap | |
10929 | msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" | |
10930 | msgstr "" | |
10931 | ||
10932 | #. type: Plain text | |
10933 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10934 | msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" | |
10935 | msgstr "" | |
10936 | ||
10937 | #. type: Plain text | |
10938 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10939 | msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" | |
10940 | msgstr "" | |
10941 | ||
10942 | #. type: Plain text | |
10943 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10944 | msgid "" | |
10945 | "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " | |
10946 | "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " | |
10947 | "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." | |
10948 | msgstr "" | |
10949 | ||
10950 | #. type: Plain text | |
10951 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10952 | msgid "" | |
10953 | "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " | |
10954 | "be specified on the command line." | |
10955 | msgstr "" | |
10956 | ||
10957 | #. type: Plain text | |
10958 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10959 | msgid "" | |
10960 | "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg " | |
10961 | "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with " | |
10962 | "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built." | |
10963 | msgstr "" | |
10964 | ||
10965 | #. type: Plain text | |
10966 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10967 | msgid "" | |
10968 | "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when " | |
10969 | "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a " | |
10970 | "source package is to be built." | |
10971 | msgstr "" | |
10972 | ||
10973 | #. type: TP | |
10974 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10975 | #, no-wrap | |
10976 | msgid "B<-I>" | |
10977 | msgstr "" | |
10978 | ||
10979 | #. type: Plain text | |
10980 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10981 | msgid "" | |
10982 | "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are " | |
10983 | "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, " | |
10984 | "the so called Build-Essential package set." | |
10985 | msgstr "" | |
10986 | ||
10987 | #. type: TP | |
10988 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10989 | #, no-wrap | |
10990 | msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>" | |
10991 | msgstr "" | |
10992 | ||
10993 | #. type: TP | |
10994 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
10995 | #, no-wrap | |
10996 | msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>" | |
10997 | msgstr "" | |
10998 | ||
10999 | #. type: Plain text | |
11000 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11001 | msgid "" | |
11002 | "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " | |
11003 | "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
11004 | msgstr "" | |
11005 | ||
11006 | #. type: TP | |
11007 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11008 | #, no-wrap | |
11009 | msgid "B<-a >I<arch>" | |
11010 | msgstr "" | |
11011 | ||
11012 | #. type: Plain text | |
11013 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11014 | msgid "" | |
11015 | "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
11016 | "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of " | |
11017 | "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
11018 | msgstr "" | |
11019 | ||
11020 | #. type: TP | |
11021 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11022 | #, no-wrap | |
11023 | msgid "B<-P >I<profile>[B<,>...]" | |
11024 | msgstr "" | |
11025 | ||
11026 | #. type: Plain text | |
11027 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11028 | msgid "" | |
11029 | "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " | |
11030 | "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg " | |
11031 | "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names." | |
11032 | msgstr "" | |
11033 | ||
11034 | #. type: Plain text | |
11035 | #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.man:1 | |
11036 | msgid "" | |
11037 | "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " | |
11038 | "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the " | |
11039 | "B<-P> option." | |
11040 | msgstr "" | |
11041 | ||
11042 | #. type: TH | |
11043 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11044 | #, no-wrap | |
11045 | msgid "dpkg-distaddfile" | |
11046 | msgstr "" | |
11047 | ||
11048 | #. type: Plain text | |
11049 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11050 | msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" | |
11051 | msgstr "" | |
11052 | ||
11053 | #. type: Plain text | |
11054 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11055 | msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>" | |
11056 | msgstr "" | |
11057 | ||
11058 | #. type: Plain text | |
11059 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11060 | msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." | |
11061 | msgstr "" | |
11062 | ||
11063 | #. type: Plain text | |
11064 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11065 | msgid "" | |
11066 | "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " | |
11067 | "priority for the B<.changes> file." | |
11068 | msgstr "" | |
11069 | ||
11070 | #. type: Plain text | |
11071 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11072 | msgid "" | |
11073 | "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where " | |
11074 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than " | |
11075 | "being a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> " | |
11076 | "is run." | |
11077 | msgstr "" | |
11078 | ||
11079 | #. type: Plain text | |
11080 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
11081 | msgid "" | |
11082 | "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " | |
11083 | "B<debian/files>." | |
11084 | msgstr "" | |
11085 | ||
11086 | #. type: Plain text | |
11087 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11088 | msgid "" | |
11089 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
11090 | "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." | |
11091 | msgstr "" | |
11092 | ||
11093 | #. type: Plain text | |
11094 | #: dpkg-distaddfile.man:1 | |
11095 | msgid "B<deb-src-files>(5)." | |
11096 | msgstr "" | |
11097 | ||
11098 | #. type: TH | |
11099 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11100 | #, no-wrap | |
11101 | msgid "dpkg-deb" | |
11102 | msgstr "" | |
11103 | ||
11104 | #. type: Plain text | |
11105 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11106 | msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" | |
11107 | msgstr "" | |
11108 | ||
11109 | #. type: Plain text | |
11110 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11111 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
11112 | msgstr "" | |
11113 | ||
11114 | #. type: Plain text | |
11115 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11116 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." | |
11117 | msgstr "" | |
11118 | ||
11119 | #. type: Plain text | |
11120 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11121 | msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." | |
11122 | msgstr "" | |
11123 | ||
11124 | #. type: Plain text | |
11125 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11126 | msgid "" | |
11127 | "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " | |
11128 | "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " | |
11129 | "and run it for you." | |
11130 | msgstr "" | |
11131 | ||
11132 | #. type: Plain text | |
11133 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11134 | msgid "" | |
11135 | "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read " | |
11136 | "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character " | |
11137 | "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective " | |
11138 | "command description." | |
11139 | msgstr "" | |
11140 | ||
11141 | #. type: TP | |
11142 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11143 | #, no-wrap | |
11144 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" | |
11145 | msgstr "" | |
11146 | ||
11147 | #. type: Plain text | |
11148 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11149 | msgid "" | |
11150 | "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in " | |
11151 | "I<binary-directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, " | |
11152 | "which contains the control information files such as the control file " | |
11153 | "itself. This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem " | |
11154 | "archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's " | |
11155 | "control information area." | |
11156 | msgstr "" | |
11157 | ||
11158 | #. type: Plain text | |
11159 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11160 | msgid "" | |
11161 | "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " | |
11162 | "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and " | |
11163 | "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also " | |
11164 | "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the " | |
11165 | "B<DEBIAN> control information directory." | |
11166 | msgstr "" | |
11167 | ||
11168 | #. type: Plain text | |
11169 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11170 | msgid "" | |
11171 | "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " | |
11172 | "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>." | |
11173 | msgstr "" | |
11174 | ||
11175 | #. type: Plain text | |
11176 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11177 | msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." | |
11178 | msgstr "" | |
11179 | ||
11180 | #. type: Plain text | |
11181 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11182 | msgid "" | |
11183 | "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " | |
11184 | "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a " | |
11185 | "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option " | |
11186 | "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package " | |
11187 | "control file to determine which filename to use)." | |
11188 | msgstr "" | |
11189 | ||
11190 | #. type: TP | |
11191 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11192 | #, no-wrap | |
11193 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" | |
11194 | msgstr "" | |
11195 | ||
11196 | #. type: Plain text | |
11197 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11198 | msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." | |
11199 | msgstr "" | |
11200 | ||
11201 | #. type: Plain text | |
11202 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11203 | msgid "" | |
11204 | "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " | |
11205 | "the contents of the package as well as its control file." | |
11206 | msgstr "" | |
11207 | ||
11208 | #. type: Plain text | |
11209 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11210 | msgid "" | |
11211 | "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " | |
11212 | "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " | |
11213 | "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " | |
11214 | "2." | |
11215 | msgstr "" | |
11216 | ||
11217 | #. type: TP | |
11218 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11219 | #, no-wrap | |
11220 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" | |
11221 | msgstr "" | |
11222 | ||
11223 | #. type: Plain text | |
11224 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11225 | msgid "" | |
11226 | "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " | |
11227 | "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " | |
11228 | "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." | |
11229 | msgstr "" | |
11230 | ||
11231 | #. type: TP | |
11232 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11233 | #, no-wrap | |
11234 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" | |
11235 | msgstr "" | |
11236 | ||
11237 | #. type: Plain text | |
11238 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11239 | msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." | |
11240 | msgstr "" | |
11241 | ||
11242 | #. type: Plain text | |
11243 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11244 | msgid "" | |
11245 | "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole " | |
11246 | "control file." | |
11247 | msgstr "" | |
11248 | ||
11249 | #. type: Plain text | |
11250 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11251 | msgid "" | |
11252 | "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " | |
11253 | "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " | |
11254 | "I<control-field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with " | |
11255 | "its field name (and a colon and space)." | |
11256 | msgstr "" | |
11257 | ||
11258 | #. type: Plain text | |
11259 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11260 | msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." | |
11261 | msgstr "" | |
11262 | ||
11263 | #. type: TP | |
11264 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11265 | #, no-wrap | |
11266 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" | |
11267 | msgstr "" | |
11268 | ||
11269 | #. type: Plain text | |
11270 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11271 | msgid "" | |
11272 | "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " | |
11273 | "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " | |
11274 | "verbose listing." | |
11275 | msgstr "" | |
11276 | ||
11277 | #. type: TP | |
11278 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11279 | #, no-wrap | |
11280 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" | |
11281 | msgstr "" | |
11282 | ||
11283 | #. type: Plain text | |
11284 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11285 | msgid "" | |
11286 | "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " | |
11287 | "directory." | |
11288 | msgstr "" | |
11289 | ||
11290 | #. type: Plain text | |
11291 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11292 | msgid "" | |
11293 | "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " | |
11294 | "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." | |
11295 | msgstr "" | |
11296 | ||
11297 | #. type: Plain text | |
11298 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11299 | msgid "" | |
11300 | "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " | |
11301 | "permissions modified to match the contents of the package." | |
11302 | msgstr "" | |
11303 | ||
11304 | #. type: TP | |
11305 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11306 | #, no-wrap | |
11307 | msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" | |
11308 | msgstr "" | |
11309 | ||
11310 | #. type: Plain text | |
11311 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11312 | msgid "" | |
11313 | "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " | |
11314 | "listing of the files extracted as it goes." | |
11315 | msgstr "" | |
11316 | ||
11317 | #. type: TP | |
11318 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11319 | #, no-wrap | |
11320 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" | |
11321 | msgstr "" | |
11322 | ||
11323 | #. type: Plain text | |
11324 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11325 | msgid "" | |
11326 | "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " | |
11327 | "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " | |
11328 | "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)." | |
11329 | msgstr "" | |
11330 | ||
11331 | #. type: Plain text | |
11332 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11333 | msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." | |
11334 | msgstr "" | |
11335 | ||
11336 | #. type: Plain text | |
11337 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11338 | msgid "" | |
11339 | "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it " | |
11340 | "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported." | |
11341 | msgstr "" | |
11342 | ||
11343 | #. type: TP | |
11344 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11345 | #, no-wrap | |
11346 | msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
11347 | msgstr "" | |
11348 | ||
11349 | #. type: Plain text | |
11350 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11351 | msgid "" | |
11352 | "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard " | |
11353 | "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1) this " | |
11354 | "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. " | |
11355 | "The input archive will always be processed sequentially." | |
11356 | msgstr "" | |
11357 | ||
11358 | #. type: TP | |
11359 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11360 | #, no-wrap | |
11361 | msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" | |
11362 | msgstr "" | |
11363 | ||
11364 | #. type: Plain text | |
11365 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11366 | msgid "" | |
11367 | "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " | |
11368 | "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " | |
11369 | "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " | |
11370 | "always be processed sequentially." | |
11371 | msgstr "" | |
11372 | ||
11373 | #. type: TP | |
11374 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11375 | #, no-wrap | |
11376 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" | |
11377 | msgstr "" | |
11378 | ||
11379 | #. type: Plain text | |
11380 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11381 | msgid "" | |
11382 | "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " | |
11383 | "specified directory." | |
11384 | msgstr "" | |
11385 | ||
11386 | #. type: Plain text | |
11387 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11388 | msgid "" | |
11389 | "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " | |
11390 | "directory is used." | |
11391 | msgstr "" | |
11392 | ||
11393 | #. type: TP | |
11394 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11395 | #, no-wrap | |
11396 | msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
11397 | msgstr "" | |
11398 | ||
11399 | #. type: Plain text | |
11400 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 | |
11401 | msgid "" | |
11402 | "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " | |
11403 | "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." | |
11404 | msgstr "" | |
11405 | ||
11406 | #. type: Plain text | |
11407 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11408 | msgid "" | |
11409 | "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, " | |
11410 | "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same " | |
11411 | "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape " | |
11412 | "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " | |
11413 | "B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." | |
11414 | msgstr "" | |
11415 | ||
11416 | #. type: Plain text | |
11417 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11418 | msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\et${Version}\\en”." | |
11419 | msgstr "" | |
11420 | ||
11421 | #. type: TP | |
11422 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11423 | #, no-wrap | |
11424 | msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" | |
11425 | msgstr "" | |
11426 | ||
11427 | #. type: Plain text | |
11428 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11429 | msgid "" | |
11430 | "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
11431 | "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz). The accepted values " | |
11432 | "are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip. Before dpkg " | |
11433 | "1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors." | |
11434 | msgstr "" | |
11435 | ||
11436 | #. type: TP | |
11437 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11438 | #, no-wrap | |
11439 | msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>" | |
11440 | msgstr "" | |
11441 | ||
11442 | #. type: Plain text | |
11443 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11444 | msgid "" | |
11445 | "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when " | |
11446 | "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since " | |
11447 | "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since " | |
11448 | "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz." | |
11449 | msgstr "" | |
11450 | ||
11451 | #. type: TP | |
11452 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11453 | #, no-wrap | |
11454 | msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" | |
11455 | msgstr "" | |
11456 | ||
11457 | #. type: Plain text | |
11458 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11459 | msgid "" | |
11460 | "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " | |
11461 | "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), and B<none> (default is " | |
11462 | "B<xz>)." | |
11463 | msgstr "" | |
11464 | ||
11465 | #. type: TP | |
11466 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11467 | #, no-wrap | |
11468 | msgid "B<--uniform-compression>" | |
11469 | msgstr "" | |
11470 | ||
11471 | #. type: Plain text | |
11472 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11473 | msgid "" | |
11474 | "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive " | |
11475 | "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise " | |
11476 | "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported " | |
11477 | "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip> and " | |
11478 | "B<xz>." | |
11479 | msgstr "" | |
11480 | ||
11481 | #. type: TP | |
11482 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11483 | #, no-wrap | |
11484 | msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>" | |
11485 | msgstr "" | |
11486 | ||
11487 | #. type: Plain text | |
11488 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11489 | msgid "" | |
11490 | "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). " | |
11491 | "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old " | |
11492 | "one (default is B<2.0>)." | |
11493 | msgstr "" | |
11494 | ||
11495 | #. type: Plain text | |
11496 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11497 | msgid "" | |
11498 | "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now " | |
11499 | "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of " | |
11500 | "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out " | |
11501 | "only." | |
11502 | msgstr "" | |
11503 | ||
11504 | #. type: TP | |
11505 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11506 | #, no-wrap | |
11507 | msgid "B<--nocheck>" | |
11508 | msgstr "" | |
11509 | ||
11510 | #. type: Plain text | |
11511 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11512 | msgid "" | |
11513 | "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " | |
11514 | "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." | |
11515 | msgstr "" | |
11516 | ||
11517 | #. type: TP | |
11518 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
11519 | #, no-wrap | |
11520 | msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" | |
11521 | msgstr "" | |
11522 | ||
11523 | #. type: Plain text | |
11524 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11525 | msgid "" | |
11526 | "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects " | |
11527 | "B<--extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>." | |
11528 | msgstr "" | |
11529 | ||
11530 | #. type: TP | |
11531 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11532 | #, no-wrap | |
11533 | msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" | |
11534 | msgstr "" | |
11535 | ||
11536 | #. type: Plain text | |
11537 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11538 | msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." | |
11539 | msgstr "" | |
11540 | ||
11541 | #. type: Plain text | |
11542 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
11543 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
11544 | msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." | |
11545 | msgstr "" | |
11546 | ||
11547 | #. type: Plain text | |
11548 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11549 | msgid "" | |
11550 | "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " | |
11551 | "temporary files and directories." | |
11552 | msgstr "" | |
11553 | ||
11554 | #. type: Plain text | |
11555 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11556 | msgid "" | |
11557 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " | |
11558 | "B<deb>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container and used to clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) " | |
11559 | "file entries." | |
11560 | msgstr "" | |
11561 | ||
11562 | #. type: Plain text | |
11563 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11564 | msgid "" | |
11565 | "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " | |
11566 | "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " | |
11567 | "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." | |
11568 | msgstr "" | |
11569 | ||
11570 | #. type: Plain text | |
11571 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11572 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." | |
11573 | msgstr "" | |
11574 | ||
11575 | #. type: Plain text | |
11576 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11577 | msgid "" | |
11578 | "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " | |
11579 | "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " | |
11580 | "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " | |
11581 | "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by " | |
11582 | "debian/rules. Though this is not directly supported by the lower level " | |
11583 | "tools.)" | |
11584 | msgstr "" | |
11585 | ||
11586 | #. type: Plain text | |
11587 | #: dpkg-deb.man:1 | |
11588 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." | |
11589 | msgstr "" | |
11590 | ||
11591 | #. type: TH | |
11592 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11593 | #, no-wrap | |
11594 | msgid "dpkg-divert" | |
11595 | msgstr "" | |
11596 | ||
11597 | #. type: Plain text | |
11598 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11599 | msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" | |
11600 | msgstr "" | |
11601 | ||
11602 | #. type: Plain text | |
11603 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11604 | msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
11605 | msgstr "" | |
11606 | ||
11607 | #. type: Plain text | |
11608 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11609 | msgid "" | |
11610 | "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " | |
11611 | "diversions." | |
11612 | msgstr "" | |
11613 | ||
11614 | #. type: Plain text | |
11615 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11616 | msgid "" | |
11617 | "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " | |
11618 | "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " | |
11619 | "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " | |
11620 | "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " | |
11621 | "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " | |
11622 | "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer " | |
11623 | "version of a package which contains those files." | |
11624 | msgstr "" | |
11625 | ||
11626 | #. type: TP | |
11627 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11628 | #, no-wrap | |
11629 | msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" | |
11630 | msgstr "" | |
11631 | ||
11632 | #. type: Plain text | |
11633 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11634 | msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>." | |
11635 | msgstr "" | |
11636 | ||
11637 | #. type: TP | |
11638 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11639 | #, no-wrap | |
11640 | msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" | |
11641 | msgstr "" | |
11642 | ||
11643 | #. type: Plain text | |
11644 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11645 | msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>." | |
11646 | msgstr "" | |
11647 | ||
11648 | #. type: TP | |
11649 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11650 | #, no-wrap | |
11651 | msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" | |
11652 | msgstr "" | |
11653 | ||
11654 | #. type: Plain text | |
11655 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11656 | msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." | |
11657 | msgstr "" | |
11658 | ||
11659 | #. type: TP | |
11660 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11661 | #, no-wrap | |
11662 | msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>" | |
11663 | msgstr "" | |
11664 | ||
11665 | #. type: Plain text | |
11666 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11667 | msgid "" | |
11668 | "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). " | |
11669 | "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not " | |
11670 | "diverted." | |
11671 | msgstr "" | |
11672 | ||
11673 | #. type: TP | |
11674 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11675 | #, no-wrap | |
11676 | msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" | |
11677 | msgstr "" | |
11678 | ||
11679 | #. type: Plain text | |
11680 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11681 | msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." | |
11682 | msgstr "" | |
11683 | ||
11684 | #. type: TP | |
11685 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 dselect.man:1 | |
11686 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
11687 | #, no-wrap | |
11688 | msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" | |
11689 | msgstr "" | |
11690 | ||
11691 | #. type: Plain text | |
11692 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11693 | msgid "Set the B<dpkg> data directory to I<directory> (default: I<%ADMINDIR%>)." | |
11694 | msgstr "" | |
11695 | ||
11696 | #. type: TP | |
11697 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11698 | #, no-wrap | |
11699 | msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" | |
11700 | msgstr "" | |
11701 | ||
11702 | #. type: Plain text | |
11703 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11704 | msgid "" | |
11705 | "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " | |
11706 | "other packages, will be diverted." | |
11707 | msgstr "" | |
11708 | ||
11709 | #. type: TP | |
11710 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11711 | #, no-wrap | |
11712 | msgid "B<--local>" | |
11713 | msgstr "" | |
11714 | ||
11715 | #. type: Plain text | |
11716 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11717 | msgid "" | |
11718 | "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " | |
11719 | "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " | |
11720 | "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " | |
11721 | "version." | |
11722 | msgstr "" | |
11723 | ||
11724 | #. type: TP | |
11725 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11726 | #, no-wrap | |
11727 | msgid "B<--package>I< package>" | |
11728 | msgstr "" | |
11729 | ||
11730 | #. type: Plain text | |
11731 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11732 | msgid "" | |
11733 | "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " | |
11734 | "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." | |
11735 | msgstr "" | |
11736 | ||
11737 | #. type: TP | |
11738 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
11739 | #, no-wrap | |
11740 | msgid "B<--quiet>" | |
11741 | msgstr "" | |
11742 | ||
11743 | #. type: Plain text | |
11744 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11745 | msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." | |
11746 | msgstr "" | |
11747 | ||
11748 | #. type: TP | |
11749 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11750 | #, no-wrap | |
11751 | msgid "B<--rename>" | |
11752 | msgstr "" | |
11753 | ||
11754 | #. type: Plain text | |
11755 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11756 | msgid "" | |
11757 | "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " | |
11758 | "in case the destination file already exists." | |
11759 | msgstr "" | |
11760 | ||
11761 | #. type: TP | |
11762 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11763 | #, no-wrap | |
11764 | msgid "B<--test>" | |
11765 | msgstr "" | |
11766 | ||
11767 | #. type: Plain text | |
11768 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11769 | msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." | |
11770 | msgstr "" | |
11771 | ||
11772 | #. type: Plain text | |
11773 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
11774 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
11775 | msgid "" | |
11776 | "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " | |
11777 | "as the B<dpkg> data directory." | |
11778 | msgstr "" | |
11779 | ||
11780 | #. type: Plain text | |
11781 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11782 | msgid "" | |
11783 | "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " | |
11784 | "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." | |
11785 | msgstr "" | |
11786 | ||
11787 | #. type: TP | |
11788 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11789 | #, no-wrap | |
11790 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>" | |
11791 | msgstr "" | |
11792 | ||
11793 | #. type: Plain text | |
11794 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11795 | msgid "" | |
11796 | "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " | |
11797 | "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " | |
11798 | "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." | |
11799 | msgstr "" | |
11800 | ||
11801 | #. type: Plain text | |
11802 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11803 | msgid "" | |
11804 | "Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " | |
11805 | "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one." | |
11806 | msgstr "" | |
11807 | ||
11808 | #. type: Plain text | |
11809 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11810 | msgid "" | |
11811 | "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> " | |
11812 | "I<original>B<.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and " | |
11813 | "B<--divert> must match if specified." | |
11814 | msgstr "" | |
11815 | ||
11816 | #. type: Plain text | |
11817 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11818 | msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." | |
11819 | msgstr "" | |
11820 | ||
11821 | #. type: Plain text | |
11822 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11823 | msgid "" | |
11824 | "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " | |
11825 | "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " | |
11826 | "library. Because B<ldconfig> doesn't honour diverts (only B<dpkg> does), " | |
11827 | "the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted " | |
11828 | "library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." | |
11829 | msgstr "" | |
11830 | ||
11831 | #. type: Plain text | |
11832 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11833 | msgid "" | |
11834 | "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, " | |
11835 | "i.e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as " | |
11836 | "I</usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" | |
11837 | msgstr "" | |
11838 | ||
11839 | #. type: Plain text | |
11840 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11841 | msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" | |
11842 | msgstr "" | |
11843 | ||
11844 | #. type: Plain text | |
11845 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11846 | msgid "To remove that diversion:" | |
11847 | msgstr "" | |
11848 | ||
11849 | #. type: Plain text | |
11850 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11851 | msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
11852 | msgstr "" | |
11853 | ||
11854 | #. type: Plain text | |
11855 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11856 | msgid "" | |
11857 | "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to " | |
11858 | "I</usr/bin/example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" | |
11859 | msgstr "" | |
11860 | ||
11861 | #. type: Plain text | |
11862 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11863 | msgid "" | |
11864 | "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename " | |
11865 | "/usr/bin/example" | |
11866 | msgstr "" | |
11867 | ||
11868 | #. type: Plain text | |
11869 | #: dpkg-divert.man:1 | |
11870 | msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" | |
11871 | msgstr "" | |
11872 | ||
11873 | #. type: TH | |
11874 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11875 | #, no-wrap | |
11876 | msgid "dpkg-genchanges" | |
11877 | msgstr "" | |
11878 | ||
11879 | #. type: Plain text | |
11880 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11881 | msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" | |
11882 | msgstr "" | |
11883 | ||
11884 | #. type: Plain text | |
11885 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11886 | msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" | |
11887 | msgstr "" | |
11888 | ||
11889 | #. type: Plain text | |
11890 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11891 | msgid "" | |
11892 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " | |
11893 | "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " | |
11894 | "upload control file (B<.changes> file)." | |
11895 | msgstr "" | |
11896 | ||
11897 | #. type: Plain text | |
11898 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11899 | msgid "" | |
11900 | "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " | |
11901 | "dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
11902 | msgstr "" | |
11903 | ||
11904 | #. type: Plain text | |
11905 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11906 | msgid "Upload the source package." | |
11907 | msgstr "" | |
11908 | ||
11909 | #. type: Plain text | |
11910 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11911 | msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages." | |
11912 | msgstr "" | |
11913 | ||
11914 | #. type: Plain text | |
11915 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11916 | msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages." | |
11917 | msgstr "" | |
11918 | ||
11919 | #. type: Plain text | |
11920 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11921 | msgid "" | |
11922 | "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " | |
11923 | "an alias for B<any,all>." | |
11924 | msgstr "" | |
11925 | ||
11926 | #. type: Plain text | |
11927 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11928 | msgid "" | |
11929 | "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the " | |
11930 | "default case when no build option is specified." | |
11931 | msgstr "" | |
11932 | ||
11933 | #. type: Plain text | |
11934 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11935 | msgid "" | |
11936 | "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " | |
11937 | "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or " | |
11938 | "B<-B> haven't been used)." | |
11939 | msgstr "" | |
11940 | ||
11941 | #. type: Plain text | |
11942 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11943 | msgid "" | |
11944 | "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " | |
11945 | "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " | |
11946 | "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " | |
11947 | "entry." | |
11948 | msgstr "" | |
11949 | ||
11950 | #. type: Plain text | |
11951 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11952 | msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." | |
11953 | msgstr "" | |
11954 | ||
11955 | #. type: Plain text | |
11956 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11957 | msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." | |
11958 | msgstr "" | |
11959 | ||
11960 | #. type: Plain text | |
11961 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11962 | msgid "" | |
11963 | "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " | |
11964 | "I<version> to be used." | |
11965 | msgstr "" | |
11966 | ||
11967 | #. type: Plain text | |
11968 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11969 | msgid "" | |
11970 | "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> " | |
11971 | "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." | |
11972 | msgstr "" | |
11973 | ||
11974 | #. type: TP | |
11975 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11976 | #, no-wrap | |
11977 | msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>" | |
11978 | msgstr "" | |
11979 | ||
11980 | #. type: Plain text | |
11981 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11982 | msgid "" | |
11983 | "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " | |
11984 | "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " | |
11985 | "control file." | |
11986 | msgstr "" | |
11987 | ||
11988 | #. type: TP | |
11989 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11990 | #, no-wrap | |
11991 | msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>" | |
11992 | msgstr "" | |
11993 | ||
11994 | #. type: Plain text | |
11995 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
11996 | msgid "" | |
11997 | "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " | |
11998 | "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " | |
11999 | "changelog." | |
12000 | msgstr "" | |
12001 | ||
12002 | #. type: TP | |
12003 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12004 | #, no-wrap | |
12005 | msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" | |
12006 | msgstr "" | |
12007 | ||
12008 | #. type: Plain text | |
12009 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12010 | msgid "" | |
12011 | "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " | |
12012 | "discussion of output substitution." | |
12013 | msgstr "" | |
12014 | ||
12015 | #. type: TP | |
12016 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
12017 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12018 | #, no-wrap | |
12019 | msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>" | |
12020 | msgstr "" | |
12021 | ||
12022 | #. type: Plain text | |
12023 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12024 | msgid "" | |
12025 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " | |
12026 | "B<debian/substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields " | |
12027 | "that are output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the " | |
12028 | "field of the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read " | |
12029 | "substitution variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
12030 | msgstr "" | |
12031 | ||
12032 | #. type: TP | |
12033 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12034 | #, no-wrap | |
12035 | msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" | |
12036 | msgstr "" | |
12037 | ||
12038 | #. type: Plain text | |
12039 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12040 | msgid "Override or add an output control file field." | |
12041 | msgstr "" | |
12042 | ||
12043 | #. type: TP | |
12044 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12045 | #, no-wrap | |
12046 | msgid "B<-U>I<field>" | |
12047 | msgstr "" | |
12048 | ||
12049 | #. type: Plain text | |
12050 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12051 | msgid "Remove an output control file field." | |
12052 | msgstr "" | |
12053 | ||
12054 | #. type: Plain text | |
12055 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12056 | msgid "" | |
12057 | "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " | |
12058 | "B<debian/files>." | |
12059 | msgstr "" | |
12060 | ||
12061 | #. type: Plain text | |
12062 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12063 | msgid "" | |
12064 | "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " | |
12065 | "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " | |
12066 | "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." | |
12067 | msgstr "" | |
12068 | ||
12069 | #. type: Plain text | |
12070 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12071 | msgid "" | |
12072 | "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " | |
12073 | "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " | |
12074 | "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." | |
12075 | msgstr "" | |
12076 | ||
12077 | #. type: Plain text | |
12078 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12079 | msgid "" | |
12080 | "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if " | |
12081 | "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)." | |
12082 | msgstr "" | |
12083 | ||
12084 | #. type: Plain text | |
12085 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12086 | msgid "" | |
12087 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
12088 | "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." | |
12089 | msgstr "" | |
12090 | ||
12091 | #. type: Plain text | |
12092 | #: dpkg-genchanges.man:1 | |
12093 | msgid "" | |
12094 | "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-src-files>(5), " | |
12095 | "B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-changes>(5)." | |
12096 | msgstr "" | |
12097 | ||
12098 | #. type: TH | |
12099 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12100 | #, no-wrap | |
12101 | msgid "dpkg-gencontrol" | |
12102 | msgstr "" | |
12103 | ||
12104 | #. type: Plain text | |
12105 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12106 | msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" | |
12107 | msgstr "" | |
12108 | ||
12109 | #. type: Plain text | |
12110 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12111 | msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" | |
12112 | msgstr "" | |
12113 | ||
12114 | #. type: Plain text | |
12115 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12116 | msgid "" | |
12117 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " | |
12118 | "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to " | |
12119 | "debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); during this process it will simplify the " | |
12120 | "relation fields." | |
12121 | msgstr "" | |
12122 | ||
12123 | #. type: Plain text | |
12124 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12125 | msgid "" | |
12126 | "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are " | |
12127 | "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " | |
12128 | "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " | |
12129 | "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " | |
12130 | "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " | |
12131 | "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " | |
12132 | "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " | |
12133 | "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " | |
12134 | "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." | |
12135 | msgstr "" | |
12136 | ||
12137 | #. type: Plain text | |
12138 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12139 | msgid "" | |
12140 | "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> " | |
12141 | "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " | |
12142 | "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " | |
12143 | "field." | |
12144 | msgstr "" | |
12145 | ||
12146 | #. type: Plain text | |
12147 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12148 | msgid "" | |
12149 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to " | |
12150 | "B<debian/files>." | |
12151 | msgstr "" | |
12152 | ||
12153 | #. type: Plain text | |
12154 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12155 | msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." | |
12156 | msgstr "" | |
12157 | ||
12158 | #. type: Plain text | |
12159 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12160 | msgid "" | |
12161 | "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " | |
12162 | "of output substitution." | |
12163 | msgstr "" | |
12164 | ||
12165 | #. type: Plain text | |
12166 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12167 | msgid "" | |
12168 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " | |
12169 | "B<debian/substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read " | |
12170 | "substitution variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
12171 | msgstr "" | |
12172 | ||
12173 | #. type: TP | |
12174 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
12175 | #, no-wrap | |
12176 | msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>" | |
12177 | msgstr "" | |
12178 | ||
12179 | #. type: TP | |
12180 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12181 | #, no-wrap | |
12182 | msgid "B<-p>I<package>" | |
12183 | msgstr "" | |
12184 | ||
12185 | #. type: Plain text | |
12186 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12187 | msgid "" | |
12188 | "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " | |
12189 | "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " | |
12190 | "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " | |
12191 | "generate." | |
12192 | msgstr "" | |
12193 | ||
12194 | #. type: TP | |
12195 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12196 | #, no-wrap | |
12197 | msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" | |
12198 | msgstr "" | |
12199 | ||
12200 | #. type: Plain text | |
12201 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12202 | msgid "" | |
12203 | "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " | |
12204 | "package_version_arch.deb filename." | |
12205 | msgstr "" | |
12206 | ||
12207 | #. type: TP | |
12208 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12209 | #, no-wrap | |
12210 | msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" | |
12211 | msgstr "" | |
12212 | ||
12213 | #. type: Plain text | |
12214 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12215 | msgid "" | |
12216 | "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg " | |
12217 | "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell " | |
12218 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control " | |
12219 | "file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old " | |
12220 | "behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control " | |
12221 | "file." | |
12222 | msgstr "" | |
12223 | ||
12224 | #. type: TP | |
12225 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12226 | #, no-wrap | |
12227 | msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" | |
12228 | msgstr "" | |
12229 | ||
12230 | #. type: Plain text | |
12231 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12232 | msgid "" | |
12233 | "Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<package-build-dir> " | |
12234 | "instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " | |
12235 | "the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " | |
12236 | "B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." | |
12237 | msgstr "" | |
12238 | ||
12239 | #. type: Plain text | |
12240 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12241 | msgid "" | |
12242 | "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, " | |
12243 | "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or " | |
12244 | "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." | |
12245 | msgstr "" | |
12246 | ||
12247 | #. type: TP | |
12248 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12249 | #, no-wrap | |
12250 | msgid "B<debian/control>" | |
12251 | msgstr "" | |
12252 | ||
12253 | #. type: Plain text | |
12254 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12255 | msgid "" | |
12256 | "The main source control information file, giving version-independent " | |
12257 | "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." | |
12258 | msgstr "" | |
12259 | ||
12260 | #. type: Plain text | |
12261 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12262 | msgid "" | |
12263 | "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " | |
12264 | "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " | |
12265 | "control files it generates here." | |
12266 | msgstr "" | |
12267 | ||
12268 | #. type: Plain text | |
12269 | #: dpkg-gencontrol.man:1 | |
12270 | msgid "" | |
12271 | "B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), " | |
12272 | "B<deb-control>(5)." | |
12273 | msgstr "" | |
12274 | ||
12275 | #. type: TH | |
12276 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12277 | #, no-wrap | |
12278 | msgid "dpkg-gensymbols" | |
12279 | msgstr "" | |
12280 | ||
12281 | #. type: Plain text | |
12282 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12283 | msgid "" | |
12284 | "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " | |
12285 | "information)" | |
12286 | msgstr "" | |
12287 | ||
12288 | #. type: Plain text | |
12289 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12290 | msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" | |
12291 | msgstr "" | |
12292 | ||
12293 | #. type: Plain text | |
12294 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12295 | msgid "" | |
12296 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " | |
12297 | "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This " | |
12298 | "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " | |
12299 | "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " | |
12300 | "package." | |
12301 | msgstr "" | |
12302 | ||
12303 | #. type: Plain text | |
12304 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12305 | msgid "" | |
12306 | "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " | |
12307 | "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is " | |
12308 | "found):" | |
12309 | msgstr "" | |
12310 | ||
12311 | #. type: Plain text | |
12312 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12313 | msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" | |
12314 | msgstr "" | |
12315 | ||
12316 | #. type: Plain text | |
12317 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12318 | msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" | |
12319 | msgstr "" | |
12320 | ||
12321 | #. type: Plain text | |
12322 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12323 | msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" | |
12324 | msgstr "" | |
12325 | ||
12326 | #. type: Plain text | |
12327 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12328 | msgid "debian/symbols" | |
12329 | msgstr "" | |
12330 | ||
12331 | #. type: Plain text | |
12332 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12333 | msgid "" | |
12334 | "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " | |
12335 | "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " | |
12336 | "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " | |
12337 | "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " | |
12338 | "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " | |
12339 | "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but " | |
12340 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> helps with that." | |
12341 | msgstr "" | |
12342 | ||
12343 | #. type: Plain text | |
12344 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12345 | msgid "" | |
12346 | "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " | |
12347 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " | |
12348 | "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " | |
12349 | "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." | |
12350 | msgstr "" | |
12351 | ||
12352 | #. type: SH | |
12353 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12354 | #, no-wrap | |
12355 | msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" | |
12356 | msgstr "" | |
12357 | ||
12358 | #. type: Plain text | |
12359 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12360 | msgid "" | |
12361 | "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " | |
12362 | "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " | |
12363 | "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " | |
12364 | "matches reality. The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a " | |
12365 | "starting point, but the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the " | |
12366 | "behaviour of those symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything " | |
12367 | "using those symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with " | |
12368 | "the old version. In most cases, the diff applies directly to the " | |
12369 | "debian/I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually " | |
12370 | "needed: it's recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the " | |
12371 | "minimal version so that backports with a lower version number but the same " | |
12372 | "upstream version still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian " | |
12373 | "revision can't be dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian " | |
12374 | "specific change, then one should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’." | |
12375 | msgstr "" | |
12376 | ||
12377 | #. type: Plain text | |
12378 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12379 | msgid "" | |
12380 | "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should " | |
12381 | "double-check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, " | |
12382 | "so the patch should ideally only add new lines." | |
12383 | msgstr "" | |
12384 | ||
12385 | #. type: Plain text | |
12386 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12387 | msgid "" | |
12388 | "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with ‘#’ as the " | |
12389 | "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see " | |
12390 | "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special " | |
12391 | "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." | |
12392 | msgstr "" | |
12393 | ||
12394 | #. type: Plain text | |
12395 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12396 | msgid "" | |
12397 | "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There " | |
12398 | "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff " | |
12399 | "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking " | |
12400 | "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim " | |
12401 | "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce " | |
12402 | "hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades." | |
12403 | msgstr "" | |
12404 | ||
12405 | #. type: SS | |
12406 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12407 | #, no-wrap | |
12408 | msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" | |
12409 | msgstr "" | |
12410 | ||
12411 | #. type: Plain text | |
12412 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12413 | msgid "" | |
12414 | "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " | |
12415 | "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " | |
12416 | "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " | |
12417 | "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " | |
12418 | "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." | |
12419 | msgstr "" | |
12420 | ||
12421 | #. type: SS | |
12422 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12423 | #, no-wrap | |
12424 | msgid "Using symbol tags" | |
12425 | msgstr "" | |
12426 | ||
12427 | #. type: Plain text | |
12428 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12429 | msgid "" | |
12430 | "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " | |
12431 | "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " | |
12432 | "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by " | |
12433 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See " | |
12434 | "subsection B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." | |
12435 | msgstr "" | |
12436 | ||
12437 | #. type: Plain text | |
12438 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12439 | msgid "" | |
12440 | "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " | |
12441 | "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " | |
12442 | "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " | |
12443 | "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " | |
12444 | "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " | |
12445 | "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " | |
12446 | "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " | |
12447 | "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " | |
12448 | "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " | |
12449 | "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " | |
12450 | "until the first space." | |
12451 | msgstr "" | |
12452 | ||
12453 | #. type: Plain text | |
12454 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12455 | #, no-wrap | |
12456 | msgid "" | |
12457 | " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" | |
12458 | " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" | |
12459 | " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12460 | msgstr "" | |
12461 | ||
12462 | #. type: Plain text | |
12463 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12464 | msgid "" | |
12465 | "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " | |
12466 | "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " | |
12467 | "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " | |
12468 | "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " | |
12469 | "untagged symbol." | |
12470 | msgstr "" | |
12471 | ||
12472 | #. type: Plain text | |
12473 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12474 | msgid "" | |
12475 | "Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can " | |
12476 | "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " | |
12477 | "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " | |
12478 | "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " | |
12479 | "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the " | |
12480 | "B<deb-symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the " | |
12481 | "requirements of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On " | |
12482 | "the contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both " | |
12483 | "standard and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their " | |
12484 | "original form as they were loaded." | |
12485 | msgstr "" | |
12486 | ||
12487 | #. type: SS | |
12488 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12489 | #, no-wrap | |
12490 | msgid "Standard symbol tags" | |
12491 | msgstr "" | |
12492 | ||
12493 | #. type: TP | |
12494 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12495 | #, no-wrap | |
12496 | msgid "B<optional>" | |
12497 | msgstr "" | |
12498 | ||
12499 | #. type: Plain text | |
12500 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12501 | msgid "" | |
12502 | "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " | |
12503 | "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " | |
12504 | "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " | |
12505 | "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " | |
12506 | "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " | |
12507 | "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " | |
12508 | "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " | |
12509 | "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged." | |
12510 | msgstr "" | |
12511 | ||
12512 | #. type: Plain text | |
12513 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12514 | msgid "" | |
12515 | "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " | |
12516 | "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " | |
12517 | "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " | |
12518 | "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " | |
12519 | "optional." | |
12520 | msgstr "" | |
12521 | ||
12522 | #. type: TP | |
12523 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12524 | #, no-wrap | |
12525 | msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>" | |
12526 | msgstr "" | |
12527 | ||
12528 | #. type: TQ | |
12529 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12530 | #, no-wrap | |
12531 | msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>" | |
12532 | msgstr "" | |
12533 | ||
12534 | #. type: TQ | |
12535 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12536 | #, no-wrap | |
12537 | msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>" | |
12538 | msgstr "" | |
12539 | ||
12540 | #. type: Plain text | |
12541 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12542 | msgid "" | |
12543 | "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol " | |
12544 | "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported " | |
12545 | "since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " | |
12546 | "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " | |
12547 | "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " | |
12548 | "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " | |
12549 | "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " | |
12550 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " | |
12551 | "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " | |
12552 | "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and " | |
12553 | "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian " | |
12554 | "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), " | |
12555 | "but it is not considered as new." | |
12556 | msgstr "" | |
12557 | ||
12558 | #. type: Plain text | |
12559 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12560 | msgid "" | |
12561 | "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " | |
12562 | "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " | |
12563 | "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " | |
12564 | "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " | |
12565 | "template mode." | |
12566 | msgstr "" | |
12567 | ||
12568 | #. type: Plain text | |
12569 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12570 | msgid "" | |
12571 | "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the " | |
12572 | "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " | |
12573 | "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " | |
12574 | "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only " | |
12575 | "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel." | |
12576 | msgstr "" | |
12577 | ||
12578 | #. type: Plain text | |
12579 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12580 | #, no-wrap | |
12581 | msgid "" | |
12582 | " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12583 | " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12584 | " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" | |
12585 | msgstr "" | |
12586 | ||
12587 | #. type: Plain text | |
12588 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12589 | msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>." | |
12590 | msgstr "" | |
12591 | ||
12592 | #. type: Plain text | |
12593 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12594 | #, no-wrap | |
12595 | msgid "" | |
12596 | " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12597 | " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12598 | msgstr "" | |
12599 | ||
12600 | #. type: Plain text | |
12601 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12602 | msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>." | |
12603 | msgstr "" | |
12604 | ||
12605 | #. type: Plain text | |
12606 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12607 | #, no-wrap | |
12608 | msgid "" | |
12609 | " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12610 | " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12611 | msgstr "" | |
12612 | ||
12613 | #. type: Plain text | |
12614 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12615 | msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained." | |
12616 | msgstr "" | |
12617 | ||
12618 | #. type: Plain text | |
12619 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12620 | #, no-wrap | |
12621 | msgid " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12622 | msgstr "" | |
12623 | ||
12624 | #. type: TP | |
12625 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12626 | #, no-wrap | |
12627 | msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" | |
12628 | msgstr "" | |
12629 | ||
12630 | #. type: Plain text | |
12631 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12632 | msgid "" | |
12633 | "dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear " | |
12634 | "in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " | |
12635 | "details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those " | |
12636 | "symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with " | |
12637 | "B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain " | |
12638 | "libraries like libgcc." | |
12639 | msgstr "" | |
12640 | ||
12641 | #. type: TP | |
12642 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12643 | #, no-wrap | |
12644 | msgid "B<c++>" | |
12645 | msgstr "" | |
12646 | ||
12647 | #. type: Plain text | |
12648 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12649 | msgid "" | |
12650 | "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " | |
12651 | "below." | |
12652 | msgstr "" | |
12653 | ||
12654 | #. type: TP | |
12655 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12656 | #, no-wrap | |
12657 | msgid "B<symver>" | |
12658 | msgstr "" | |
12659 | ||
12660 | #. type: Plain text | |
12661 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12662 | msgid "" | |
12663 | "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " | |
12664 | "patterns> subsection below." | |
12665 | msgstr "" | |
12666 | ||
12667 | #. type: TP | |
12668 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12669 | #, no-wrap | |
12670 | msgid "B<regex>" | |
12671 | msgstr "" | |
12672 | ||
12673 | #. type: Plain text | |
12674 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12675 | msgid "" | |
12676 | "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " | |
12677 | "below." | |
12678 | msgstr "" | |
12679 | ||
12680 | #. type: SS | |
12681 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12682 | #, no-wrap | |
12683 | msgid "Using symbol patterns" | |
12684 | msgstr "" | |
12685 | ||
12686 | #. type: Plain text | |
12687 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12688 | msgid "" | |
12689 | "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " | |
12690 | "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " | |
12691 | "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " | |
12692 | "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " | |
12693 | "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " | |
12694 | "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " | |
12695 | "considered as new." | |
12696 | msgstr "" | |
12697 | ||
12698 | #. type: Plain text | |
12699 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12700 | msgid "" | |
12701 | "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the " | |
12702 | "library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under " | |
12703 | "B<-c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern " | |
12704 | "may be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " | |
12705 | "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " | |
12706 | "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " | |
12707 | "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " | |
12708 | "more information." | |
12709 | msgstr "" | |
12710 | ||
12711 | #. type: Plain text | |
12712 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12713 | msgid "" | |
12714 | "Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are " | |
12715 | "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " | |
12716 | "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " | |
12717 | "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " | |
12718 | "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " | |
12719 | "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." | |
12720 | msgstr "" | |
12721 | ||
12722 | #. type: Plain text | |
12723 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12724 | msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" | |
12725 | msgstr "" | |
12726 | ||
12727 | #. type: Plain text | |
12728 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12729 | msgid "" | |
12730 | "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " | |
12731 | "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " | |
12732 | "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " | |
12733 | "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the " | |
12734 | "same. One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have " | |
12735 | "architecture specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common " | |
12736 | "instance of this case is a virtual destructor which under diamond " | |
12737 | "inheritance needs a non-virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if " | |
12738 | "_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 32bit architectures will probably be " | |
12739 | "_ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit ones, it can be matched with a single " | |
12740 | "I<c++> pattern:" | |
12741 | msgstr "" | |
12742 | ||
12743 | #. type: Plain text | |
12744 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12745 | #, no-wrap | |
12746 | msgid "" | |
12747 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
12748 | " [...]\n" | |
12749 | " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
12750 | " [...]\n" | |
12751 | msgstr "" | |
12752 | ||
12753 | #. type: Plain text | |
12754 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12755 | msgid "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" | |
12756 | msgstr "" | |
12757 | ||
12758 | #. type: Plain text | |
12759 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12760 | #, no-wrap | |
12761 | msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" | |
12762 | msgstr "" | |
12763 | ||
12764 | #. type: Plain text | |
12765 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12766 | msgid "" | |
12767 | "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " | |
12768 | "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " | |
12769 | "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " | |
12770 | "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " | |
12771 | "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " | |
12772 | "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " | |
12773 | "not degrade quality of the symbol file." | |
12774 | msgstr "" | |
12775 | ||
12776 | #. type: Plain text | |
12777 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12778 | msgid "" | |
12779 | "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " | |
12780 | "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " | |
12781 | "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " | |
12782 | "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" | |
12783 | msgstr "" | |
12784 | ||
12785 | #. type: Plain text | |
12786 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12787 | #, no-wrap | |
12788 | msgid "" | |
12789 | "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" | |
12790 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" | |
12791 | " [...]\n" | |
12792 | " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" | |
12793 | " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" | |
12794 | msgstr "" | |
12795 | ||
12796 | #. type: Plain text | |
12797 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12798 | msgid "" | |
12799 | "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " | |
12800 | "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " | |
12801 | "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " | |
12802 | "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " | |
12803 | "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." | |
12804 | msgstr "" | |
12805 | ||
12806 | #. type: Plain text | |
12807 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12808 | msgid "" | |
12809 | "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " | |
12810 | "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " | |
12811 | "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " | |
12812 | "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " | |
12813 | "behaviour is needed." | |
12814 | msgstr "" | |
12815 | ||
12816 | #. type: Plain text | |
12817 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12818 | msgid "" | |
12819 | "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " | |
12820 | "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " | |
12821 | "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " | |
12822 | "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " | |
12823 | "string. For example:" | |
12824 | msgstr "" | |
12825 | ||
12826 | #. type: Plain text | |
12827 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12828 | #, no-wrap | |
12829 | msgid "" | |
12830 | "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" | |
12831 | " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" | |
12832 | " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" | |
12833 | msgstr "" | |
12834 | ||
12835 | #. type: Plain text | |
12836 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12837 | msgid "" | |
12838 | "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", " | |
12839 | "\"mystack_pop@Base\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while " | |
12840 | "e.g. \"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all " | |
12841 | "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will " | |
12842 | "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern." | |
12843 | msgstr "" | |
12844 | ||
12845 | #. type: Plain text | |
12846 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12847 | msgid "" | |
12848 | "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " | |
12849 | "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " | |
12850 | "example, both" | |
12851 | msgstr "" | |
12852 | ||
12853 | #. type: Plain text | |
12854 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12855 | #, no-wrap | |
12856 | msgid "" | |
12857 | " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" | |
12858 | " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" | |
12859 | msgstr "" | |
12860 | ||
12861 | #. type: Plain text | |
12862 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12863 | msgid "" | |
12864 | "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " | |
12865 | "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " | |
12866 | "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " | |
12867 | "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " | |
12868 | "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " | |
12869 | "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " | |
12870 | "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " | |
12871 | "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " | |
12872 | "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of " | |
12873 | "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." | |
12874 | msgstr "" | |
12875 | ||
12876 | #. type: Plain text | |
12877 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12878 | msgid "" | |
12879 | "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " | |
12880 | "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " | |
12881 | "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " | |
12882 | "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " | |
12883 | "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." | |
12884 | msgstr "" | |
12885 | ||
12886 | #. type: Plain text | |
12887 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12888 | msgid "" | |
12889 | "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " | |
12890 | "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " | |
12891 | "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " | |
12892 | "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " | |
12893 | "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " | |
12894 | "based on the alphanumerical order of their names." | |
12895 | msgstr "" | |
12896 | ||
12897 | #. type: SS | |
12898 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12899 | #, no-wrap | |
12900 | msgid "Using includes" | |
12901 | msgstr "" | |
12902 | ||
12903 | #. type: Plain text | |
12904 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12905 | msgid "" | |
12906 | "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " | |
12907 | "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " | |
12908 | "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" | |
12909 | msgstr "" | |
12910 | ||
12911 | #. type: Plain text | |
12912 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12913 | msgid "" | |
12914 | "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " | |
12915 | "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " | |
12916 | "like this:" | |
12917 | msgstr "" | |
12918 | ||
12919 | #. type: Plain text | |
12920 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12921 | msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" | |
12922 | msgstr "" | |
12923 | ||
12924 | #. type: Plain text | |
12925 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12926 | msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" | |
12927 | msgstr "" | |
12928 | ||
12929 | #. type: Plain text | |
12930 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12931 | msgid "(tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"" | |
12932 | msgstr "" | |
12933 | ||
12934 | #. type: Plain text | |
12935 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12936 | msgid "" | |
12937 | "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " | |
12938 | "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " | |
12939 | "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " | |
12940 | "symbol files:" | |
12941 | msgstr "" | |
12942 | ||
12943 | #. type: Plain text | |
12944 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12945 | #, no-wrap | |
12946 | msgid "" | |
12947 | " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" | |
12948 | " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" | |
12949 | " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" | |
12950 | " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" | |
12951 | msgstr "" | |
12952 | ||
12953 | #. type: Plain text | |
12954 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12955 | msgid "" | |
12956 | "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " | |
12957 | "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " | |
12958 | "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " | |
12959 | "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " | |
12960 | "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " | |
12961 | "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " | |
12962 | "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " | |
12963 | "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." | |
12964 | msgstr "" | |
12965 | ||
12966 | #. type: Plain text | |
12967 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12968 | msgid "" | |
12969 | "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " | |
12970 | "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " | |
12971 | "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " | |
12972 | "do it is the following:" | |
12973 | msgstr "" | |
12974 | ||
12975 | #. type: Plain text | |
12976 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12977 | #, no-wrap | |
12978 | msgid "" | |
12979 | "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" | |
12980 | " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" | |
12981 | msgstr "" | |
12982 | ||
12983 | #. type: SS | |
12984 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12985 | #, no-wrap | |
12986 | msgid "Good library management" | |
12987 | msgstr "" | |
12988 | ||
12989 | #. type: Plain text | |
12990 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12991 | msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" | |
12992 | msgstr "" | |
12993 | ||
12994 | #. type: Plain text | |
12995 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
12996 | msgid "" | |
12997 | "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " | |
12998 | "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" | |
12999 | msgstr "" | |
13000 | ||
13001 | #. type: Plain text | |
13002 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13003 | msgid "" | |
13004 | "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " | |
13005 | "changes and API extension;" | |
13006 | msgstr "" | |
13007 | ||
13008 | #. type: Plain text | |
13009 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13010 | msgid "" | |
13011 | "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " | |
13012 | "workaround)." | |
13013 | msgstr "" | |
13014 | ||
13015 | #. type: Plain text | |
13016 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13017 | msgid "" | |
13018 | "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " | |
13019 | "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " | |
13020 | "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " | |
13021 | "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " | |
13022 | "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " | |
13023 | "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " | |
13024 | "specific work-around." | |
13025 | msgstr "" | |
13026 | ||
13027 | #. type: Plain text | |
13028 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13029 | msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." | |
13030 | msgstr "" | |
13031 | ||
13032 | #. type: Plain text | |
13033 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13034 | msgid "" | |
13035 | "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " | |
13036 | "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." | |
13037 | msgstr "" | |
13038 | ||
13039 | #. type: Plain text | |
13040 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13041 | msgid "" | |
13042 | "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from " | |
13043 | "debian/changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." | |
13044 | msgstr "" | |
13045 | ||
13046 | #. type: TP | |
13047 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13048 | #, no-wrap | |
13049 | msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" | |
13050 | msgstr "" | |
13051 | ||
13052 | #. type: Plain text | |
13053 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13054 | msgid "" | |
13055 | "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " | |
13056 | "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the " | |
13057 | "B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match " | |
13058 | "multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple " | |
13059 | "B<-e>)." | |
13060 | msgstr "" | |
13061 | ||
13062 | #. type: TP | |
13063 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13064 | #, no-wrap | |
13065 | msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" | |
13066 | msgstr "" | |
13067 | ||
13068 | #. type: Plain text | |
13069 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13070 | msgid "" | |
13071 | "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " | |
13072 | "integrated in the package itself." | |
13073 | msgstr "" | |
13074 | ||
13075 | #. type: Plain text | |
13076 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13077 | msgid "" | |
13078 | "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if " | |
13079 | "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or " | |
13080 | "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is " | |
13081 | "pre-existing, its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols " | |
13082 | "file. You can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches " | |
13083 | "a newer upstream version of your library." | |
13084 | msgstr "" | |
13085 | ||
13086 | #. type: TP | |
13087 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13088 | #, no-wrap | |
13089 | msgid "B<-t>" | |
13090 | msgstr "" | |
13091 | ||
13092 | #. type: Plain text | |
13093 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13094 | msgid "" | |
13095 | "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " | |
13096 | "with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode " | |
13097 | "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " | |
13098 | "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " | |
13099 | "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard " | |
13100 | "B<deb-symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all " | |
13101 | "symbols are always written to the symbol file template." | |
13102 | msgstr "" | |
13103 | ||
13104 | #. type: TP | |
13105 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13106 | #, no-wrap | |
13107 | msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" | |
13108 | msgstr "" | |
13109 | ||
13110 | #. type: Plain text | |
13111 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13112 | msgid "" | |
13113 | "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " | |
13114 | "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " | |
13115 | "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " | |
13116 | "fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " | |
13117 | "new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " | |
13118 | "disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." | |
13119 | msgstr "" | |
13120 | ||
13121 | #. type: Plain text | |
13122 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13123 | msgid "" | |
13124 | "This value can be overridden by the environment variable " | |
13125 | "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>." | |
13126 | msgstr "" | |
13127 | ||
13128 | #. type: Plain text | |
13129 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13130 | msgid "" | |
13131 | "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " | |
13132 | "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " | |
13133 | "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " | |
13134 | "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)." | |
13135 | msgstr "" | |
13136 | ||
13137 | #. type: TP | |
13138 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13139 | #, no-wrap | |
13140 | msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" | |
13141 | msgstr "" | |
13142 | ||
13143 | #. type: Plain text | |
13144 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13145 | msgid "" | |
13146 | "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " | |
13147 | "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " | |
13148 | "binaries are already available." | |
13149 | msgstr "" | |
13150 | ||
13151 | #. type: TP | |
13152 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13153 | #, no-wrap | |
13154 | msgid "B<-d>" | |
13155 | msgstr "" | |
13156 | ||
13157 | #. type: Plain text | |
13158 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13159 | msgid "" | |
13160 | "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what " | |
13161 | "B<dpkg-gensymbols> does." | |
13162 | msgstr "" | |
13163 | ||
13164 | #. type: TP | |
13165 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13166 | #, no-wrap | |
13167 | msgid "B<-V>" | |
13168 | msgstr "" | |
13169 | ||
13170 | #. type: Plain text | |
13171 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13172 | msgid "" | |
13173 | "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " | |
13174 | "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " | |
13175 | "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." | |
13176 | msgstr "" | |
13177 | ||
13178 | #. type: TP | |
13179 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13180 | #, no-wrap | |
13181 | msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>" | |
13182 | msgstr "" | |
13183 | ||
13184 | #. type: Plain text | |
13185 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13186 | msgid "" | |
13187 | "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument " | |
13188 | "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line " | |
13189 | "arguments having precedence over environment variables)." | |
13190 | msgstr "" | |
13191 | ||
13192 | #. type: Plain text | |
13193 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13194 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" | |
13195 | msgstr "" | |
13196 | ||
13197 | #. type: Plain text | |
13198 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13199 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" | |
13200 | msgstr "" | |
13201 | ||
13202 | #. type: Plain text | |
13203 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13204 | msgid "B<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" | |
13205 | msgstr "" | |
13206 | ||
13207 | #. type: Plain text | |
13208 | #: dpkg-gensymbols.man:1 | |
13209 | msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." | |
13210 | msgstr "" | |
13211 | ||
13212 | #. type: TH | |
13213 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13214 | #, no-wrap | |
13215 | msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper" | |
13216 | msgstr "" | |
13217 | ||
13218 | #. type: Plain text | |
13219 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13220 | msgid "" | |
13221 | "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " | |
13222 | "scripts" | |
13223 | msgstr "" | |
13224 | ||
13225 | #. type: Plain text | |
13226 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13227 | msgid "" | |
13228 | "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> " | |
13229 | "I<maint-script-parameter>..." | |
13230 | msgstr "" | |
13231 | ||
13232 | #. type: SH | |
13233 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13234 | #, no-wrap | |
13235 | msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" | |
13236 | msgstr "" | |
13237 | ||
13238 | #. type: Plain text | |
13239 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13240 | msgid "B<supports> I<command>" | |
13241 | msgstr "" | |
13242 | ||
13243 | #. type: Plain text | |
13244 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13245 | msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
13246 | msgstr "" | |
13247 | ||
13248 | #. type: Plain text | |
13249 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13250 | msgid "" | |
13251 | "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> " | |
13252 | "[I<package>]]" | |
13253 | msgstr "" | |
13254 | ||
13255 | #. type: Plain text | |
13256 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13257 | msgid "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
13258 | msgstr "" | |
13259 | ||
13260 | #. type: Plain text | |
13261 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13262 | msgid "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" | |
13263 | msgstr "" | |
13264 | ||
13265 | #. type: Plain text | |
13266 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13267 | msgid "" | |
13268 | "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " | |
13269 | "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " | |
13270 | "decisions or due to current limitations." | |
13271 | msgstr "" | |
13272 | ||
13273 | #. type: Plain text | |
13274 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13275 | msgid "" | |
13276 | "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " | |
13277 | "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " | |
13278 | "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " | |
13279 | "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " | |
13280 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " | |
13281 | "have to forward after a double hyphen." | |
13282 | msgstr "" | |
13283 | ||
13284 | #. type: SH | |
13285 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13286 | #, no-wrap | |
13287 | msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS" | |
13288 | msgstr "" | |
13289 | ||
13290 | #. type: TP | |
13291 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13292 | #, no-wrap | |
13293 | msgid "I<prior-version>" | |
13294 | msgstr "" | |
13295 | ||
13296 | #. type: Plain text | |
13297 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13298 | msgid "" | |
13299 | "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the " | |
13300 | "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that " | |
13301 | "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package " | |
13302 | "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the " | |
13303 | "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version " | |
13304 | "and have the operation tried only once)." | |
13305 | msgstr "" | |
13306 | ||
13307 | #. type: Plain text | |
13308 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13309 | msgid "" | |
13310 | "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now " | |
13311 | "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, " | |
13312 | "I<prior-version> should be based on the version of the package that you are " | |
13313 | "now preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the " | |
13314 | "conffile. This applies to all other actions in the same way." | |
13315 | msgstr "" | |
13316 | ||
13317 | #. type: Plain text | |
13318 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13319 | msgid "" | |
13320 | "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, " | |
13321 | "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to " | |
13322 | "be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as " | |
13323 | "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in " | |
13324 | "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only " | |
13325 | "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, " | |
13326 | "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>." | |
13327 | msgstr "" | |
13328 | ||
13329 | #. type: TP | |
13330 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13331 | #, no-wrap | |
13332 | msgid "I<package>" | |
13333 | msgstr "" | |
13334 | ||
13335 | #. type: Plain text | |
13336 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13337 | msgid "" | |
13338 | "The package name. When the package is “Multi-Arch: same” this parameter must " | |
13339 | "include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it should B<not> usually " | |
13340 | "include the architecture qualifier (as it would disallow cross-grades, or " | |
13341 | "switching from being architecture specific to architecture B<all> or vice " | |
13342 | "versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, the " | |
13343 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment " | |
13344 | "variables (as set by B<dpkg>) will be used to generate an arch-qualified " | |
13345 | "package name." | |
13346 | msgstr "" | |
13347 | ||
13348 | #. type: TP | |
13349 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13350 | #, no-wrap | |
13351 | msgid "B<-->" | |
13352 | msgstr "" | |
13353 | ||
13354 | #. type: Plain text | |
13355 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13356 | msgid "" | |
13357 | "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the " | |
13358 | "program after B<-->." | |
13359 | msgstr "" | |
13360 | ||
13361 | #. type: SH | |
13362 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13363 | #, no-wrap | |
13364 | msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" | |
13365 | msgstr "" | |
13366 | ||
13367 | #. type: Plain text | |
13368 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13369 | msgid "" | |
13370 | "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile " | |
13371 | "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it " | |
13372 | "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for " | |
13373 | "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and " | |
13374 | "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown " | |
13375 | "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a " | |
13376 | "dpkg-maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer " | |
13377 | "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf." | |
13378 | msgstr "" | |
13379 | ||
13380 | #. type: Plain text | |
13381 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13382 | msgid "" | |
13383 | "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " | |
13384 | "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " | |
13385 | "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " | |
13386 | "scripts." | |
13387 | msgstr "" | |
13388 | ||
13389 | #. type: SS | |
13390 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13391 | #, no-wrap | |
13392 | msgid "Removing a conffile" | |
13393 | msgstr "" | |
13394 | ||
13395 | #. type: Plain text | |
13396 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13397 | msgid "" | |
13398 | "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " | |
13399 | "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " | |
13400 | "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " | |
13401 | "should not disappear." | |
13402 | msgstr "" | |
13403 | ||
13404 | #. type: Plain text | |
13405 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13406 | msgid "" | |
13407 | "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " | |
13408 | "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
13409 | msgstr "" | |
13410 | ||
13411 | #. type: Plain text | |
13412 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13413 | #, no-wrap | |
13414 | msgid "" | |
13415 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" | |
13416 | " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
13417 | msgstr "" | |
13418 | ||
13419 | #. type: Plain text | |
13420 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13421 | msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove." | |
13422 | msgstr "" | |
13423 | ||
13424 | #. type: Plain text | |
13425 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13426 | msgid "" | |
13427 | "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " | |
13428 | "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " | |
13429 | "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " | |
13430 | "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " | |
13431 | "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " | |
13432 | "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " | |
13433 | "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the " | |
13434 | "B<.dpkg-bak> file kept up to now." | |
13435 | msgstr "" | |
13436 | ||
13437 | #. type: SS | |
13438 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13439 | #, no-wrap | |
13440 | msgid "Renaming a conffile" | |
13441 | msgstr "" | |
13442 | ||
13443 | #. type: Plain text | |
13444 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13445 | msgid "" | |
13446 | "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " | |
13447 | "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " | |
13448 | "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " | |
13449 | "being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are " | |
13450 | "not responsible of them." | |
13451 | msgstr "" | |
13452 | ||
13453 | #. type: Plain text | |
13454 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13455 | msgid "" | |
13456 | "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " | |
13457 | "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
13458 | msgstr "" | |
13459 | ||
13460 | #. type: Plain text | |
13461 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13462 | #, no-wrap | |
13463 | msgid "" | |
13464 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" | |
13465 | " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- " | |
13466 | "\"$@\"\n" | |
13467 | msgstr "" | |
13468 | ||
13469 | #. type: Plain text | |
13470 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13471 | msgid "" | |
13472 | "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " | |
13473 | "to rename." | |
13474 | msgstr "" | |
13475 | ||
13476 | #. type: Plain text | |
13477 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13478 | msgid "" | |
13479 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " | |
13480 | "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to " | |
13481 | "I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes " | |
13482 | "I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to " | |
13483 | "I<new-conffile> if I<old-conffile> is still available. On " | |
13484 | "abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " | |
13485 | "I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if required." | |
13486 | msgstr "" | |
13487 | ||
13488 | #. type: SH | |
13489 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13490 | #, no-wrap | |
13491 | msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES" | |
13492 | msgstr "" | |
13493 | ||
13494 | #. type: Plain text | |
13495 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13496 | msgid "" | |
13497 | "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to " | |
13498 | "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be " | |
13499 | "left as is." | |
13500 | msgstr "" | |
13501 | ||
13502 | #. type: SS | |
13503 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13504 | #, no-wrap | |
13505 | msgid "Switching a symlink to directory" | |
13506 | msgstr "" | |
13507 | ||
13508 | #. type: Plain text | |
13509 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13510 | msgid "" | |
13511 | "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before " | |
13512 | "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the " | |
13513 | "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " | |
13514 | "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the " | |
13515 | "package." | |
13516 | msgstr "" | |
13517 | ||
13518 | #. type: Plain text | |
13519 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13520 | #, no-wrap | |
13521 | msgid "" | |
13522 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\e\n" | |
13523 | " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
13524 | msgstr "" | |
13525 | ||
13526 | #. type: Plain text | |
13527 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13528 | msgid "" | |
13529 | "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a " | |
13530 | "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target " | |
13531 | "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or " | |
13532 | "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>." | |
13533 | msgstr "" | |
13534 | ||
13535 | #. type: Plain text | |
13536 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13537 | msgid "" | |
13538 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and " | |
13539 | "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's " | |
13540 | "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> " | |
13541 | "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " | |
13542 | "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " | |
13543 | "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." | |
13544 | msgstr "" | |
13545 | ||
13546 | #. type: SS | |
13547 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13548 | #, no-wrap | |
13549 | msgid "Switching a directory to symlink" | |
13550 | msgstr "" | |
13551 | ||
13552 | #. type: Plain text | |
13553 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13554 | msgid "" | |
13555 | "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before " | |
13556 | "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to " | |
13557 | "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " | |
13558 | "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, " | |
13559 | "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package." | |
13560 | msgstr "" | |
13561 | ||
13562 | #. type: Plain text | |
13563 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13564 | msgid "" | |
13565 | "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " | |
13566 | "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" | |
13567 | msgstr "" | |
13568 | ||
13569 | #. type: Plain text | |
13570 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13571 | #, no-wrap | |
13572 | msgid "" | |
13573 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\e\n" | |
13574 | " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" | |
13575 | msgstr "" | |
13576 | ||
13577 | #. type: Plain text | |
13578 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13579 | msgid "" | |
13580 | "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a " | |
13581 | "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of " | |
13582 | "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the " | |
13583 | "directory containing I<pathname>." | |
13584 | msgstr "" | |
13585 | ||
13586 | #. type: Plain text | |
13587 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13588 | msgid "" | |
13589 | "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does " | |
13590 | "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created " | |
13591 | "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to " | |
13592 | "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> " | |
13593 | "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, " | |
13594 | "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " | |
13595 | "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging " | |
13596 | "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging " | |
13597 | "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty " | |
13598 | "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes " | |
13599 | "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> " | |
13600 | "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." | |
13601 | msgstr "" | |
13602 | ||
13603 | #. type: SH | |
13604 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13605 | #, no-wrap | |
13606 | msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" | |
13607 | msgstr "" | |
13608 | ||
13609 | #. type: Plain text | |
13610 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13611 | msgid "" | |
13612 | "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native " | |
13613 | "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life " | |
13614 | "easier. See for example B<dh_installdeb>(1)." | |
13615 | msgstr "" | |
13616 | ||
13617 | #. type: Plain text | |
13618 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13619 | msgid "" | |
13620 | "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " | |
13621 | "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " | |
13622 | "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " | |
13623 | "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for " | |
13624 | "B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:" | |
13625 | msgstr "" | |
13626 | ||
13627 | #. type: Plain text | |
13628 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13629 | #, no-wrap | |
13630 | msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.17.14)\n" | |
13631 | msgstr "" | |
13632 | ||
13633 | #. type: Plain text | |
13634 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13635 | msgid "" | |
13636 | "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " | |
13637 | "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " | |
13638 | "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " | |
13639 | "B<dpkg>:" | |
13640 | msgstr "" | |
13641 | ||
13642 | #. type: Plain text | |
13643 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13644 | #, no-wrap | |
13645 | msgid "" | |
13646 | " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" | |
13647 | " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" | |
13648 | " fi\n" | |
13649 | msgstr "" | |
13650 | ||
13651 | #. type: Plain text | |
13652 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13653 | msgid "" | |
13654 | "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The " | |
13655 | "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg " | |
13656 | "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in " | |
13657 | "case the environment is not sufficient." | |
13658 | msgstr "" | |
13659 | ||
13660 | #. type: Plain text | |
13661 | #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.man:1 | |
13662 | msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)." | |
13663 | msgstr "" | |
13664 | ||
13665 | #. type: TH | |
13666 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13667 | #, no-wrap | |
13668 | msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs" | |
13669 | msgstr "" | |
13670 | ||
13671 | #. type: Plain text | |
13672 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13673 | msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" | |
13674 | msgstr "" | |
13675 | ||
13676 | #. type: Plain text | |
13677 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13678 | msgid "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" | |
13679 | msgstr "" | |
13680 | ||
13681 | #. type: Plain text | |
13682 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13683 | msgid "" | |
13684 | "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " | |
13685 | "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " | |
13686 | "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." | |
13687 | msgstr "" | |
13688 | ||
13689 | #. type: Plain text | |
13690 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13691 | msgid "" | |
13692 | "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " | |
13693 | "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " | |
13694 | "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " | |
13695 | "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " | |
13696 | "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " | |
13697 | "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " | |
13698 | "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's " | |
13699 | "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global " | |
13700 | "conflict on the content of the entry)." | |
13701 | msgstr "" | |
13702 | ||
13703 | #. type: TP | |
13704 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13705 | #, no-wrap | |
13706 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>" | |
13707 | msgstr "" | |
13708 | ||
13709 | #. type: Plain text | |
13710 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13711 | msgid "" | |
13712 | "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " | |
13713 | "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." | |
13714 | msgstr "" | |
13715 | ||
13716 | #. type: Plain text | |
13717 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13718 | msgid "" | |
13719 | "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " | |
13720 | "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " | |
13721 | "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " | |
13722 | "changelog entry that has evolved over time." | |
13723 | msgstr "" | |
13724 | ||
13725 | #. type: SH | |
13726 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13727 | #, no-wrap | |
13728 | msgid "LIMITATIONS" | |
13729 | msgstr "" | |
13730 | ||
13731 | #. type: Plain text | |
13732 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13733 | msgid "" | |
13734 | "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " | |
13735 | "This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not " | |
13736 | "supposed to be there, etc." | |
13737 | msgstr "" | |
13738 | ||
13739 | #. type: SH | |
13740 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13741 | #, no-wrap | |
13742 | msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" | |
13743 | msgstr "" | |
13744 | ||
13745 | #. type: Plain text | |
13746 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13747 | msgid "" | |
13748 | "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " | |
13749 | "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " | |
13750 | "or B<~/.gitconfig>:" | |
13751 | msgstr "" | |
13752 | ||
13753 | #. type: Plain text | |
13754 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13755 | #, no-wrap | |
13756 | msgid "" | |
13757 | " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" | |
13758 | " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" | |
13759 | " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" | |
13760 | msgstr "" | |
13761 | ||
13762 | #. type: Plain text | |
13763 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13764 | msgid "" | |
13765 | "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " | |
13766 | "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in " | |
13767 | "B<.git/info/attributes>:" | |
13768 | msgstr "" | |
13769 | ||
13770 | #. type: Plain text | |
13771 | #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.man:1 | |
13772 | #, no-wrap | |
13773 | msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" | |
13774 | msgstr "" | |
13775 | ||
13776 | #. type: TH | |
13777 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13778 | #, no-wrap | |
13779 | msgid "dpkg-name" | |
13780 | msgstr "" | |
13781 | ||
13782 | #. type: Plain text | |
13783 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13784 | msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" | |
13785 | msgstr "" | |
13786 | ||
13787 | #. type: Plain text | |
13788 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13789 | msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." | |
13790 | msgstr "" | |
13791 | ||
13792 | #. type: Plain text | |
13793 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13794 | msgid "" | |
13795 | "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " | |
13796 | "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " | |
13797 | "package name consists of " | |
13798 | "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.>I<package-type> as specified " | |
13799 | "in the control file of the package. The I<version> part of the filename " | |
13800 | "consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by a hyphen " | |
13801 | "and the revision information. The I<package-type> part comes from that field " | |
13802 | "if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." | |
13803 | msgstr "" | |
13804 | ||
13805 | #. type: TP | |
13806 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13807 | #, no-wrap | |
13808 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" | |
13809 | msgstr "" | |
13810 | ||
13811 | #. type: Plain text | |
13812 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13813 | msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." | |
13814 | msgstr "" | |
13815 | ||
13816 | #. type: TP | |
13817 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13818 | #, no-wrap | |
13819 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" | |
13820 | msgstr "" | |
13821 | ||
13822 | #. type: Plain text | |
13823 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13824 | msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." | |
13825 | msgstr "" | |
13826 | ||
13827 | #. type: TP | |
13828 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13829 | #, no-wrap | |
13830 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" | |
13831 | msgstr "" | |
13832 | ||
13833 | #. type: Plain text | |
13834 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13835 | msgid "" | |
13836 | "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " | |
13837 | "destination filename." | |
13838 | msgstr "" | |
13839 | ||
13840 | #. type: TP | |
13841 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13842 | #, no-wrap | |
13843 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" | |
13844 | msgstr "" | |
13845 | ||
13846 | #. type: Plain text | |
13847 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13848 | msgid "" | |
13849 | "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " | |
13850 | "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " | |
13851 | "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " | |
13852 | "the package. The target directory will be " | |
13853 | "«unstable/binary-I<architecture>/I<section>». If the section is not found " | |
13854 | "in the control, then B<no-section> is assumed, and in this case, as well as " | |
13855 | "for sections B<non-free> and B<contrib> the target directory is " | |
13856 | "«I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The section field is not required so a " | |
13857 | "lot of packages will find their way to the B<no-section> area. Use this " | |
13858 | "option with care, it's messy." | |
13859 | msgstr "" | |
13860 | ||
13861 | #. type: TP | |
13862 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13863 | #, no-wrap | |
13864 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" | |
13865 | msgstr "" | |
13866 | ||
13867 | #. type: Plain text | |
13868 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13869 | msgid "" | |
13870 | "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory " | |
13871 | "isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" | |
13872 | msgstr "" | |
13873 | ||
13874 | #. type: TP | |
13875 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13876 | #, no-wrap | |
13877 | msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" | |
13878 | msgstr "" | |
13879 | ||
13880 | #. type: Plain text | |
13881 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13882 | msgid "" | |
13883 | "Some packages don't follow the name structure " | |
13884 | "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " | |
13885 | "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact " | |
13886 | "on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " | |
13887 | "installation tools might depend on this naming structure." | |
13888 | msgstr "" | |
13889 | ||
13890 | #. type: TP | |
13891 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13892 | #, no-wrap | |
13893 | msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" | |
13894 | msgstr "" | |
13895 | ||
13896 | #. type: Plain text | |
13897 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13898 | msgid "" | |
13899 | "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " | |
13900 | "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " | |
13901 | "of B<bar-foo.deb>)." | |
13902 | msgstr "" | |
13903 | ||
13904 | #. type: TP | |
13905 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13906 | #, no-wrap | |
13907 | msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" | |
13908 | msgstr "" | |
13909 | ||
13910 | #. type: Plain text | |
13911 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13912 | msgid "" | |
13913 | "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its " | |
13914 | "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with " | |
13915 | "no architecture information." | |
13916 | msgstr "" | |
13917 | ||
13918 | #. type: TP | |
13919 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13920 | #, no-wrap | |
13921 | msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" | |
13922 | msgstr "" | |
13923 | ||
13924 | #. type: Plain text | |
13925 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13926 | msgid "" | |
13927 | "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " | |
13928 | "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" | |
13929 | msgstr "" | |
13930 | ||
13931 | #. type: TP | |
13932 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13933 | #, no-wrap | |
13934 | msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" | |
13935 | msgstr "" | |
13936 | ||
13937 | #. type: Plain text | |
13938 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13939 | msgid "This can be used when building new packages." | |
13940 | msgstr "" | |
13941 | ||
13942 | #. type: Plain text | |
13943 | #: dpkg-name.man:1 | |
13944 | msgid "" | |
13945 | "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " | |
13946 | "B<xargs>(1)." | |
13947 | msgstr "" | |
13948 | ||
13949 | #. type: TH | |
13950 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13951 | #, no-wrap | |
13952 | msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" | |
13953 | msgstr "" | |
13954 | ||
13955 | #. type: Plain text | |
13956 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13957 | msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" | |
13958 | msgstr "" | |
13959 | ||
13960 | #. type: Plain text | |
13961 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13962 | msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" | |
13963 | msgstr "" | |
13964 | ||
13965 | #. type: Plain text | |
13966 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13967 | msgid "" | |
13968 | "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " | |
13969 | "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " | |
13970 | "machine-readable form." | |
13971 | msgstr "" | |
13972 | ||
13973 | #. type: TP | |
13974 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13975 | #, no-wrap | |
13976 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>" | |
13977 | msgstr "" | |
13978 | ||
13979 | #. type: Plain text | |
13980 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13981 | msgid "" | |
13982 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to " | |
13983 | "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>." | |
13984 | msgstr "" | |
13985 | ||
13986 | #. type: TP | |
13987 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13988 | #, no-wrap | |
13989 | msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>" | |
13990 | msgstr "" | |
13991 | ||
13992 | #. type: Plain text | |
13993 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
13994 | msgid "" | |
13995 | "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " | |
13996 | "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " | |
13997 | "the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>." | |
13998 | msgstr "" | |
13999 | ||
14000 | #. type: TP | |
14001 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14002 | #, no-wrap | |
14003 | msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>" | |
14004 | msgstr "" | |
14005 | ||
14006 | #. type: Plain text | |
14007 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14008 | msgid "" | |
14009 | "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl " | |
14010 | "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when " | |
14011 | "looking for the parser perl modules." | |
14012 | msgstr "" | |
14013 | ||
14014 | #. type: TP | |
14015 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14016 | #, no-wrap | |
14017 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>" | |
14018 | msgstr "" | |
14019 | ||
14020 | #. type: Plain text | |
14021 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14022 | msgid "" | |
14023 | "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name " | |
14024 | "is not printed, only its value." | |
14025 | msgstr "" | |
14026 | ||
14027 | #. type: SS | |
14028 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14029 | #, no-wrap | |
14030 | msgid "Parser Options" | |
14031 | msgstr "" | |
14032 | ||
14033 | #. type: Plain text | |
14034 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14035 | msgid "" | |
14036 | "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " | |
14037 | "parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output." | |
14038 | msgstr "" | |
14039 | ||
14040 | #. type: TP | |
14041 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14042 | #, no-wrap | |
14043 | msgid "B<--format>I< output-format>" | |
14044 | msgstr "" | |
14045 | ||
14046 | #. type: Plain text | |
14047 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14048 | msgid "" | |
14049 | "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and " | |
14050 | "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " | |
14051 | "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " | |
14052 | "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " | |
14053 | "most fields are taken from the most recent entry, except otherwise stated:" | |
14054 | msgstr "" | |
14055 | ||
14056 | #. type: TP | |
14057 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14058 | #, no-wrap | |
14059 | msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>" | |
14060 | msgstr "" | |
14061 | ||
14062 | #. type: TP | |
14063 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14064 | #, no-wrap | |
14065 | msgid "B<Version:>I< version>" | |
14066 | msgstr "" | |
14067 | ||
14068 | #. type: TP | |
14069 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14070 | #, no-wrap | |
14071 | msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>" | |
14072 | msgstr "" | |
14073 | ||
14074 | #. type: TP | |
14075 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14076 | #, no-wrap | |
14077 | msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" | |
14078 | msgstr "" | |
14079 | ||
14080 | #. type: Plain text | |
14081 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14082 | msgid "" | |
14083 | "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the " | |
14084 | "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested." | |
14085 | msgstr "" | |
14086 | ||
14087 | #. type: TP | |
14088 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14089 | #, no-wrap | |
14090 | msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>" | |
14091 | msgstr "" | |
14092 | ||
14093 | #. type: TP | |
14094 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14095 | #, no-wrap | |
14096 | msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" | |
14097 | msgstr "" | |
14098 | ||
14099 | #. type: Plain text | |
14100 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14101 | msgid "" | |
14102 | "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a " | |
14103 | "B<strptime>(3) format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the " | |
14104 | "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of " | |
14105 | "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, " | |
14106 | "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible " | |
14107 | "to map it back to the exact value in this field." | |
14108 | msgstr "" | |
14109 | ||
14110 | #. type: TP | |
14111 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14112 | #, no-wrap | |
14113 | msgid "B<Timestamp:>I< timestamp>" | |
14114 | msgstr "" | |
14115 | ||
14116 | #. type: Plain text | |
14117 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14118 | msgid "" | |
14119 | "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg " | |
14120 | "1.18.8)." | |
14121 | msgstr "" | |
14122 | ||
14123 | #. type: TP | |
14124 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14125 | #, no-wrap | |
14126 | msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" | |
14127 | msgstr "" | |
14128 | ||
14129 | #. type: Plain text | |
14130 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14131 | msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." | |
14132 | msgstr "" | |
14133 | ||
14134 | #. type: TP | |
14135 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14136 | #, no-wrap | |
14137 | msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" | |
14138 | msgstr "" | |
14139 | ||
14140 | #. type: Plain text | |
14141 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14142 | msgid "" | |
14143 | "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " | |
14144 | "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " | |
14145 | "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " | |
14146 | "content depends on the changelog format." | |
14147 | msgstr "" | |
14148 | ||
14149 | #. type: Plain text | |
14150 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14151 | msgid "" | |
14152 | "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> " | |
14153 | "fields are mandatory." | |
14154 | msgstr "" | |
14155 | ||
14156 | #. type: Plain text | |
14157 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14158 | msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." | |
14159 | msgstr "" | |
14160 | ||
14161 | #. type: Plain text | |
14162 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14163 | msgid "" | |
14164 | "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " | |
14165 | "for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." | |
14166 | msgstr "" | |
14167 | ||
14168 | #. type: TP | |
14169 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
14170 | #, no-wrap | |
14171 | msgid "B<--all>" | |
14172 | msgstr "" | |
14173 | ||
14174 | #. type: Plain text | |
14175 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14176 | msgid "Include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use." | |
14177 | msgstr "" | |
14178 | ||
14179 | #. type: TP | |
14180 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14181 | #, no-wrap | |
14182 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>" | |
14183 | msgstr "" | |
14184 | ||
14185 | #. type: TQ | |
14186 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14187 | #, no-wrap | |
14188 | msgid "B<-v> I<version>" | |
14189 | msgstr "" | |
14190 | ||
14191 | #. type: Plain text | |
14192 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14193 | msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>." | |
14194 | msgstr "" | |
14195 | ||
14196 | #. type: TP | |
14197 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14198 | #, no-wrap | |
14199 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>" | |
14200 | msgstr "" | |
14201 | ||
14202 | #. type: Plain text | |
14203 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14204 | msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>." | |
14205 | msgstr "" | |
14206 | ||
14207 | #. type: TP | |
14208 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14209 | #, no-wrap | |
14210 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>" | |
14211 | msgstr "" | |
14212 | ||
14213 | #. type: Plain text | |
14214 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14215 | msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>." | |
14216 | msgstr "" | |
14217 | ||
14218 | #. type: TP | |
14219 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14220 | #, no-wrap | |
14221 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>" | |
14222 | msgstr "" | |
14223 | ||
14224 | #. type: Plain text | |
14225 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14226 | msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." | |
14227 | msgstr "" | |
14228 | ||
14229 | #. type: TP | |
14230 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14231 | #, no-wrap | |
14232 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>" | |
14233 | msgstr "" | |
14234 | ||
14235 | #. type: TQ | |
14236 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14237 | #, no-wrap | |
14238 | msgid "B<-n> I<number>" | |
14239 | msgstr "" | |
14240 | ||
14241 | #. type: Plain text | |
14242 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14243 | msgid "" | |
14244 | "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " | |
14245 | "than 0)." | |
14246 | msgstr "" | |
14247 | ||
14248 | #. type: TP | |
14249 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14250 | #, no-wrap | |
14251 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>" | |
14252 | msgstr "" | |
14253 | ||
14254 | #. type: Plain text | |
14255 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14256 | msgid "" | |
14257 | "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail " | |
14258 | "if I<number> is lower than 0)." | |
14259 | msgstr "" | |
14260 | ||
14261 | #. type: SH | |
14262 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14263 | #, no-wrap | |
14264 | msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS" | |
14265 | msgstr "" | |
14266 | ||
14267 | #. type: Plain text | |
14268 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14269 | msgid "" | |
14270 | "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a " | |
14271 | "parser for that alternative format." | |
14272 | msgstr "" | |
14273 | ||
14274 | #. type: Plain text | |
14275 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14276 | msgid "" | |
14277 | "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be " | |
14278 | "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl " | |
14279 | "regular expression: “B<\\eschangelog-format:\\es+([0-9a-z]+)\\eW>”. The " | |
14280 | "part in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:" | |
14281 | msgstr "" | |
14282 | ||
14283 | #. type: Plain text | |
14284 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14285 | #, no-wrap | |
14286 | msgid " @@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@\n" | |
14287 | msgstr "" | |
14288 | ||
14289 | #. type: Plain text | |
14290 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14291 | msgid "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of alphanumerics." | |
14292 | msgstr "" | |
14293 | ||
14294 | #. type: Plain text | |
14295 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14296 | msgid "" | |
14297 | "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser " | |
14298 | "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it " | |
14299 | "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically " | |
14300 | "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it " | |
14301 | "is provided by default." | |
14302 | msgstr "" | |
14303 | ||
14304 | #. type: Plain text | |
14305 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14306 | msgid "" | |
14307 | "The parser should be derived from the Dpkg::Changelog class and implement " | |
14308 | "the required documented interface." | |
14309 | msgstr "" | |
14310 | ||
14311 | #. type: Plain text | |
14312 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14313 | msgid "" | |
14314 | "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves " | |
14315 | "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be " | |
14316 | "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact." | |
14317 | msgstr "" | |
14318 | ||
14319 | #. type: Plain text | |
14320 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14321 | msgid "" | |
14322 | "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information " | |
14323 | "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not " | |
14324 | "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources." | |
14325 | msgstr "" | |
14326 | ||
14327 | #. type: Plain text | |
14328 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14329 | msgid "" | |
14330 | "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error " | |
14331 | "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect " | |
14332 | "output." | |
14333 | msgstr "" | |
14334 | ||
14335 | #. type: Plain text | |
14336 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14337 | msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all." | |
14338 | msgstr "" | |
14339 | ||
14340 | #. type: Plain text | |
14341 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14342 | msgid "" | |
14343 | "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg " | |
14344 | "1.14.16." | |
14345 | msgstr "" | |
14346 | ||
14347 | #. type: Plain text | |
14348 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14349 | msgid "" | |
14350 | "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg " | |
14351 | "1.18.0." | |
14352 | msgstr "" | |
14353 | ||
14354 | #. type: TP | |
14355 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14356 | #, no-wrap | |
14357 | msgid "B<debian/changelog>" | |
14358 | msgstr "" | |
14359 | ||
14360 | #. type: Plain text | |
14361 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14362 | msgid "" | |
14363 | "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " | |
14364 | "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " | |
14365 | "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " | |
14366 | "itself." | |
14367 | msgstr "" | |
14368 | ||
14369 | #. type: Plain text | |
14370 | #: dpkg-parsechangelog.man:1 | |
14371 | msgid "B<deb-changelog>(5)." | |
14372 | msgstr "" | |
14373 | ||
14374 | #. type: TH | |
14375 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14376 | #, no-wrap | |
14377 | msgid "dpkg-query" | |
14378 | msgstr "" | |
14379 | ||
14380 | #. type: Plain text | |
14381 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14382 | msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" | |
14383 | msgstr "" | |
14384 | ||
14385 | #. type: Plain text | |
14386 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14387 | msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
14388 | msgstr "" | |
14389 | ||
14390 | #. type: Plain text | |
14391 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14392 | msgid "" | |
14393 | "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " | |
14394 | "B<dpkg> database." | |
14395 | msgstr "" | |
14396 | ||
14397 | #. type: TP | |
14398 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14399 | #, no-wrap | |
14400 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
14401 | msgstr "" | |
14402 | ||
14403 | #. type: Plain text | |
14404 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14405 | msgid "" | |
14406 | "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " | |
14407 | "given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, excluding the ones marked " | |
14408 | "as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). Normal " | |
14409 | "shell wildcard characters are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please " | |
14410 | "note you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the " | |
14411 | "shell from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all " | |
14412 | "package names starting with ``libc6'':" | |
14413 | msgstr "" | |
14414 | ||
14415 | #. type: Plain text | |
14416 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14417 | #, no-wrap | |
14418 | msgid " B<dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'>\n" | |
14419 | msgstr "" | |
14420 | ||
14421 | #. type: Plain text | |
14422 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14423 | msgid "" | |
14424 | "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " | |
14425 | "status, and errors, in that order." | |
14426 | msgstr "" | |
14427 | ||
14428 | #. type: Plain text | |
14429 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14430 | msgid "Desired action:" | |
14431 | msgstr "" | |
14432 | ||
14433 | #. type: Plain text | |
14434 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14435 | #, no-wrap | |
14436 | msgid "" | |
14437 | " u = Unknown\n" | |
14438 | " i = Install\n" | |
14439 | " h = Hold\n" | |
14440 | " r = Remove\n" | |
14441 | " p = Purge\n" | |
14442 | msgstr "" | |
14443 | ||
14444 | #. type: Plain text | |
14445 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14446 | msgid "Package status:" | |
14447 | msgstr "" | |
14448 | ||
14449 | #. type: Plain text | |
14450 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14451 | #, no-wrap | |
14452 | msgid "" | |
14453 | " n = Not-installed\n" | |
14454 | " c = Config-files\n" | |
14455 | " H = Half-installed\n" | |
14456 | " U = Unpacked\n" | |
14457 | " F = Half-configured\n" | |
14458 | " W = Triggers-awaiting\n" | |
14459 | " t = Triggers-pending\n" | |
14460 | " i = Installed\n" | |
14461 | msgstr "" | |
14462 | ||
14463 | #. type: Plain text | |
14464 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14465 | msgid "Error flags:" | |
14466 | msgstr "" | |
14467 | ||
14468 | #. type: Plain text | |
14469 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14470 | #, no-wrap | |
14471 | msgid "" | |
14472 | " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" | |
14473 | " R = Reinst-required\n" | |
14474 | msgstr "" | |
14475 | ||
14476 | #. type: Plain text | |
14477 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14478 | msgid "" | |
14479 | "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " | |
14480 | "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " | |
14481 | "states and flags." | |
14482 | msgstr "" | |
14483 | ||
14484 | #. type: Plain text | |
14485 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14486 | msgid "" | |
14487 | "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " | |
14488 | "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " | |
14489 | "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and " | |
14490 | "B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." | |
14491 | msgstr "" | |
14492 | ||
14493 | #. type: TP | |
14494 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14495 | #, no-wrap | |
14496 | msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" | |
14497 | msgstr "" | |
14498 | ||
14499 | #. type: Plain text | |
14500 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14501 | msgid "" | |
14502 | "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " | |
14503 | "given pattern. However the output can be customized using the " | |
14504 | "B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per " | |
14505 | "matching package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture " | |
14506 | "qualifier for B<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the " | |
14507 | "package, separated by a tab." | |
14508 | msgstr "" | |
14509 | ||
14510 | #. type: TP | |
14511 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14512 | #, no-wrap | |
14513 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..." | |
14514 | msgstr "" | |
14515 | ||
14516 | #. type: Plain text | |
14517 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14518 | msgid "" | |
14519 | "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " | |
14520 | "installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, " | |
14521 | "the requested status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same " | |
14522 | "order as specified on the argument list." | |
14523 | msgstr "" | |
14524 | ||
14525 | #. type: TP | |
14526 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14527 | #, no-wrap | |
14528 | msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." | |
14529 | msgstr "" | |
14530 | ||
14531 | #. type: Plain text | |
14532 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14533 | msgid "" | |
14534 | "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " | |
14535 | "I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " | |
14536 | "empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list. However, " | |
14537 | "note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not " | |
14538 | "listed." | |
14539 | msgstr "" | |
14540 | ||
14541 | #. type: TP | |
14542 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14543 | #, no-wrap | |
14544 | msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>" | |
14545 | msgstr "" | |
14546 | ||
14547 | #. type: Plain text | |
14548 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14549 | msgid "" | |
14550 | "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg " | |
14551 | "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>." | |
14552 | msgstr "" | |
14553 | ||
14554 | #. type: TP | |
14555 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14556 | #, no-wrap | |
14557 | msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>" | |
14558 | msgstr "" | |
14559 | ||
14560 | #. type: Plain text | |
14561 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14562 | msgid "" | |
14563 | "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to " | |
14564 | "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)." | |
14565 | msgstr "" | |
14566 | ||
14567 | #. type: TP | |
14568 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14569 | #, no-wrap | |
14570 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" | |
14571 | msgstr "" | |
14572 | ||
14573 | #. type: Plain text | |
14574 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14575 | msgid "" | |
14576 | "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> " | |
14577 | "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the " | |
14578 | "path for that control file if it is present." | |
14579 | msgstr "" | |
14580 | ||
14581 | #. type: Plain text | |
14582 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14583 | msgid "" | |
14584 | "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the " | |
14585 | "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and " | |
14586 | "B<--control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the " | |
14587 | "same end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where " | |
14588 | "this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm " | |
14589 | "maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this " | |
14590 | "command will not get removed." | |
14591 | msgstr "" | |
14592 | ||
14593 | #. type: TP | |
14594 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14595 | #, no-wrap | |
14596 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." | |
14597 | msgstr "" | |
14598 | ||
14599 | #. type: Plain text | |
14600 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14601 | msgid "" | |
14602 | "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " | |
14603 | "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where " | |
14604 | "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and blackslash " | |
14605 | "(B<\\e>) will be used as an escape character." | |
14606 | msgstr "" | |
14607 | ||
14608 | #. type: Plain text | |
14609 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14610 | msgid "" | |
14611 | "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of " | |
14612 | "‘B<*[?/>’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be " | |
14613 | "implicitly surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). " | |
14614 | "If the subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\e>’, then it will handled " | |
14615 | "like a glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be " | |
14616 | "removed and a literal path lookup will be performed." | |
14617 | msgstr "" | |
14618 | ||
14619 | #. type: Plain text | |
14620 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14621 | msgid "" | |
14622 | "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor " | |
14623 | "will it list alternatives." | |
14624 | msgstr "" | |
14625 | ||
14626 | #. type: TP | |
14627 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14628 | #, no-wrap | |
14629 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..." | |
14630 | msgstr "" | |
14631 | ||
14632 | #. type: Plain text | |
14633 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14634 | msgid "" | |
14635 | "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in " | |
14636 | "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the " | |
14637 | "requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty line, with the same " | |
14638 | "order as specified on the argument list." | |
14639 | msgstr "" | |
14640 | ||
14641 | #. type: Plain text | |
14642 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14643 | msgid "" | |
14644 | "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> " | |
14645 | "instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using " | |
14646 | "B<dselect>." | |
14647 | msgstr "" | |
14648 | ||
14649 | #. type: Plain text | |
14650 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
14651 | msgid "" | |
14652 | "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " | |
14653 | "I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
14654 | msgstr "" | |
14655 | ||
14656 | #. type: TP | |
14657 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14658 | #, no-wrap | |
14659 | msgid "B<--load-avail>" | |
14660 | msgstr "" | |
14661 | ||
14662 | #. type: Plain text | |
14663 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14664 | msgid "" | |
14665 | "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> " | |
14666 | "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg " | |
14667 | "1.16.2)." | |
14668 | msgstr "" | |
14669 | ||
14670 | #. type: TP | |
14671 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14672 | #, no-wrap | |
14673 | msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" | |
14674 | msgstr "" | |
14675 | ||
14676 | #. type: Plain text | |
14677 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14678 | msgid "In the format string, “B<\\e>” introduces escapes:" | |
14679 | msgstr "" | |
14680 | ||
14681 | #. type: Plain text | |
14682 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14683 | #, no-wrap | |
14684 | msgid "" | |
14685 | " B<\\en> newline\n" | |
14686 | " B<\\er> carriage return\n" | |
14687 | " B<\\et> tab\n" | |
14688 | msgstr "" | |
14689 | ||
14690 | #. type: Plain text | |
14691 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14692 | msgid "" | |
14693 | "“B<\\e>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the " | |
14694 | "following character, which is useful for “B<\\e>” and “B<$>”." | |
14695 | msgstr "" | |
14696 | ||
14697 | #. type: Plain text | |
14698 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14699 | msgid "" | |
14700 | "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " | |
14701 | "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields " | |
14702 | "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left " | |
14703 | "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are " | |
14704 | "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields " | |
14705 | "stored in the binary package end up in it):" | |
14706 | msgstr "" | |
14707 | ||
14708 | #. type: Plain text | |
14709 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14710 | #, no-wrap | |
14711 | msgid "" | |
14712 | " B<Architecture>\n" | |
14713 | " B<Bugs>\n" | |
14714 | " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" | |
14715 | " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" | |
14716 | " B<Conflicts>\n" | |
14717 | " B<Breaks>\n" | |
14718 | " B<Depends>\n" | |
14719 | " B<Description>\n" | |
14720 | " B<Enhances>\n" | |
14721 | " B<Essential>\n" | |
14722 | " B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
14723 | " B<Homepage>\n" | |
14724 | " B<Installed-Size>\n" | |
14725 | " B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
14726 | " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
14727 | " B<Maintainer>\n" | |
14728 | " B<Origin>\n" | |
14729 | " B<Package>\n" | |
14730 | " B<Pre-Depends>\n" | |
14731 | " B<Priority>\n" | |
14732 | " B<Provides>\n" | |
14733 | " B<Recommends>\n" | |
14734 | " B<Replaces>\n" | |
14735 | " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" | |
14736 | " B<Section>\n" | |
14737 | " B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n" | |
14738 | " B<Source>\n" | |
14739 | " B<Status> (internal)\n" | |
14740 | " B<Suggests>\n" | |
14741 | " B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)\n" | |
14742 | " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" | |
14743 | " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" | |
14744 | " B<Version>\n" | |
14745 | msgstr "" | |
14746 | ||
14747 | #. type: Plain text | |
14748 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14749 | msgid "" | |
14750 | "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values " | |
14751 | "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in " | |
14752 | "control files):" | |
14753 | msgstr "" | |
14754 | ||
14755 | #. type: TP | |
14756 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14757 | #, no-wrap | |
14758 | msgid "B<binary:Package>" | |
14759 | msgstr "" | |
14760 | ||
14761 | #. type: Plain text | |
14762 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14763 | msgid "" | |
14764 | "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier " | |
14765 | "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be " | |
14766 | "present to make the package name unambiguous, for example if the package has " | |
14767 | "a B<Multi-Arch> field with a value of B<same> or the package is of a foreign " | |
14768 | "architecture." | |
14769 | msgstr "" | |
14770 | ||
14771 | #. type: TP | |
14772 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14773 | #, no-wrap | |
14774 | msgid "B<binary:Summary>" | |
14775 | msgstr "" | |
14776 | ||
14777 | #. type: Plain text | |
14778 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14779 | msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.16.2)." | |
14780 | msgstr "" | |
14781 | ||
14782 | #. type: TP | |
14783 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14784 | #, no-wrap | |
14785 | msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>" | |
14786 | msgstr "" | |
14787 | ||
14788 | #. type: Plain text | |
14789 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14790 | msgid "" | |
14791 | "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as " | |
14792 | "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description " | |
14793 | "for more details." | |
14794 | msgstr "" | |
14795 | ||
14796 | #. type: TP | |
14797 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14798 | #, no-wrap | |
14799 | msgid "B<db:Status-Want>" | |
14800 | msgstr "" | |
14801 | ||
14802 | #. type: Plain text | |
14803 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14804 | msgid "" | |
14805 | "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg " | |
14806 | "1.17.11)." | |
14807 | msgstr "" | |
14808 | ||
14809 | #. type: TP | |
14810 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14811 | #, no-wrap | |
14812 | msgid "B<db:Status-Status>" | |
14813 | msgstr "" | |
14814 | ||
14815 | #. type: Plain text | |
14816 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14817 | msgid "" | |
14818 | "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg " | |
14819 | "1.17.11)." | |
14820 | msgstr "" | |
14821 | ||
14822 | #. type: TP | |
14823 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14824 | #, no-wrap | |
14825 | msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>" | |
14826 | msgstr "" | |
14827 | ||
14828 | #. type: Plain text | |
14829 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14830 | msgid "" | |
14831 | "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since " | |
14832 | "dpkg 1.17.11)." | |
14833 | msgstr "" | |
14834 | ||
14835 | #. type: TP | |
14836 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14837 | #, no-wrap | |
14838 | msgid "B<source:Package>" | |
14839 | msgstr "" | |
14840 | ||
14841 | #. type: Plain text | |
14842 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14843 | msgid "" | |
14844 | "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg " | |
14845 | "1.16.2)." | |
14846 | msgstr "" | |
14847 | ||
14848 | #. type: Plain text | |
14849 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14850 | msgid "" | |
14851 | "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg " | |
14852 | "1.16.2)" | |
14853 | msgstr "" | |
14854 | ||
14855 | #. type: Plain text | |
14856 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14857 | msgid "" | |
14858 | "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package " | |
14859 | "(since dpkg 1.18.16)" | |
14860 | msgstr "" | |
14861 | ||
14862 | #. type: Plain text | |
14863 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14864 | msgid "" | |
14865 | "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\et${Version}\\en>”. " | |
14866 | "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " | |
14867 | "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " | |
14868 | "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the " | |
14869 | "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" | |
14870 | msgstr "" | |
14871 | ||
14872 | #. type: Plain text | |
14873 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14874 | #, no-wrap | |
14875 | msgid "" | |
14876 | " B<dpkg-query -W -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en' " | |
14877 | "dpkg>\n" | |
14878 | msgstr "" | |
14879 | ||
14880 | #. type: Plain text | |
14881 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14882 | msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." | |
14883 | msgstr "" | |
14884 | ||
14885 | #. type: Plain text | |
14886 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14887 | msgid "" | |
14888 | "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or " | |
14889 | "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and " | |
14890 | "B<--control-show> were such errors are fatal)." | |
14891 | msgstr "" | |
14892 | ||
14893 | #. type: Plain text | |
14894 | #: dpkg-query.man:1 | |
14895 | msgid "" | |
14896 | "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " | |
14897 | "width of its output." | |
14898 | msgstr "" | |
14899 | ||
14900 | #. type: TH | |
14901 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14902 | #, no-wrap | |
14903 | msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" | |
14904 | msgstr "" | |
14905 | ||
14906 | #. type: Plain text | |
14907 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14908 | msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" | |
14909 | msgstr "" | |
14910 | ||
14911 | #. type: Plain text | |
14912 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14913 | msgid "" | |
14914 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> " | |
14915 | "[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" | |
14916 | msgstr "" | |
14917 | ||
14918 | #. type: Plain text | |
14919 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14920 | msgid "" | |
14921 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " | |
14922 | "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " | |
14923 | "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " | |
14924 | "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " | |
14925 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " | |
14926 | "install on a cluster of machines." | |
14927 | msgstr "" | |
14928 | ||
14929 | #. type: Plain text | |
14930 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14931 | msgid "" | |
14932 | "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " | |
14933 | "will probably need to compress the file with B<xz>(1) (generating a " | |
14934 | "Packages.xz file), B<bzip2>(1) (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or " | |
14935 | "B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed " | |
14936 | "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." | |
14937 | msgstr "" | |
14938 | ||
14939 | #. type: Plain text | |
14940 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14941 | msgid "" | |
14942 | "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process " | |
14943 | "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to " | |
14944 | "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new " | |
14945 | "Packages file will start with this string." | |
14946 | msgstr "" | |
14947 | ||
14948 | #. type: Plain text | |
14949 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14950 | msgid "" | |
14951 | "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information " | |
14952 | "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed " | |
14953 | "since dpkg 1.15.5); see B<deb-override>(5)." | |
14954 | msgstr "" | |
14955 | ||
14956 | #. type: Plain text | |
14957 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14958 | msgid "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." | |
14959 | msgstr "" | |
14960 | ||
14961 | #. type: Plain text | |
14962 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14963 | msgid "" | |
14964 | "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " | |
14965 | "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " | |
14966 | "architecture only the first one found is used." | |
14967 | msgstr "" | |
14968 | ||
14969 | #. type: TP | |
14970 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14971 | #, no-wrap | |
14972 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" | |
14973 | msgstr "" | |
14974 | ||
14975 | #. type: Plain text | |
14976 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14977 | msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." | |
14978 | msgstr "" | |
14979 | ||
14980 | #. type: IP | |
14981 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
14982 | #, no-wrap | |
14983 | msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" | |
14984 | msgstr "" | |
14985 | ||
14986 | #. type: Plain text | |
14987 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14988 | msgid "" | |
14989 | "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed " | |
14990 | "since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on " | |
14991 | "its format." | |
14992 | msgstr "" | |
14993 | ||
14994 | #. type: TP | |
14995 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
14996 | #, no-wrap | |
14997 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" | |
14998 | msgstr "" | |
14999 | ||
15000 | #. type: Plain text | |
15001 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15002 | msgid "" | |
15003 | "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " | |
15004 | "scanning for all debs." | |
15005 | msgstr "" | |
15006 | ||
15007 | #. type: TP | |
15008 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15009 | #, no-wrap | |
15010 | msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>" | |
15011 | msgstr "" | |
15012 | ||
15013 | #. type: Plain text | |
15014 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15015 | msgid "" | |
15016 | "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg " | |
15017 | "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. " | |
15018 | "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." | |
15019 | msgstr "" | |
15020 | ||
15021 | #. type: TP | |
15022 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15023 | #, no-wrap | |
15024 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" | |
15025 | msgstr "" | |
15026 | ||
15027 | #. type: Plain text | |
15028 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15029 | msgid "Include all found packages in the output." | |
15030 | msgstr "" | |
15031 | ||
15032 | #. type: TP | |
15033 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15034 | #, no-wrap | |
15035 | msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" | |
15036 | msgstr "" | |
15037 | ||
15038 | #. type: Plain text | |
15039 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15040 | msgid "" | |
15041 | "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg " | |
15042 | "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> " | |
15043 | "files for use by the multicd access method of dselect." | |
15044 | msgstr "" | |
15045 | ||
15046 | #. type: SH | |
15047 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15048 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
15049 | #, no-wrap | |
15050 | msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" | |
15051 | msgstr "" | |
15052 | ||
15053 | #. type: Plain text | |
15054 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15055 | msgid "" | |
15056 | "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " | |
15057 | "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " | |
15058 | "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " | |
15059 | "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." | |
15060 | msgstr "" | |
15061 | ||
15062 | #. type: Plain text | |
15063 | #: dpkg-scanpackages.man:1 | |
15064 | msgid "" | |
15065 | "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " | |
15066 | "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." | |
15067 | msgstr "" | |
15068 | ||
15069 | #. type: TH | |
15070 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15071 | #, no-wrap | |
15072 | msgid "dpkg-scansources" | |
15073 | msgstr "" | |
15074 | ||
15075 | #. type: Plain text | |
15076 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15077 | msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" | |
15078 | msgstr "" | |
15079 | ||
15080 | #. type: Plain text | |
15081 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15082 | msgid "" | |
15083 | "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " | |
15084 | "[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" | |
15085 | msgstr "" | |
15086 | ||
15087 | #. type: Plain text | |
15088 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15089 | msgid "" | |
15090 | "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " | |
15091 | "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." | |
15092 | msgstr "" | |
15093 | ||
15094 | #. type: Plain text | |
15095 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15096 | msgid "" | |
15097 | "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " | |
15098 | "index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " | |
15099 | "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See " | |
15100 | "B<deb-override>(5) for the format of this file. Note: Since the override " | |
15101 | "file is indexed by binary, not source packages, there's a bit of a problem " | |
15102 | "here. The current implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary " | |
15103 | "packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, " | |
15104 | "and the override entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> " | |
15105 | "file to modify maintainer information. This might change." | |
15106 | msgstr "" | |
15107 | ||
15108 | #. type: Plain text | |
15109 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15110 | msgid "" | |
15111 | "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " | |
15112 | "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " | |
15113 | "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." | |
15114 | msgstr "" | |
15115 | ||
15116 | #. type: Plain text | |
15117 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15118 | msgid "" | |
15119 | "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " | |
15120 | "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " | |
15121 | "Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " | |
15122 | "access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." | |
15123 | msgstr "" | |
15124 | ||
15125 | #. type: IP | |
15126 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15127 | #, no-wrap | |
15128 | msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" | |
15129 | msgstr "" | |
15130 | ||
15131 | #. type: Plain text | |
15132 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15133 | msgid "" | |
15134 | "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " | |
15135 | "name." | |
15136 | msgstr "" | |
15137 | ||
15138 | #. type: Plain text | |
15139 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15140 | msgid "" | |
15141 | "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file " | |
15142 | "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for " | |
15143 | "more information on its format." | |
15144 | msgstr "" | |
15145 | ||
15146 | #. type: IP | |
15147 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15148 | #, no-wrap | |
15149 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" | |
15150 | msgstr "" | |
15151 | ||
15152 | #. type: Plain text | |
15153 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15154 | msgid "" | |
15155 | "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since " | |
15156 | "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified " | |
15157 | "with I<.src> appended." | |
15158 | msgstr "" | |
15159 | ||
15160 | #. type: Plain text | |
15161 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15162 | msgid "" | |
15163 | "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " | |
15164 | "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " | |
15165 | "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " | |
15166 | "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " | |
15167 | "the source override takes precedence for setting the section." | |
15168 | msgstr "" | |
15169 | ||
15170 | #. type: IP | |
15171 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15172 | #, no-wrap | |
15173 | msgid "B<--debug>" | |
15174 | msgstr "" | |
15175 | ||
15176 | #. type: Plain text | |
15177 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15178 | msgid "Turn debugging on." | |
15179 | msgstr "" | |
15180 | ||
15181 | #. type: Plain text | |
15182 | #: dpkg-scansources.man:1 | |
15183 | msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
15184 | msgstr "" | |
15185 | ||
15186 | #. type: TH | |
15187 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15188 | #, no-wrap | |
15189 | msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" | |
15190 | msgstr "" | |
15191 | ||
15192 | #. type: Plain text | |
15193 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15194 | msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" | |
15195 | msgstr "" | |
15196 | ||
15197 | #. type: Plain text | |
15198 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15199 | msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]" | |
15200 | msgstr "" | |
15201 | ||
15202 | #. type: Plain text | |
15203 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15204 | msgid "" | |
15205 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " | |
15206 | "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " | |
15207 | "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names " | |
15208 | "B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency " | |
15209 | "field name. Any other variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from " | |
15210 | "the file." | |
15211 | msgstr "" | |
15212 | ||
15213 | #. type: Plain text | |
15214 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15215 | msgid "" | |
15216 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " | |
15217 | "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " | |
15218 | "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " | |
15219 | "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " | |
15220 | "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " | |
15221 | "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " | |
15222 | "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " | |
15223 | "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or " | |
15224 | "%ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two " | |
15225 | "steps: find the library file on the system (looking in the same directories " | |
15226 | "that B<ld.so> would use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the " | |
15227 | "package providing the library." | |
15228 | msgstr "" | |
15229 | ||
15230 | #. type: SS | |
15231 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15232 | #, no-wrap | |
15233 | msgid "Symbols files" | |
15234 | msgstr "" | |
15235 | ||
15236 | #. type: Plain text | |
15237 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15238 | msgid "" | |
15239 | "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " | |
15240 | "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " | |
15241 | "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " | |
15242 | "following places (first match is used):" | |
15243 | msgstr "" | |
15244 | ||
15245 | #. type: IP | |
15246 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15247 | #, no-wrap | |
15248 | msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" | |
15249 | msgstr "" | |
15250 | ||
15251 | #. type: Plain text | |
15252 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15253 | msgid "" | |
15254 | "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " | |
15255 | "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " | |
15256 | "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " | |
15257 | "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " | |
15258 | "other binary packages." | |
15259 | msgstr "" | |
15260 | ||
15261 | #. type: IP | |
15262 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15263 | #, no-wrap | |
15264 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" | |
15265 | msgstr "" | |
15266 | ||
15267 | #. type: IP | |
15268 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15269 | #, no-wrap | |
15270 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols" | |
15271 | msgstr "" | |
15272 | ||
15273 | #. type: Plain text | |
15274 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15275 | msgid "" | |
15276 | "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " | |
15277 | "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture " | |
15278 | "-qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." | |
15279 | msgstr "" | |
15280 | ||
15281 | #. type: IP | |
15282 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15283 | #, no-wrap | |
15284 | msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”" | |
15285 | msgstr "" | |
15286 | ||
15287 | #. type: Plain text | |
15288 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15289 | msgid "" | |
15290 | "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " | |
15291 | "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%." | |
15292 | msgstr "" | |
15293 | ||
15294 | #. type: Plain text | |
15295 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15296 | msgid "" | |
15297 | "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " | |
15298 | "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " | |
15299 | "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " | |
15300 | "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." | |
15301 | msgstr "" | |
15302 | ||
15303 | #. type: Plain text | |
15304 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15305 | msgid "" | |
15306 | "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a " | |
15307 | "B<Build-Depends-Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " | |
15308 | "extract the minimal version required by the corresponding package in the " | |
15309 | "B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal " | |
15310 | "version computed by scanning symbols." | |
15311 | msgstr "" | |
15312 | ||
15313 | #. type: SS | |
15314 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15315 | #, no-wrap | |
15316 | msgid "Shlibs files" | |
15317 | msgstr "" | |
15318 | ||
15319 | #. type: Plain text | |
15320 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15321 | msgid "" | |
15322 | "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " | |
15323 | "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " | |
15324 | "and easy to handle." | |
15325 | msgstr "" | |
15326 | ||
15327 | #. type: Plain text | |
15328 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15329 | msgid "" | |
15330 | "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " | |
15331 | "file providing information for the library of interest is used:" | |
15332 | msgstr "" | |
15333 | ||
15334 | #. type: IP | |
15335 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15336 | #, no-wrap | |
15337 | msgid "debian/shlibs.local" | |
15338 | msgstr "" | |
15339 | ||
15340 | #. type: Plain text | |
15341 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15342 | msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." | |
15343 | msgstr "" | |
15344 | ||
15345 | #. type: IP | |
15346 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15347 | #, no-wrap | |
15348 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override" | |
15349 | msgstr "" | |
15350 | ||
15351 | #. type: Plain text | |
15352 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15353 | msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." | |
15354 | msgstr "" | |
15355 | ||
15356 | #. type: IP | |
15357 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15358 | #, no-wrap | |
15359 | msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" | |
15360 | msgstr "" | |
15361 | ||
15362 | #. type: Plain text | |
15363 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15364 | msgid "" | |
15365 | "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " | |
15366 | "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " | |
15367 | "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " | |
15368 | "over shlibs files from other binary packages." | |
15369 | msgstr "" | |
15370 | ||
15371 | #. type: IP | |
15372 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15373 | #, no-wrap | |
15374 | msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”" | |
15375 | msgstr "" | |
15376 | ||
15377 | #. type: IP | |
15378 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15379 | #, no-wrap | |
15380 | msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default" | |
15381 | msgstr "" | |
15382 | ||
15383 | #. type: Plain text | |
15384 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15385 | msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." | |
15386 | msgstr "" | |
15387 | ||
15388 | #. type: Plain text | |
15389 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15390 | msgid "" | |
15391 | "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " | |
15392 | "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " | |
15393 | "than another dependency)." | |
15394 | msgstr "" | |
15395 | ||
15396 | #. type: Plain text | |
15397 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15398 | msgid "" | |
15399 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " | |
15400 | "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." | |
15401 | msgstr "" | |
15402 | ||
15403 | #. type: TP | |
15404 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15405 | #, no-wrap | |
15406 | msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" | |
15407 | msgstr "" | |
15408 | ||
15409 | #. type: Plain text | |
15410 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15411 | msgid "" | |
15412 | "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " | |
15413 | "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times." | |
15414 | msgstr "" | |
15415 | ||
15416 | #. type: TP | |
15417 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15418 | #, no-wrap | |
15419 | msgid "B<-l>I<directory>" | |
15420 | msgstr "" | |
15421 | ||
15422 | #. type: Plain text | |
15423 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15424 | msgid "" | |
15425 | "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " | |
15426 | "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times." | |
15427 | msgstr "" | |
15428 | ||
15429 | #. type: Plain text | |
15430 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15431 | msgid "" | |
15432 | "Note: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that " | |
15433 | "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it " | |
15434 | "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when " | |
15435 | "cross-compiling for example." | |
15436 | msgstr "" | |
15437 | ||
15438 | #. type: TP | |
15439 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15440 | #, no-wrap | |
15441 | msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>" | |
15442 | msgstr "" | |
15443 | ||
15444 | #. type: Plain text | |
15445 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15446 | msgid "" | |
15447 | "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " | |
15448 | "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " | |
15449 | "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)" | |
15450 | msgstr "" | |
15451 | ||
15452 | #. type: Plain text | |
15453 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15454 | msgid "" | |
15455 | "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after " | |
15456 | "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default " | |
15457 | "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>." | |
15458 | msgstr "" | |
15459 | ||
15460 | #. type: Plain text | |
15461 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15462 | msgid "" | |
15463 | "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " | |
15464 | "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " | |
15465 | "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " | |
15466 | "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " | |
15467 | "representing the most important dependencies." | |
15468 | msgstr "" | |
15469 | ||
15470 | #. type: TP | |
15471 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15472 | #, no-wrap | |
15473 | msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>" | |
15474 | msgstr "" | |
15475 | ||
15476 | #. type: Plain text | |
15477 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15478 | msgid "" | |
15479 | "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of " | |
15480 | "B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " | |
15481 | "I<varname-prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the " | |
15482 | "substitution variables file." | |
15483 | msgstr "" | |
15484 | ||
15485 | #. type: Plain text | |
15486 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15487 | msgid "" | |
15488 | "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if " | |
15489 | "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution " | |
15490 | "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." | |
15491 | msgstr "" | |
15492 | ||
15493 | #. type: TP | |
15494 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15495 | #, no-wrap | |
15496 | msgid "B<-t>I<type>" | |
15497 | msgstr "" | |
15498 | ||
15499 | #. type: Plain text | |
15500 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15501 | msgid "" | |
15502 | "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " | |
15503 | "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " | |
15504 | "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency " | |
15505 | "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " | |
15506 | "type, a colon, and whitespace." | |
15507 | msgstr "" | |
15508 | ||
15509 | #. type: TP | |
15510 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15511 | #, no-wrap | |
15512 | msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>" | |
15513 | msgstr "" | |
15514 | ||
15515 | #. type: Plain text | |
15516 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15517 | msgid "" | |
15518 | "Read overriding shared library dependency information from " | |
15519 | "I<local-shlibs-file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." | |
15520 | msgstr "" | |
15521 | ||
15522 | #. type: Plain text | |
15523 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15524 | msgid "" | |
15525 | "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " | |
15526 | "B<debian/substvars>." | |
15527 | msgstr "" | |
15528 | ||
15529 | #. type: TP | |
15530 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15531 | #, no-wrap | |
15532 | msgid "B<-v>" | |
15533 | msgstr "" | |
15534 | ||
15535 | #. type: Plain text | |
15536 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15537 | msgid "" | |
15538 | "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to " | |
15539 | "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does." | |
15540 | msgstr "" | |
15541 | ||
15542 | #. type: TP | |
15543 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15544 | #, no-wrap | |
15545 | msgid "B<-x>I<package>" | |
15546 | msgstr "" | |
15547 | ||
15548 | #. type: Plain text | |
15549 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15550 | msgid "" | |
15551 | "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). " | |
15552 | "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF " | |
15553 | "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the " | |
15554 | "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several " | |
15555 | "packages." | |
15556 | msgstr "" | |
15557 | ||
15558 | #. type: TP | |
15559 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15560 | #, no-wrap | |
15561 | msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>" | |
15562 | msgstr "" | |
15563 | ||
15564 | #. type: Plain text | |
15565 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15566 | msgid "" | |
15567 | "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since " | |
15568 | "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple " | |
15569 | "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the " | |
15570 | "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple " | |
15571 | "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of " | |
15572 | "other binary packages." | |
15573 | msgstr "" | |
15574 | ||
15575 | #. type: TP | |
15576 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15577 | #, no-wrap | |
15578 | msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>" | |
15579 | msgstr "" | |
15580 | ||
15581 | #. type: Plain text | |
15582 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15583 | msgid "" | |
15584 | "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared " | |
15585 | "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times." | |
15586 | msgstr "" | |
15587 | ||
15588 | #. type: TP | |
15589 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15590 | #, no-wrap | |
15591 | msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" | |
15592 | msgstr "" | |
15593 | ||
15594 | #. type: Plain text | |
15595 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15596 | msgid "" | |
15597 | "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library " | |
15598 | "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries " | |
15599 | "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with " | |
15600 | "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages." | |
15601 | msgstr "" | |
15602 | ||
15603 | #. type: TP | |
15604 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15605 | #, no-wrap | |
15606 | msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" | |
15607 | msgstr "" | |
15608 | ||
15609 | #. type: Plain text | |
15610 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15611 | msgid "" | |
15612 | "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " | |
15613 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning " | |
15614 | "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 " | |
15615 | "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and " | |
15616 | "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against " | |
15617 | "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active " | |
15618 | "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings " | |
15619 | "to be active." | |
15620 | msgstr "" | |
15621 | ||
15622 | #. type: SS | |
15623 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15624 | #, no-wrap | |
15625 | msgid "Warnings" | |
15626 | msgstr "" | |
15627 | ||
15628 | #. type: Plain text | |
15629 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15630 | msgid "" | |
15631 | "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " | |
15632 | "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " | |
15633 | "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " | |
15634 | "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " | |
15635 | "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" | |
15636 | msgstr "" | |
15637 | ||
15638 | #. type: TP | |
15639 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15640 | #, no-wrap | |
15641 | msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" | |
15642 | msgstr "" | |
15643 | ||
15644 | #. type: Plain text | |
15645 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15646 | msgid "" | |
15647 | "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " | |
15648 | "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " | |
15649 | "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " | |
15650 | "of the linker)." | |
15651 | msgstr "" | |
15652 | ||
15653 | #. type: TP | |
15654 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15655 | #, no-wrap | |
15656 | msgid "" | |
15657 | "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's " | |
15658 | "probably a plugin>" | |
15659 | msgstr "" | |
15660 | ||
15661 | #. type: Plain text | |
15662 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15663 | msgid "" | |
15664 | "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " | |
15665 | "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " | |
15666 | "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " | |
15667 | "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " | |
15668 | "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " | |
15669 | "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " | |
15670 | "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " | |
15671 | "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " | |
15672 | "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " | |
15673 | "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." | |
15674 | msgstr "" | |
15675 | ||
15676 | #. type: TP | |
15677 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15678 | #, no-wrap | |
15679 | msgid "" | |
15680 | "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binary>B< was not linked " | |
15681 | "against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the library's symbols)>" | |
15682 | msgstr "" | |
15683 | ||
15684 | #. type: Plain text | |
15685 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15686 | msgid "" | |
15687 | "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " | |
15688 | "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " | |
15689 | "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " | |
15690 | "also generated by another library that is really used)." | |
15691 | msgstr "" | |
15692 | ||
15693 | #. type: TP | |
15694 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15695 | #, no-wrap | |
15696 | msgid "" | |
15697 | "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if >I<binaries>B< were not linked " | |
15698 | "against >I<library>B< (they use none of the library's symbols)>" | |
15699 | msgstr "" | |
15700 | ||
15701 | #. type: Plain text | |
15702 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15703 | msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries." | |
15704 | msgstr "" | |
15705 | ||
15706 | #. type: TP | |
15707 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15708 | #, no-wrap | |
15709 | msgid "" | |
15710 | "I<binary>B< should not be linked against >I<library>B< (it uses none of the " | |
15711 | "library's symbols)>" | |
15712 | msgstr "" | |
15713 | ||
15714 | #. type: Plain text | |
15715 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15716 | msgid "" | |
15717 | "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " | |
15718 | "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " | |
15719 | "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " | |
15720 | "same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of " | |
15721 | "doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." | |
15722 | msgstr "" | |
15723 | ||
15724 | #. type: SS | |
15725 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15726 | #, no-wrap | |
15727 | msgid "Errors" | |
15728 | msgstr "" | |
15729 | ||
15730 | #. type: Plain text | |
15731 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15732 | msgid "" | |
15733 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " | |
15734 | "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " | |
15735 | "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " | |
15736 | "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " | |
15737 | "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." | |
15738 | msgstr "" | |
15739 | ||
15740 | #. type: TP | |
15741 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15742 | #, no-wrap | |
15743 | msgid "" | |
15744 | "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its " | |
15745 | "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" | |
15746 | msgstr "" | |
15747 | ||
15748 | #. type: Plain text | |
15749 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15750 | msgid "" | |
15751 | "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " | |
15752 | "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " | |
15753 | "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " | |
15754 | "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the " | |
15755 | "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories " | |
15756 | "(ex. /lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public " | |
15757 | "directories (/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and " | |
15758 | "obsolete multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). " | |
15759 | "Then it checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary " | |
15760 | "being analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> " | |
15761 | "command-line option, in other packages' build trees that contains a " | |
15762 | "DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If " | |
15763 | "the library is not found in any of those directories, then you get this " | |
15764 | "error." | |
15765 | msgstr "" | |
15766 | ||
15767 | #. type: Plain text | |
15768 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15769 | msgid "" | |
15770 | "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " | |
15771 | "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package " | |
15772 | "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this " | |
15773 | "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory " | |
15774 | "if it also is in a private directory." | |
15775 | msgstr "" | |
15776 | ||
15777 | #. type: TP | |
15778 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15779 | #, no-wrap | |
15780 | msgid "" | |
15781 | "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by " | |
15782 | ">I<binary>B<).>" | |
15783 | msgstr "" | |
15784 | ||
15785 | #. type: Plain text | |
15786 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15787 | msgid "" | |
15788 | "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " | |
15789 | "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " | |
15790 | "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " | |
15791 | "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S " | |
15792 | ">I<library-file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols " | |
15793 | "files in %ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees " | |
15794 | "(debian/*/DEBIAN/)." | |
15795 | msgstr "" | |
15796 | ||
15797 | #. type: Plain text | |
15798 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15799 | msgid "" | |
15800 | "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " | |
15801 | "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " | |
15802 | "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " | |
15803 | "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " | |
15804 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " | |
15805 | "a non-canonical name (example: " | |
15806 | "/usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl.so.0.9.8 instead of " | |
15807 | "/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any package, " | |
15808 | "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback on a " | |
15809 | "canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. It's " | |
15810 | "always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." | |
15811 | msgstr "" | |
15812 | ||
15813 | #. type: Plain text | |
15814 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15815 | msgid "" | |
15816 | "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more " | |
15817 | "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " | |
15818 | "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." | |
15819 | msgstr "" | |
15820 | ||
15821 | #. type: Plain text | |
15822 | #: dpkg-shlibdeps.man:1 | |
15823 | msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." | |
15824 | msgstr "" | |
15825 | ||
15826 | #. type: TH | |
15827 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15828 | #, no-wrap | |
15829 | msgid "dpkg-source" | |
15830 | msgstr "" | |
15831 | ||
15832 | #. type: Plain text | |
15833 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15834 | msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" | |
15835 | msgstr "" | |
15836 | ||
15837 | #. type: Plain text | |
15838 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15839 | msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
15840 | msgstr "" | |
15841 | ||
15842 | #. type: Plain text | |
15843 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15844 | msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." | |
15845 | msgstr "" | |
15846 | ||
15847 | #. type: Plain text | |
15848 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15849 | msgid "" | |
15850 | "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " | |
15851 | "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " | |
15852 | "argument." | |
15853 | msgstr "" | |
15854 | ||
15855 | #. type: TP | |
15856 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15857 | #, no-wrap | |
15858 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]" | |
15859 | msgstr "" | |
15860 | ||
15861 | #. type: Plain text | |
15862 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15863 | msgid "" | |
15864 | "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option " | |
15865 | "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file " | |
15866 | "(B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to " | |
15867 | "specify the directory to extract the source package to, this must not " | |
15868 | "exist. If no output directory is specified, the source package is extracted " | |
15869 | "into a directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working " | |
15870 | "directory." | |
15871 | msgstr "" | |
15872 | ||
15873 | #. type: Plain text | |
15874 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15875 | msgid "" | |
15876 | "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " | |
15877 | "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " | |
15878 | "as the B<.dsc>." | |
15879 | msgstr "" | |
15880 | ||
15881 | #. type: Plain text | |
15882 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15883 | msgid "" | |
15884 | "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " | |
15885 | "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " | |
15886 | "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " | |
15887 | "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " | |
15888 | "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " | |
15889 | "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." | |
15890 | msgstr "" | |
15891 | ||
15892 | #. type: Plain text | |
15893 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15894 | msgid "" | |
15895 | "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " | |
15896 | "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so " | |
15897 | "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " | |
15898 | "default." | |
15899 | msgstr "" | |
15900 | ||
15901 | #. type: TP | |
15902 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15903 | #, no-wrap | |
15904 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" | |
15905 | msgstr "" | |
15906 | ||
15907 | #. type: Plain text | |
15908 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15909 | msgid "" | |
15910 | "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first " | |
15911 | "non-option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the " | |
15912 | "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes " | |
15913 | "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to " | |
15914 | "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted." | |
15915 | msgstr "" | |
15916 | ||
15917 | #. type: Plain text | |
15918 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15919 | msgid "" | |
15920 | "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " | |
15921 | "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " | |
15922 | "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The " | |
15923 | "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " | |
15924 | "future, you should always document the desired source format in " | |
15925 | "B<debian/source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an " | |
15926 | "extensive description of the various source package formats." | |
15927 | msgstr "" | |
15928 | ||
15929 | #. type: TP | |
15930 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15931 | #, no-wrap | |
15932 | msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" | |
15933 | msgstr "" | |
15934 | ||
15935 | #. type: Plain text | |
15936 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15937 | msgid "" | |
15938 | "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " | |
15939 | "B<dpkg-source --build >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and " | |
15940 | "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)." | |
15941 | msgstr "" | |
15942 | ||
15943 | #. type: TP | |
15944 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15945 | #, no-wrap | |
15946 | msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" | |
15947 | msgstr "" | |
15948 | ||
15949 | #. type: Plain text | |
15950 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15951 | msgid "" | |
15952 | "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " | |
15953 | "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package " | |
15954 | "(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules " | |
15955 | "clean>). This command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not " | |
15956 | "all source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do " | |
15957 | "usually prepare the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that " | |
15958 | "the Debian patches are applied." | |
15959 | msgstr "" | |
15960 | ||
15961 | #. type: TP | |
15962 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15963 | #, no-wrap | |
15964 | msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" | |
15965 | msgstr "" | |
15966 | ||
15967 | #. type: Plain text | |
15968 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15969 | msgid "" | |
15970 | "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " | |
15971 | "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package " | |
15972 | "(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be " | |
15973 | "called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this " | |
15974 | "hook, and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has " | |
15975 | "done." | |
15976 | msgstr "" | |
15977 | ||
15978 | #. type: TP | |
15979 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15980 | #, no-wrap | |
15981 | msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." | |
15982 | msgstr "" | |
15983 | ||
15984 | #. type: Plain text | |
15985 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15986 | msgid "" | |
15987 | "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg " | |
15988 | "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the " | |
15989 | "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't " | |
15990 | "mean anything." | |
15991 | msgstr "" | |
15992 | ||
15993 | #. type: Plain text | |
15994 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
15995 | msgid "" | |
15996 | "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract " | |
15997 | "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option." | |
15998 | msgstr "" | |
15999 | ||
16000 | #. type: SS | |
16001 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16002 | #, no-wrap | |
16003 | msgid "Generic build options" | |
16004 | msgstr "" | |
16005 | ||
16006 | #. type: Plain text | |
16007 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16008 | msgid "" | |
16009 | "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " | |
16010 | "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " | |
16011 | "starting at the source tree's top level directory." | |
16012 | msgstr "" | |
16013 | ||
16014 | #. type: Plain text | |
16015 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16016 | msgid "" | |
16017 | "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " | |
16018 | "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " | |
16019 | "starting at the source tree's top level directory." | |
16020 | msgstr "" | |
16021 | ||
16022 | #. type: TP | |
16023 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16024 | #, no-wrap | |
16025 | msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" | |
16026 | msgstr "" | |
16027 | ||
16028 | #. type: Plain text | |
16029 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16030 | msgid "" | |
16031 | "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). " | |
16032 | "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>." | |
16033 | msgstr "" | |
16034 | ||
16035 | #. type: Plain text | |
16036 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16037 | msgid "" | |
16038 | "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read " | |
16039 | "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " | |
16040 | "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." | |
16041 | msgstr "" | |
16042 | ||
16043 | #. type: TP | |
16044 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16045 | #, no-wrap | |
16046 | msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" | |
16047 | msgstr "" | |
16048 | ||
16049 | #. type: Plain text | |
16050 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16051 | msgid "" | |
16052 | "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files " | |
16053 | "(B<--compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause " | |
16054 | "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported " | |
16055 | "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for " | |
16056 | "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported " | |
16057 | "since dpkg 1.15.5." | |
16058 | msgstr "" | |
16059 | ||
16060 | #. type: TP | |
16061 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16062 | #, no-wrap | |
16063 | msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" | |
16064 | msgstr "" | |
16065 | ||
16066 | #. type: Plain text | |
16067 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16068 | msgid "" | |
16069 | "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As " | |
16070 | "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> " | |
16071 | "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> " | |
16072 | "for xz and lzma." | |
16073 | msgstr "" | |
16074 | ||
16075 | #. type: TP | |
16076 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16077 | #, no-wrap | |
16078 | msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" | |
16079 | msgstr "" | |
16080 | ||
16081 | #. type: Plain text | |
16082 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16083 | msgid "" | |
16084 | "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " | |
16085 | "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). " | |
16086 | "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being " | |
16087 | "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore " | |
16088 | "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)" | |
16089 | msgstr "" | |
16090 | ||
16091 | #. type: Plain text | |
16092 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16093 | msgid "" | |
16094 | "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex " | |
16095 | "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of " | |
16096 | "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories " | |
16097 | "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and " | |
16098 | "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of " | |
16099 | "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." | |
16100 | msgstr "" | |
16101 | ||
16102 | #. type: Plain text | |
16103 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16104 | msgid "" | |
16105 | "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " | |
16106 | "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " | |
16107 | "want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " | |
16108 | "additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, " | |
16109 | ".cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, but if you " | |
16110 | "need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " | |
16111 | "path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " | |
16112 | "filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, " | |
16113 | "‘($|/)’) yourself." | |
16114 | msgstr "" | |
16115 | ||
16116 | #. type: TP | |
16117 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16118 | #, no-wrap | |
16119 | msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>" | |
16120 | msgstr "" | |
16121 | ||
16122 | #. type: Plain text | |
16123 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16124 | msgid "" | |
16125 | "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by " | |
16126 | "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does " | |
16127 | "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is " | |
16128 | "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated " | |
16129 | "files from the automatic patch generation." | |
16130 | msgstr "" | |
16131 | ||
16132 | #. type: TP | |
16133 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16134 | #, no-wrap | |
16135 | msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" | |
16136 | msgstr "" | |
16137 | ||
16138 | #. type: Plain text | |
16139 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16140 | msgid "" | |
16141 | "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s " | |
16142 | "B<--exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file " | |
16143 | "(B<--tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar " | |
16144 | "skip over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be " | |
16145 | "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude." | |
16146 | msgstr "" | |
16147 | ||
16148 | #. type: Plain text | |
16149 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16150 | msgid "" | |
16151 | "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out " | |
16152 | "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, " | |
16153 | "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." | |
16154 | msgstr "" | |
16155 | ||
16156 | #. type: Plain text | |
16157 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16158 | msgid "" | |
16159 | "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " | |
16160 | "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " | |
16161 | "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " | |
16162 | "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " | |
16163 | "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " | |
16164 | "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " | |
16165 | "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see " | |
16166 | "https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full " | |
16167 | "documentation." | |
16168 | msgstr "" | |
16169 | ||
16170 | #. type: Plain text | |
16171 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16172 | msgid "" | |
16173 | "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of " | |
16174 | "the B<--help> command." | |
16175 | msgstr "" | |
16176 | ||
16177 | #. type: SS | |
16178 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16179 | #, no-wrap | |
16180 | msgid "Generic extract options" | |
16181 | msgstr "" | |
16182 | ||
16183 | #. type: TP | |
16184 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16185 | #, no-wrap | |
16186 | msgid "B<--no-copy>" | |
16187 | msgstr "" | |
16188 | ||
16189 | #. type: Plain text | |
16190 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16191 | msgid "" | |
16192 | "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg " | |
16193 | "1.14.17)." | |
16194 | msgstr "" | |
16195 | ||
16196 | #. type: TP | |
16197 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16198 | #, no-wrap | |
16199 | msgid "B<--no-check>" | |
16200 | msgstr "" | |
16201 | ||
16202 | #. type: Plain text | |
16203 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16204 | msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)." | |
16205 | msgstr "" | |
16206 | ||
16207 | #. type: TP | |
16208 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16209 | #, no-wrap | |
16210 | msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>" | |
16211 | msgstr "" | |
16212 | ||
16213 | #. type: Plain text | |
16214 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16215 | msgid "" | |
16216 | "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg " | |
16217 | "1.18.8)." | |
16218 | msgstr "" | |
16219 | ||
16220 | #. type: TP | |
16221 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16222 | #, no-wrap | |
16223 | msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" | |
16224 | msgstr "" | |
16225 | ||
16226 | #. type: Plain text | |
16227 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16228 | msgid "" | |
16229 | "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " | |
16230 | "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's " | |
16231 | "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of " | |
16232 | "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and " | |
16233 | "I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." | |
16234 | msgstr "" | |
16235 | ||
16236 | #. type: TP | |
16237 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16238 | #, no-wrap | |
16239 | msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>" | |
16240 | msgstr "" | |
16241 | ||
16242 | #. type: Plain text | |
16243 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16244 | msgid "" | |
16245 | "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong " | |
16246 | "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered " | |
16247 | "strong is B<SHA-256>." | |
16248 | msgstr "" | |
16249 | ||
16250 | #. type: TP | |
16251 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16252 | #, no-wrap | |
16253 | msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>" | |
16254 | msgstr "" | |
16255 | ||
16256 | #. type: Plain text | |
16257 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16258 | msgid "" | |
16259 | "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since " | |
16260 | "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient " | |
16261 | "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility." | |
16262 | msgstr "" | |
16263 | ||
16264 | #. type: SH | |
16265 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16266 | #, no-wrap | |
16267 | msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" | |
16268 | msgstr "" | |
16269 | ||
16270 | #. type: Plain text | |
16271 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16272 | msgid "" | |
16273 | "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " | |
16274 | "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See " | |
16275 | "https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment " | |
16276 | "of those formats within Debian." | |
16277 | msgstr "" | |
16278 | ||
16279 | #. type: SS | |
16280 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16281 | #, no-wrap | |
16282 | msgid "Format: 1.0" | |
16283 | msgstr "" | |
16284 | ||
16285 | #. type: Plain text | |
16286 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16287 | msgid "" | |
16288 | "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " | |
16289 | "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " | |
16290 | "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be " | |
16291 | "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction " | |
16292 | "supported since dpkg 1.18.5." | |
16293 | msgstr "" | |
16294 | ||
16295 | #. type: Plain text | |
16296 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16297 | msgid "B<Extracting>" | |
16298 | msgstr "" | |
16299 | ||
16300 | #. type: Plain text | |
16301 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16302 | msgid "" | |
16303 | "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " | |
16304 | "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " | |
16305 | "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " | |
16306 | "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " | |
16307 | "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " | |
16308 | "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " | |
16309 | "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove " | |
16310 | "files (empty files will be left over)." | |
16311 | msgstr "" | |
16312 | ||
16313 | #. type: Plain text | |
16314 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16315 | msgid "B<Building>" | |
16316 | msgstr "" | |
16317 | ||
16318 | #. type: Plain text | |
16319 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16320 | msgid "" | |
16321 | "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " | |
16322 | "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " | |
16323 | "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by " | |
16324 | "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." | |
16325 | msgstr "" | |
16326 | ||
16327 | #. type: Plain text | |
16328 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16329 | msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>" | |
16330 | msgstr "" | |
16331 | ||
16332 | #. type: Plain text | |
16333 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16334 | msgid "" | |
16335 | "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " | |
16336 | "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " | |
16337 | "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument " | |
16338 | "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " | |
16339 | "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " | |
16340 | "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." | |
16341 | msgstr "" | |
16342 | ||
16343 | #. type: Plain text | |
16344 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16345 | msgid "" | |
16346 | "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " | |
16347 | "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, " | |
16348 | "B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." | |
16349 | msgstr "" | |
16350 | ||
16351 | #. type: Plain text | |
16352 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16353 | msgid "" | |
16354 | "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " | |
16355 | "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " | |
16356 | "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " | |
16357 | "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " | |
16358 | "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." | |
16359 | msgstr "" | |
16360 | ||
16361 | #. type: TP | |
16362 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16363 | #, no-wrap | |
16364 | msgid "B<-sp>" | |
16365 | msgstr "" | |
16366 | ||
16367 | #. type: Plain text | |
16368 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16369 | msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." | |
16370 | msgstr "" | |
16371 | ||
16372 | #. type: Plain text | |
16373 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16374 | msgid "" | |
16375 | "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " | |
16376 | "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " | |
16377 | "new original source archive from it." | |
16378 | msgstr "" | |
16379 | ||
16380 | #. type: Plain text | |
16381 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16382 | msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." | |
16383 | msgstr "" | |
16384 | ||
16385 | #. type: Plain text | |
16386 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16387 | msgid "" | |
16388 | "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " | |
16389 | "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the " | |
16390 | "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " | |
16391 | "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." | |
16392 | msgstr "" | |
16393 | ||
16394 | #. type: Plain text | |
16395 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16396 | msgid "" | |
16397 | "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " | |
16398 | "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " | |
16399 | "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " | |
16400 | "therefore have no debianization diffs." | |
16401 | msgstr "" | |
16402 | ||
16403 | #. type: TP | |
16404 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16405 | #, no-wrap | |
16406 | msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" | |
16407 | msgstr "" | |
16408 | ||
16409 | #. type: Plain text | |
16410 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16411 | msgid "" | |
16412 | "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " | |
16413 | "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " | |
16414 | "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " | |
16415 | "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to " | |
16416 | "B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original " | |
16417 | "source and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither " | |
16418 | "is found it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a " | |
16419 | "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " | |
16420 | "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if " | |
16421 | "B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if " | |
16422 | "B<-sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." | |
16423 | msgstr "" | |
16424 | ||
16425 | #. type: TP | |
16426 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16427 | #, no-wrap | |
16428 | msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" | |
16429 | msgstr "" | |
16430 | ||
16431 | #. type: Plain text | |
16432 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16433 | msgid "" | |
16434 | "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " | |
16435 | "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in " | |
16436 | "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
16437 | msgstr "" | |
16438 | ||
16439 | #. type: Plain text | |
16440 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16441 | msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>" | |
16442 | msgstr "" | |
16443 | ||
16444 | #. type: Plain text | |
16445 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16446 | msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." | |
16447 | msgstr "" | |
16448 | ||
16449 | #. type: Plain text | |
16450 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16451 | msgid "" | |
16452 | "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " | |
16453 | "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " | |
16454 | "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " | |
16455 | "the default>)." | |
16456 | msgstr "" | |
16457 | ||
16458 | #. type: Plain text | |
16459 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16460 | msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." | |
16461 | msgstr "" | |
16462 | ||
16463 | #. type: Plain text | |
16464 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16465 | msgid "" | |
16466 | "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " | |
16467 | "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " | |
16468 | "still removed." | |
16469 | msgstr "" | |
16470 | ||
16471 | #. type: Plain text | |
16472 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16473 | msgid "" | |
16474 | "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " | |
16475 | "one only the last one will be used." | |
16476 | msgstr "" | |
16477 | ||
16478 | #. type: TP | |
16479 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16480 | #, no-wrap | |
16481 | msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" | |
16482 | msgstr "" | |
16483 | ||
16484 | #. type: Plain text | |
16485 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16486 | msgid "" | |
16487 | "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since " | |
16488 | "dpkg 1.15.1)." | |
16489 | msgstr "" | |
16490 | ||
16491 | #. type: SS | |
16492 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16493 | #, no-wrap | |
16494 | msgid "Format: 2.0" | |
16495 | msgstr "" | |
16496 | ||
16497 | #. type: Plain text | |
16498 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16499 | msgid "" | |
16500 | "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg " | |
16501 | "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for " | |
16502 | "wide-spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the " | |
16503 | "first specification of a new-generation source package format." | |
16504 | msgstr "" | |
16505 | ||
16506 | #. type: Plain text | |
16507 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16508 | msgid "" | |
16509 | "The behaviour of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except " | |
16510 | "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " | |
16511 | "B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be " | |
16512 | "valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." | |
16513 | msgstr "" | |
16514 | ||
16515 | #. type: Plain text | |
16516 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16517 | msgid "" | |
16518 | "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " | |
16519 | "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." | |
16520 | msgstr "" | |
16521 | ||
16522 | #. type: SS | |
16523 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16524 | #, no-wrap | |
16525 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" | |
16526 | msgstr "" | |
16527 | ||
16528 | #. type: Plain text | |
16529 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16530 | msgid "" | |
16531 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native " | |
16532 | "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression " | |
16533 | "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as " | |
16534 | "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option " | |
16535 | "in the B<--help> output)." | |
16536 | msgstr "" | |
16537 | ||
16538 | #. type: SS | |
16539 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16540 | #, no-wrap | |
16541 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" | |
16542 | msgstr "" | |
16543 | ||
16544 | #. type: Plain text | |
16545 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16546 | msgid "" | |
16547 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at " | |
16548 | "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, " | |
16549 | "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It " | |
16550 | "can also contain additional original tarballs " | |
16551 | "(B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can only contain " | |
16552 | "alphanumeric characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball " | |
16553 | "can be accompanied by a detached upstream signature " | |
16554 | "(B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), " | |
16555 | "extraction supported since dpkg 1.17.20, building supported since dpkg " | |
16556 | "1.18.5." | |
16557 | msgstr "" | |
16558 | ||
16559 | #. type: Plain text | |
16560 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16561 | msgid "" | |
16562 | "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " | |
16563 | "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " | |
16564 | "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " | |
16565 | "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " | |
16566 | "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " | |
16567 | "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " | |
16568 | "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." | |
16569 | msgstr "" | |
16570 | ||
16571 | #. type: Plain text | |
16572 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16573 | msgid "" | |
16574 | "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or " | |
16575 | "B<debian/patches/series> are then applied. If the former file is used and " | |
16576 | "the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced " | |
16577 | "with a symlink to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of B<quilt> to " | |
16578 | "manage the set of patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses " | |
16579 | "correctly series files with explicit options used for patch application " | |
16580 | "(stored on each line after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it " | |
16581 | "does ignore those options and always expect patches that can be applied with " | |
16582 | "the B<-p1> option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it " | |
16583 | "encounters such options, and the build is likely to fail." | |
16584 | msgstr "" | |
16585 | ||
16586 | #. type: Plain text | |
16587 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16588 | msgid "" | |
16589 | "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the " | |
16590 | "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when " | |
16591 | "autogenerated files are patched)." | |
16592 | msgstr "" | |
16593 | ||
16594 | #. type: Plain text | |
16595 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16596 | msgid "" | |
16597 | "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply " | |
16598 | "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches " | |
16599 | "with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them." | |
16600 | msgstr "" | |
16601 | ||
16602 | #. type: Plain text | |
16603 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16604 | msgid "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." | |
16605 | msgstr "" | |
16606 | ||
16607 | #. type: Plain text | |
16608 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16609 | msgid "" | |
16610 | "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " | |
16611 | "during the extraction." | |
16612 | msgstr "" | |
16613 | ||
16614 | #. type: Plain text | |
16615 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16616 | msgid "" | |
16617 | "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " | |
16618 | "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " | |
16619 | "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " | |
16620 | "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or " | |
16621 | "B<debian-changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The " | |
16622 | "temporary directory is compared to the source package directory. When the " | |
16623 | "diff is non-empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or " | |
16624 | "B<--auto-commit> has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the " | |
16625 | "automatic patch. If the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's " | |
16626 | "added/removed from the series file and from the B<quilt> metadata." | |
16627 | msgstr "" | |
16628 | ||
16629 | #. type: Plain text | |
16630 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16631 | msgid "" | |
16632 | "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " | |
16633 | "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " | |
16634 | "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in " | |
16635 | "B<debian/source/include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds " | |
16636 | "binary files in the debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted " | |
16637 | "through B<debian/source/include-binaries>." | |
16638 | msgstr "" | |
16639 | ||
16640 | #. type: Plain text | |
16641 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16642 | msgid "" | |
16643 | "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " | |
16644 | "to generate the debian tarball." | |
16645 | msgstr "" | |
16646 | ||
16647 | #. type: Plain text | |
16648 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16649 | msgid "" | |
16650 | "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " | |
16651 | "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " | |
16652 | "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " | |
16653 | "B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." | |
16654 | msgstr "" | |
16655 | ||
16656 | #. type: Plain text | |
16657 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16658 | msgid "" | |
16659 | "Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that all " | |
16660 | "patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always " | |
16661 | "has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are " | |
16662 | "listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the " | |
16663 | "first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them " | |
16664 | "all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior." | |
16665 | msgstr "" | |
16666 | ||
16667 | #. type: Plain text | |
16668 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16669 | msgid "B<Recording changes>" | |
16670 | msgstr "" | |
16671 | ||
16672 | #. type: TP | |
16673 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16674 | #, no-wrap | |
16675 | msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" | |
16676 | msgstr "" | |
16677 | ||
16678 | #. type: Plain text | |
16679 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16680 | msgid "" | |
16681 | "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " | |
16682 | "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the " | |
16683 | "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked " | |
16684 | "interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch " | |
16685 | "corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor " | |
16686 | "is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header." | |
16687 | msgstr "" | |
16688 | ||
16689 | #. type: Plain text | |
16690 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16691 | msgid "" | |
16692 | "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that " | |
16693 | "pre-generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after " | |
16694 | "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must " | |
16695 | "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must " | |
16696 | "not have supplementary unrecorded changes." | |
16697 | msgstr "" | |
16698 | ||
16699 | #. type: Plain text | |
16700 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16701 | msgid "" | |
16702 | "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be " | |
16703 | "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up " | |
16704 | "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries " | |
16705 | "--build> would do)." | |
16706 | msgstr "" | |
16707 | ||
16708 | #. type: Plain text | |
16709 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16710 | msgid "B<Build options>" | |
16711 | msgstr "" | |
16712 | ||
16713 | #. type: TP | |
16714 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16715 | #, no-wrap | |
16716 | msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" | |
16717 | msgstr "" | |
16718 | ||
16719 | #. type: Plain text | |
16720 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16721 | msgid "" | |
16722 | "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the " | |
16723 | "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know " | |
16724 | "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given " | |
16725 | "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that " | |
16726 | "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is " | |
16727 | "stored in B<.pc/.version>." | |
16728 | msgstr "" | |
16729 | ||
16730 | #. type: TP | |
16731 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16732 | #, no-wrap | |
16733 | msgid "B<--include-removal>" | |
16734 | msgstr "" | |
16735 | ||
16736 | #. type: Plain text | |
16737 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16738 | msgid "" | |
16739 | "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " | |
16740 | "patch." | |
16741 | msgstr "" | |
16742 | ||
16743 | #. type: TP | |
16744 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16745 | #, no-wrap | |
16746 | msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" | |
16747 | msgstr "" | |
16748 | ||
16749 | #. type: Plain text | |
16750 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16751 | msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." | |
16752 | msgstr "" | |
16753 | ||
16754 | #. type: TP | |
16755 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16756 | #, no-wrap | |
16757 | msgid "B<--include-binaries>" | |
16758 | msgstr "" | |
16759 | ||
16760 | #. type: Plain text | |
16761 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16762 | msgid "" | |
16763 | "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to " | |
16764 | "B<debian/source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in " | |
16765 | "subsequent builds and this option is thus no more needed." | |
16766 | msgstr "" | |
16767 | ||
16768 | #. type: TP | |
16769 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16770 | #, no-wrap | |
16771 | msgid "B<--no-preparation>" | |
16772 | msgstr "" | |
16773 | ||
16774 | #. type: Plain text | |
16775 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16776 | msgid "" | |
16777 | "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " | |
16778 | "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)." | |
16779 | msgstr "" | |
16780 | ||
16781 | #. type: TP | |
16782 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16783 | #, no-wrap | |
16784 | msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" | |
16785 | msgstr "" | |
16786 | ||
16787 | #. type: Plain text | |
16788 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16789 | msgid "" | |
16790 | "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of " | |
16791 | "B<debian/patches/debian-changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic " | |
16792 | "patch generated during build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is " | |
16793 | "particularly useful when the package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set " | |
16794 | "can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff with upstream should " | |
16795 | "be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in " | |
16796 | "B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a " | |
16797 | "B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes " | |
16798 | "can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." | |
16799 | msgstr "" | |
16800 | ||
16801 | #. type: TP | |
16802 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16803 | #, no-wrap | |
16804 | msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" | |
16805 | msgstr "" | |
16806 | ||
16807 | #. type: Plain text | |
16808 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16809 | msgid "" | |
16810 | "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " | |
16811 | "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This " | |
16812 | "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of " | |
16813 | "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software." | |
16814 | msgstr "" | |
16815 | ||
16816 | #. type: TP | |
16817 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16818 | #, no-wrap | |
16819 | msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>" | |
16820 | msgstr "" | |
16821 | ||
16822 | #. type: Plain text | |
16823 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16824 | msgid "" | |
16825 | "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the " | |
16826 | "B<--after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> " | |
16827 | "(B<--unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg " | |
16828 | "1.16.5). Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch " | |
16829 | "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in " | |
16830 | "B<debian/source/local-options> so that all generated source packages have " | |
16831 | "the same behavior by default." | |
16832 | msgstr "" | |
16833 | ||
16834 | #. type: Plain text | |
16835 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16836 | msgid "" | |
16837 | "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg " | |
16838 | "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly " | |
16839 | "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package " | |
16840 | "build. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be " | |
16841 | "used in B<debian/source/local-options>." | |
16842 | msgstr "" | |
16843 | ||
16844 | #. type: TP | |
16845 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16846 | #, no-wrap | |
16847 | msgid "B<--auto-commit>" | |
16848 | msgstr "" | |
16849 | ||
16850 | #. type: Plain text | |
16851 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16852 | msgid "" | |
16853 | "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " | |
16854 | "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series." | |
16855 | msgstr "" | |
16856 | ||
16857 | #. type: Plain text | |
16858 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16859 | msgid "B<Extract options>" | |
16860 | msgstr "" | |
16861 | ||
16862 | #. type: Plain text | |
16863 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16864 | msgid "" | |
16865 | "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since " | |
16866 | "dpkg 1.15.1)." | |
16867 | msgstr "" | |
16868 | ||
16869 | #. type: TP | |
16870 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16871 | #, no-wrap | |
16872 | msgid "B<--skip-patches>" | |
16873 | msgstr "" | |
16874 | ||
16875 | #. type: Plain text | |
16876 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16877 | msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)." | |
16878 | msgstr "" | |
16879 | ||
16880 | #. type: SS | |
16881 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16882 | #, no-wrap | |
16883 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" | |
16884 | msgstr "" | |
16885 | ||
16886 | #. type: Plain text | |
16887 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16888 | msgid "" | |
16889 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent " | |
16890 | "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with " | |
16891 | "arbitrary files." | |
16892 | msgstr "" | |
16893 | ||
16894 | #. type: Plain text | |
16895 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16896 | msgid "" | |
16897 | "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " | |
16898 | "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current " | |
16899 | "directory. At least one file must be given." | |
16900 | msgstr "" | |
16901 | ||
16902 | #. type: TP | |
16903 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16904 | #, no-wrap | |
16905 | msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" | |
16906 | msgstr "" | |
16907 | ||
16908 | #. type: Plain text | |
16909 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16910 | msgid "" | |
16911 | "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " | |
16912 | "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not " | |
16913 | "“3.0 (custom)”." | |
16914 | msgstr "" | |
16915 | ||
16916 | #. type: SS | |
16917 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16918 | #, no-wrap | |
16919 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" | |
16920 | msgstr "" | |
16921 | ||
16922 | #. type: Plain text | |
16923 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16924 | msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental." | |
16925 | msgstr "" | |
16926 | ||
16927 | #. type: Plain text | |
16928 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16929 | msgid "" | |
16930 | "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " | |
16931 | "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a " | |
16932 | "B<.gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." | |
16933 | msgstr "" | |
16934 | ||
16935 | #. type: Plain text | |
16936 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16937 | msgid "" | |
16938 | "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " | |
16939 | "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned " | |
16940 | "git repository." | |
16941 | msgstr "" | |
16942 | ||
16943 | #. type: Plain text | |
16944 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16945 | msgid "" | |
16946 | "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " | |
16947 | "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “master”, but " | |
16948 | "it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under " | |
16949 | "I<remotes/origin/>." | |
16950 | msgstr "" | |
16951 | ||
16952 | #. type: Plain text | |
16953 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16954 | msgid "" | |
16955 | "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " | |
16956 | "any non-ignored uncommitted changes." | |
16957 | msgstr "" | |
16958 | ||
16959 | #. type: Plain text | |
16960 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16961 | msgid "" | |
16962 | "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " | |
16963 | "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." | |
16964 | msgstr "" | |
16965 | ||
16966 | #. type: TP | |
16967 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16968 | #, no-wrap | |
16969 | msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" | |
16970 | msgstr "" | |
16971 | ||
16972 | #. type: Plain text | |
16973 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16974 | msgid "" | |
16975 | "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " | |
16976 | "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " | |
16977 | "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " | |
16978 | "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " | |
16979 | "example, to include only the master branch, use B<--git-ref=>master. To " | |
16980 | "include all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use " | |
16981 | "B<--git-ref=>--all B<--git-ref=>^private" | |
16982 | msgstr "" | |
16983 | ||
16984 | #. type: TP | |
16985 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16986 | #, no-wrap | |
16987 | msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" | |
16988 | msgstr "" | |
16989 | ||
16990 | #. type: Plain text | |
16991 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16992 | msgid "" | |
16993 | "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " | |
16994 | "revisions." | |
16995 | msgstr "" | |
16996 | ||
16997 | #. type: SS | |
16998 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
16999 | #, no-wrap | |
17000 | msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" | |
17001 | msgstr "" | |
17002 | ||
17003 | #. type: Plain text | |
17004 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17005 | msgid "" | |
17006 | "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a " | |
17007 | "single tarball containing the bzr repository." | |
17008 | msgstr "" | |
17009 | ||
17010 | #. type: Plain text | |
17011 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17012 | msgid "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." | |
17013 | msgstr "" | |
17014 | ||
17015 | #. type: Plain text | |
17016 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17017 | msgid "" | |
17018 | "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " | |
17019 | "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " | |
17020 | "various cleanup are done to save space." | |
17021 | msgstr "" | |
17022 | ||
17023 | #. type: SS | |
17024 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17025 | #, no-wrap | |
17026 | msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" | |
17027 | msgstr "" | |
17028 | ||
17029 | #. type: Plain text | |
17030 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17031 | msgid "" | |
17032 | "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " | |
17033 | "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed " | |
17034 | "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point " | |
17035 | "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't " | |
17036 | "exist." | |
17037 | msgstr "" | |
17038 | ||
17039 | #. type: Plain text | |
17040 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17041 | msgid "" | |
17042 | "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you " | |
17043 | "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) " | |
17044 | "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to " | |
17045 | "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” " | |
17046 | "in B<debian/source/format>." | |
17047 | msgstr "" | |
17048 | ||
17049 | #. type: SS | |
17050 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17051 | #, no-wrap | |
17052 | msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" | |
17053 | msgstr "" | |
17054 | ||
17055 | #. type: Plain text | |
17056 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17057 | msgid "" | |
17058 | "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " | |
17059 | "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the " | |
17060 | ".diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the " | |
17061 | "debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you " | |
17062 | "can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively." | |
17063 | msgstr "" | |
17064 | ||
17065 | #. type: SS | |
17066 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17067 | #, no-wrap | |
17068 | msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" | |
17069 | msgstr "" | |
17070 | ||
17071 | #. type: Plain text | |
17072 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17073 | msgid "" | |
17074 | "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " | |
17075 | "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " | |
17076 | "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " | |
17077 | "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " | |
17078 | "will get this error message." | |
17079 | msgstr "" | |
17080 | ||
17081 | #. type: SS | |
17082 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17083 | #, no-wrap | |
17084 | msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
17085 | msgstr "" | |
17086 | ||
17087 | #. type: Plain text | |
17088 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17089 | msgid "" | |
17090 | "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " | |
17091 | "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." | |
17092 | msgstr "" | |
17093 | ||
17094 | #. type: SS | |
17095 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17096 | #, no-wrap | |
17097 | msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
17098 | msgstr "" | |
17099 | ||
17100 | #. type: Plain text | |
17101 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17102 | msgid "" | |
17103 | "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable " | |
17104 | "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you " | |
17105 | "of that fact." | |
17106 | msgstr "" | |
17107 | ||
17108 | #. type: SS | |
17109 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17110 | #, no-wrap | |
17111 | msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" | |
17112 | msgstr "" | |
17113 | ||
17114 | #. type: Plain text | |
17115 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17116 | msgid "" | |
17117 | "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " | |
17118 | "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." | |
17119 | msgstr "" | |
17120 | ||
17121 | #. type: Plain text | |
17122 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17123 | msgid "" | |
17124 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to " | |
17125 | "clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) file entries." | |
17126 | msgstr "" | |
17127 | ||
17128 | #. type: TP | |
17129 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17130 | #, no-wrap | |
17131 | msgid "B<VISUAL>" | |
17132 | msgstr "" | |
17133 | ||
17134 | #. type: TQ | |
17135 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17136 | #, no-wrap | |
17137 | msgid "B<EDITOR>" | |
17138 | msgstr "" | |
17139 | ||
17140 | #. type: Plain text | |
17141 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17142 | msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules." | |
17143 | msgstr "" | |
17144 | ||
17145 | #. type: TP | |
17146 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17147 | #, no-wrap | |
17148 | msgid "B<GIT_DIR>" | |
17149 | msgstr "" | |
17150 | ||
17151 | #. type: TQ | |
17152 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17153 | #, no-wrap | |
17154 | msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>" | |
17155 | msgstr "" | |
17156 | ||
17157 | #. type: TQ | |
17158 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17159 | #, no-wrap | |
17160 | msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>" | |
17161 | msgstr "" | |
17162 | ||
17163 | #. type: TQ | |
17164 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17165 | #, no-wrap | |
17166 | msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>" | |
17167 | msgstr "" | |
17168 | ||
17169 | #. type: TQ | |
17170 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17171 | #, no-wrap | |
17172 | msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>" | |
17173 | msgstr "" | |
17174 | ||
17175 | #. type: Plain text | |
17176 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17177 | msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules." | |
17178 | msgstr "" | |
17179 | ||
17180 | #. type: SS | |
17181 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17182 | #, no-wrap | |
17183 | msgid "debian/source/format" | |
17184 | msgstr "" | |
17185 | ||
17186 | #. type: Plain text | |
17187 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17188 | msgid "" | |
17189 | "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " | |
17190 | "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " | |
17191 | "trailing spaces are allowed." | |
17192 | msgstr "" | |
17193 | ||
17194 | #. type: SS | |
17195 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17196 | #, no-wrap | |
17197 | msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" | |
17198 | msgstr "" | |
17199 | ||
17200 | #. type: Plain text | |
17201 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17202 | msgid "" | |
17203 | "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " | |
17204 | "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. " | |
17205 | "Lines starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " | |
17206 | "ignored." | |
17207 | msgstr "" | |
17208 | ||
17209 | #. type: SS | |
17210 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17211 | #, no-wrap | |
17212 | msgid "debian/source/options" | |
17213 | msgstr "" | |
17214 | ||
17215 | #. type: Plain text | |
17216 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17217 | msgid "" | |
17218 | "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " | |
17219 | "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or " | |
17220 | "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and " | |
17221 | "B<--compression-level> are well suited for this file." | |
17222 | msgstr "" | |
17223 | ||
17224 | #. type: Plain text | |
17225 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17226 | msgid "" | |
17227 | "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " | |
17228 | "with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short " | |
17229 | "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ " | |
17230 | "symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example " | |
17231 | "of such a file:" | |
17232 | msgstr "" | |
17233 | ||
17234 | #. type: Plain text | |
17235 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17236 | #, no-wrap | |
17237 | msgid "" | |
17238 | " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" | |
17239 | " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" | |
17240 | " compression-level = 9\n" | |
17241 | " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" | |
17242 | " single-debian-patch\n" | |
17243 | " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" | |
17244 | " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" | |
17245 | msgstr "" | |
17246 | ||
17247 | #. type: Plain text | |
17248 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17249 | msgid "" | |
17250 | "Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " | |
17251 | "B<debian/source/format> instead." | |
17252 | msgstr "" | |
17253 | ||
17254 | #. type: SS | |
17255 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17256 | #, no-wrap | |
17257 | msgid "debian/source/local-options" | |
17258 | msgstr "" | |
17259 | ||
17260 | #. type: Plain text | |
17261 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17262 | msgid "" | |
17263 | "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " | |
17264 | "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " | |
17265 | "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " | |
17266 | "maintained." | |
17267 | msgstr "" | |
17268 | ||
17269 | #. type: SS | |
17270 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17271 | #, no-wrap | |
17272 | msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header" | |
17273 | msgstr "" | |
17274 | ||
17275 | #. type: Plain text | |
17276 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17277 | msgid "" | |
17278 | "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " | |
17279 | "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the " | |
17280 | "generated source package while B<patch-header> is." | |
17281 | msgstr "" | |
17282 | ||
17283 | #. type: SS | |
17284 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17285 | #, no-wrap | |
17286 | msgid "debian/patches/series" | |
17287 | msgstr "" | |
17288 | ||
17289 | #. type: Plain text | |
17290 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17291 | msgid "" | |
17292 | "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " | |
17293 | "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " | |
17294 | "stripped. Lines starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty " | |
17295 | "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to " | |
17296 | "the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end " | |
17297 | "of line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the " | |
17298 | "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " | |
17299 | "comment up to the end of line)." | |
17300 | msgstr "" | |
17301 | ||
17302 | #. type: Plain text | |
17303 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17304 | msgid "" | |
17305 | "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " | |
17306 | "output field settings is rather confused." | |
17307 | msgstr "" | |
17308 | ||
17309 | #. type: Plain text | |
17310 | #: dpkg-source.man:1 | |
17311 | msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<dsc>(5)." | |
17312 | msgstr "" | |
17313 | ||
17314 | #. type: TH | |
17315 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17316 | #, no-wrap | |
17317 | msgid "dpkg-split" | |
17318 | msgstr "" | |
17319 | ||
17320 | #. type: Plain text | |
17321 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17322 | msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" | |
17323 | msgstr "" | |
17324 | ||
17325 | #. type: Plain text | |
17326 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17327 | msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
17328 | msgstr "" | |
17329 | ||
17330 | #. type: Plain text | |
17331 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17332 | msgid "" | |
17333 | "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " | |
17334 | "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " | |
17335 | "small media such as floppy disks." | |
17336 | msgstr "" | |
17337 | ||
17338 | #. type: Plain text | |
17339 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17340 | msgid "" | |
17341 | "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " | |
17342 | "options." | |
17343 | msgstr "" | |
17344 | ||
17345 | #. type: Plain text | |
17346 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17347 | msgid "" | |
17348 | "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " | |
17349 | "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " | |
17350 | "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and " | |
17351 | "B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." | |
17352 | msgstr "" | |
17353 | ||
17354 | #. type: Plain text | |
17355 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17356 | msgid "" | |
17357 | "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " | |
17358 | "on standard output; these may safely be ignored." | |
17359 | msgstr "" | |
17360 | ||
17361 | #. type: TP | |
17362 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17363 | #, no-wrap | |
17364 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" | |
17365 | msgstr "" | |
17366 | ||
17367 | #. type: Plain text | |
17368 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17369 | msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." | |
17370 | msgstr "" | |
17371 | ||
17372 | #. type: Plain text | |
17373 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17374 | msgid "" | |
17375 | "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " | |
17376 | "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " | |
17377 | "decimal)." | |
17378 | msgstr "" | |
17379 | ||
17380 | #. type: Plain text | |
17381 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17382 | msgid "" | |
17383 | "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " | |
17384 | "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." | |
17385 | msgstr "" | |
17386 | ||
17387 | #. type: TP | |
17388 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17389 | #, no-wrap | |
17390 | msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." | |
17391 | msgstr "" | |
17392 | ||
17393 | #. type: Plain text | |
17394 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17395 | msgid "" | |
17396 | "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " | |
17397 | "as it was before it was split." | |
17398 | msgstr "" | |
17399 | ||
17400 | #. type: Plain text | |
17401 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17402 | msgid "" | |
17403 | "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " | |
17404 | "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " | |
17405 | "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." | |
17406 | msgstr "" | |
17407 | ||
17408 | #. type: Plain text | |
17409 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17410 | msgid "" | |
17411 | "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " | |
17412 | "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " | |
17413 | "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." | |
17414 | msgstr "" | |
17415 | ||
17416 | #. type: Plain text | |
17417 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17418 | msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." | |
17419 | msgstr "" | |
17420 | ||
17421 | #. type: Plain text | |
17422 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17423 | msgid "" | |
17424 | "By default the output file is called " | |
17425 | "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>." | |
17426 | msgstr "" | |
17427 | ||
17428 | #. type: TP | |
17429 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17430 | #, no-wrap | |
17431 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." | |
17432 | msgstr "" | |
17433 | ||
17434 | #. type: Plain text | |
17435 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17436 | msgid "" | |
17437 | "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " | |
17438 | "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " | |
17439 | "saying so instead (but still on standard output)." | |
17440 | msgstr "" | |
17441 | ||
17442 | #. type: TP | |
17443 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17444 | #, no-wrap | |
17445 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" | |
17446 | msgstr "" | |
17447 | ||
17448 | #. type: Plain text | |
17449 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17450 | msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." | |
17451 | msgstr "" | |
17452 | ||
17453 | #. type: Plain text | |
17454 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17455 | msgid "" | |
17456 | "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " | |
17457 | "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." | |
17458 | msgstr "" | |
17459 | ||
17460 | #. type: Plain text | |
17461 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17462 | msgid "" | |
17463 | "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " | |
17464 | "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " | |
17465 | "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." | |
17466 | msgstr "" | |
17467 | ||
17468 | #. type: Plain text | |
17469 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17470 | msgid "" | |
17471 | "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " | |
17472 | "not created." | |
17473 | msgstr "" | |
17474 | ||
17475 | #. type: Plain text | |
17476 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17477 | msgid "" | |
17478 | "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " | |
17479 | "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " | |
17480 | "B<2>." | |
17481 | msgstr "" | |
17482 | ||
17483 | #. type: Plain text | |
17484 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17485 | msgid "" | |
17486 | "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " | |
17487 | "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " | |
17488 | "to expect.)" | |
17489 | msgstr "" | |
17490 | ||
17491 | #. type: TP | |
17492 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17493 | #, no-wrap | |
17494 | msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" | |
17495 | msgstr "" | |
17496 | ||
17497 | #. type: Plain text | |
17498 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17499 | msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." | |
17500 | msgstr "" | |
17501 | ||
17502 | #. type: Plain text | |
17503 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17504 | msgid "" | |
17505 | "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " | |
17506 | "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " | |
17507 | "stored in the queue." | |
17508 | msgstr "" | |
17509 | ||
17510 | #. type: TP | |
17511 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17512 | #, no-wrap | |
17513 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" | |
17514 | msgstr "" | |
17515 | ||
17516 | #. type: Plain text | |
17517 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17518 | msgid "" | |
17519 | "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " | |
17520 | "of their packages." | |
17521 | msgstr "" | |
17522 | ||
17523 | #. type: Plain text | |
17524 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17525 | msgid "" | |
17526 | "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " | |
17527 | "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." | |
17528 | msgstr "" | |
17529 | ||
17530 | #. type: TP | |
17531 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17532 | #, no-wrap | |
17533 | msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" | |
17534 | msgstr "" | |
17535 | ||
17536 | #. type: Plain text | |
17537 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17538 | msgid "" | |
17539 | "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " | |
17540 | "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
17541 | msgstr "" | |
17542 | ||
17543 | #. type: TP | |
17544 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17545 | #, no-wrap | |
17546 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" | |
17547 | msgstr "" | |
17548 | ||
17549 | #. type: Plain text | |
17550 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17551 | msgid "" | |
17552 | "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 " | |
17553 | "bytes). The default is 450 KiB." | |
17554 | msgstr "" | |
17555 | ||
17556 | #. type: TP | |
17557 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17558 | #, no-wrap | |
17559 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" | |
17560 | msgstr "" | |
17561 | ||
17562 | #. type: Plain text | |
17563 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17564 | msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." | |
17565 | msgstr "" | |
17566 | ||
17567 | #. type: Plain text | |
17568 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17569 | msgid "" | |
17570 | "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " | |
17571 | "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." | |
17572 | msgstr "" | |
17573 | ||
17574 | #. type: TP | |
17575 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17576 | #, no-wrap | |
17577 | msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" | |
17578 | msgstr "" | |
17579 | ||
17580 | #. type: Plain text | |
17581 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17582 | msgid "" | |
17583 | "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " | |
17584 | "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " | |
17585 | "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " | |
17586 | "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." | |
17587 | msgstr "" | |
17588 | ||
17589 | #. type: TP | |
17590 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17591 | #, no-wrap | |
17592 | msgid "B<--msdos>" | |
17593 | msgstr "" | |
17594 | ||
17595 | #. type: Plain text | |
17596 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17597 | msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." | |
17598 | msgstr "" | |
17599 | ||
17600 | #. type: Plain text | |
17601 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17602 | msgid "" | |
17603 | "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " | |
17604 | "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " | |
17605 | "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." | |
17606 | msgstr "" | |
17607 | ||
17608 | #. type: Plain text | |
17609 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17610 | msgid "" | |
17611 | "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " | |
17612 | "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." | |
17613 | msgstr "" | |
17614 | ||
17615 | #. type: Plain text | |
17616 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17617 | msgid "" | |
17618 | "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " | |
17619 | "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." | |
17620 | msgstr "" | |
17621 | ||
17622 | #. type: Plain text | |
17623 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17624 | msgid "" | |
17625 | "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " | |
17626 | "binary package part." | |
17627 | msgstr "" | |
17628 | ||
17629 | #. type: Plain text | |
17630 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17631 | msgid "" | |
17632 | "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that " | |
17633 | "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the " | |
17634 | "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc." | |
17635 | msgstr "" | |
17636 | ||
17637 | #. type: Plain text | |
17638 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17639 | msgid "" | |
17640 | "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " | |
17641 | "B<deb-split>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container." | |
17642 | msgstr "" | |
17643 | ||
17644 | #. type: TP | |
17645 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17646 | #, no-wrap | |
17647 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>" | |
17648 | msgstr "" | |
17649 | ||
17650 | #. type: Plain text | |
17651 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17652 | msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." | |
17653 | msgstr "" | |
17654 | ||
17655 | #. type: Plain text | |
17656 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17657 | msgid "" | |
17658 | "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to " | |
17659 | "B<dpkg-split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any " | |
17660 | "case the filename format should not be relied upon." | |
17661 | msgstr "" | |
17662 | ||
17663 | #. type: Plain text | |
17664 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17665 | msgid "" | |
17666 | "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " | |
17667 | "digging into the queue directory yourself." | |
17668 | msgstr "" | |
17669 | ||
17670 | #. type: Plain text | |
17671 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17672 | msgid "" | |
17673 | "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " | |
17674 | "part is one." | |
17675 | msgstr "" | |
17676 | ||
17677 | #. type: Plain text | |
17678 | #: dpkg-split.man:1 | |
17679 | msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." | |
17680 | msgstr "" | |
17681 | ||
17682 | #. type: TH | |
17683 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17684 | #, no-wrap | |
17685 | msgid "dpkg-statoverride" | |
17686 | msgstr "" | |
17687 | ||
17688 | #. type: Plain text | |
17689 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17690 | msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" | |
17691 | msgstr "" | |
17692 | ||
17693 | #. type: Plain text | |
17694 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17695 | msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
17696 | msgstr "" | |
17697 | ||
17698 | #. type: Plain text | |
17699 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17700 | msgid "" | |
17701 | "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " | |
17702 | "or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any " | |
17703 | "filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, " | |
17704 | "etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be " | |
17705 | "install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." | |
17706 | msgstr "" | |
17707 | ||
17708 | #. type: Plain text | |
17709 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17710 | msgid "" | |
17711 | "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " | |
17712 | "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." | |
17713 | msgstr "" | |
17714 | ||
17715 | #. type: TP | |
17716 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17717 | #, no-wrap | |
17718 | msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode path>" | |
17719 | msgstr "" | |
17720 | ||
17721 | #. type: Plain text | |
17722 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17723 | msgid "" | |
17724 | "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this " | |
17725 | "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " | |
17726 | "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " | |
17727 | "by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or " | |
17728 | "B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." | |
17729 | msgstr "" | |
17730 | ||
17731 | #. type: Plain text | |
17732 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17733 | msgid "" | |
17734 | "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the " | |
17735 | "new owner and mode." | |
17736 | msgstr "" | |
17737 | ||
17738 | #. type: TP | |
17739 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17740 | #, no-wrap | |
17741 | msgid "B<--remove>I< path>" | |
17742 | msgstr "" | |
17743 | ||
17744 | #. type: Plain text | |
17745 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17746 | msgid "" | |
17747 | "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by " | |
17748 | "this command." | |
17749 | msgstr "" | |
17750 | ||
17751 | #. type: TP | |
17752 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17753 | #, no-wrap | |
17754 | msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" | |
17755 | msgstr "" | |
17756 | ||
17757 | #. type: Plain text | |
17758 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17759 | msgid "" | |
17760 | "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " | |
17761 | "overrides which match the glob." | |
17762 | msgstr "" | |
17763 | ||
17764 | #. type: Plain text | |
17765 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17766 | msgid "" | |
17767 | "Change the I<directory> of the B<dpkg> database where the statoverride file " | |
17768 | "is also stored. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%>." | |
17769 | msgstr "" | |
17770 | ||
17771 | #. type: TP | |
17772 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
17773 | #, no-wrap | |
17774 | msgid "B<--force>" | |
17775 | msgstr "" | |
17776 | ||
17777 | #. type: Plain text | |
17778 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17779 | msgid "" | |
17780 | "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " | |
17781 | "is necessary to override an existing override." | |
17782 | msgstr "" | |
17783 | ||
17784 | #. type: TP | |
17785 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17786 | #, no-wrap | |
17787 | msgid "B<--update>" | |
17788 | msgstr "" | |
17789 | ||
17790 | #. type: Plain text | |
17791 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17792 | msgid "" | |
17793 | "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it " | |
17794 | "exists." | |
17795 | msgstr "" | |
17796 | ||
17797 | #. type: Plain text | |
17798 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17799 | msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." | |
17800 | msgstr "" | |
17801 | ||
17802 | #. type: Plain text | |
17803 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17804 | msgid "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob." | |
17805 | msgstr "" | |
17806 | ||
17807 | #. type: TP | |
17808 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17809 | #, no-wrap | |
17810 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>" | |
17811 | msgstr "" | |
17812 | ||
17813 | #. type: Plain text | |
17814 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17815 | msgid "" | |
17816 | "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " | |
17817 | "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " | |
17818 | "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." | |
17819 | msgstr "" | |
17820 | ||
17821 | #. type: Plain text | |
17822 | #: dpkg-statoverride.man:1 | |
17823 | msgid "" | |
17824 | "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " | |
17825 | "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one." | |
17826 | msgstr "" | |
17827 | ||
17828 | #. type: TH | |
17829 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17830 | #, no-wrap | |
17831 | msgid "dpkg-trigger" | |
17832 | msgstr "" | |
17833 | ||
17834 | #. type: Plain text | |
17835 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17836 | msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" | |
17837 | msgstr "" | |
17838 | ||
17839 | #. type: Plain text | |
17840 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17841 | msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" | |
17842 | msgstr "" | |
17843 | ||
17844 | #. type: Plain text | |
17845 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17846 | msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
17847 | msgstr "" | |
17848 | ||
17849 | #. type: Plain text | |
17850 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17851 | msgid "" | |
17852 | "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " | |
17853 | "support on the running B<dpkg>." | |
17854 | msgstr "" | |
17855 | ||
17856 | #. type: Plain text | |
17857 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17858 | msgid "" | |
17859 | "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " | |
17860 | "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " | |
17861 | "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " | |
17862 | "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " | |
17863 | "by B<dpkg-trigger>)." | |
17864 | msgstr "" | |
17865 | ||
17866 | #. type: Plain text | |
17867 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17868 | msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
17869 | msgstr "" | |
17870 | ||
17871 | #. type: TP | |
17872 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17873 | #, no-wrap | |
17874 | msgid "B<--check-supported>" | |
17875 | msgstr "" | |
17876 | ||
17877 | #. type: Plain text | |
17878 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17879 | msgid "" | |
17880 | "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " | |
17881 | "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " | |
17882 | "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " | |
17883 | "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." | |
17884 | msgstr "" | |
17885 | ||
17886 | #. type: TP | |
17887 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17888 | #, no-wrap | |
17889 | msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" | |
17890 | msgstr "" | |
17891 | ||
17892 | #. type: Plain text | |
17893 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17894 | msgid "" | |
17895 | "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " | |
17896 | "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " | |
17897 | "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " | |
17898 | "default)." | |
17899 | msgstr "" | |
17900 | ||
17901 | #. type: TP | |
17902 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17903 | #, no-wrap | |
17904 | msgid "B<--no-await>" | |
17905 | msgstr "" | |
17906 | ||
17907 | #. type: Plain text | |
17908 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17909 | msgid "" | |
17910 | "This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the " | |
17911 | "processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added " | |
17912 | "to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may " | |
17913 | "be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the " | |
17914 | "trigger." | |
17915 | msgstr "" | |
17916 | ||
17917 | #. type: TP | |
17918 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17919 | #, no-wrap | |
17920 | msgid "B<--await>" | |
17921 | msgstr "" | |
17922 | ||
17923 | #. type: Plain text | |
17924 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17925 | msgid "" | |
17926 | "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). It is " | |
17927 | "currently the default behavior." | |
17928 | msgstr "" | |
17929 | ||
17930 | #. type: TP | |
17931 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17932 | #, no-wrap | |
17933 | msgid "B<--no-act>" | |
17934 | msgstr "" | |
17935 | ||
17936 | #. type: Plain text | |
17937 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17938 | msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." | |
17939 | msgstr "" | |
17940 | ||
17941 | #. FIXME: Unhardcode the pathname, and use dpkg instead of dpkg-dev. | |
17942 | #. type: Plain text | |
17943 | #: dpkg-trigger.man:1 | |
17944 | msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." | |
17945 | msgstr "" | |
17946 | ||
17947 | #. type: TH | |
17948 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17949 | #, no-wrap | |
17950 | msgid "dpkg-vendor" | |
17951 | msgstr "" | |
17952 | ||
17953 | #. type: Plain text | |
17954 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17955 | msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" | |
17956 | msgstr "" | |
17957 | ||
17958 | #. type: Plain text | |
17959 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17960 | msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
17961 | msgstr "" | |
17962 | ||
17963 | #. type: Plain text | |
17964 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17965 | msgid "" | |
17966 | "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in " | |
17967 | "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains " | |
17968 | "information about the current vendor." | |
17969 | msgstr "" | |
17970 | ||
17971 | #. type: TP | |
17972 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17973 | #, no-wrap | |
17974 | msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>" | |
17975 | msgstr "" | |
17976 | ||
17977 | #. type: Plain text | |
17978 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17979 | msgid "" | |
17980 | "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with " | |
17981 | "B<1>." | |
17982 | msgstr "" | |
17983 | ||
17984 | #. type: TP | |
17985 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17986 | #, no-wrap | |
17987 | msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>" | |
17988 | msgstr "" | |
17989 | ||
17990 | #. type: Plain text | |
17991 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
17992 | msgid "" | |
17993 | "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " | |
17994 | "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse " | |
17995 | "all ancestors of the current vendor." | |
17996 | msgstr "" | |
17997 | ||
17998 | #. type: TP | |
17999 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18000 | #, no-wrap | |
18001 | msgid "B<--query>I< field>" | |
18002 | msgstr "" | |
18003 | ||
18004 | #. type: Plain text | |
18005 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18006 | msgid "" | |
18007 | "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " | |
18008 | "current vendor." | |
18009 | msgstr "" | |
18010 | ||
18011 | #. type: TP | |
18012 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18013 | #, no-wrap | |
18014 | msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>" | |
18015 | msgstr "" | |
18016 | ||
18017 | #. type: Plain text | |
18018 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18019 | msgid "" | |
18020 | "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " | |
18021 | "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
18022 | msgstr "" | |
18023 | ||
18024 | #. type: Plain text | |
18025 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18026 | msgid "" | |
18027 | "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " | |
18028 | "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." | |
18029 | msgstr "" | |
18030 | ||
18031 | #. type: Plain text | |
18032 | #: dpkg-vendor.man:1 | |
18033 | msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." | |
18034 | msgstr "" | |
18035 | ||
18036 | #. type: TH | |
18037 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18038 | #, no-wrap | |
18039 | msgid "dselect" | |
18040 | msgstr "" | |
18041 | ||
18042 | #. type: Plain text | |
18043 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18044 | msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" | |
18045 | msgstr "" | |
18046 | ||
18047 | #. type: Plain text | |
18048 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18049 | msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]" | |
18050 | msgstr "" | |
18051 | ||
18052 | #. type: Plain text | |
18053 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18054 | #, no-wrap | |
18055 | msgid "" | |
18056 | "B<dselect>\n" | |
18057 | "is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" | |
18058 | "system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" | |
18059 | " - Update the list of available package versions,\n" | |
18060 | " - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" | |
18061 | " - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" | |
18062 | " - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" | |
18063 | msgstr "" | |
18064 | ||
18065 | #. type: Plain text | |
18066 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18067 | msgid "" | |
18068 | "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level Debian " | |
18069 | "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " | |
18070 | "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " | |
18071 | "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " | |
18072 | "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " | |
18073 | "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " | |
18074 | "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " | |
18075 | "internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " | |
18076 | "I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." | |
18077 | msgstr "" | |
18078 | ||
18079 | #. type: Plain text | |
18080 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18081 | msgid "" | |
18082 | "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " | |
18083 | "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as " | |
18084 | "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line " | |
18085 | "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " | |
18086 | "or show additional information about the program." | |
18087 | msgstr "" | |
18088 | ||
18089 | #. type: Plain text | |
18090 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18091 | msgid "" | |
18092 | "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " | |
18093 | "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " | |
18094 | "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " | |
18095 | "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " | |
18096 | "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " | |
18097 | "‘B<#>’)." | |
18098 | msgstr "" | |
18099 | ||
18100 | #. type: Plain text | |
18101 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18102 | msgid "" | |
18103 | "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar " | |
18104 | "files are located. This defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> and normally there " | |
18105 | "shouldn't be any need to change it." | |
18106 | msgstr "" | |
18107 | ||
18108 | #. type: TP | |
18109 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18110 | #, no-wrap | |
18111 | msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>" | |
18112 | msgstr "" | |
18113 | ||
18114 | #. type: Plain text | |
18115 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18116 | msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." | |
18117 | msgstr "" | |
18118 | ||
18119 | #. type: TP | |
18120 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18121 | #, no-wrap | |
18122 | msgid "B<--expert>" | |
18123 | msgstr "" | |
18124 | ||
18125 | #. type: Plain text | |
18126 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18127 | msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." | |
18128 | msgstr "" | |
18129 | ||
18130 | #. type: TP | |
18131 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18132 | #, no-wrap | |
18133 | msgid "" | |
18134 | "B<--colour>|B<--color> " | |
18135 | "I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]" | |
18136 | msgstr "" | |
18137 | ||
18138 | #. type: Plain text | |
18139 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18140 | msgid "" | |
18141 | "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " | |
18142 | "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in " | |
18143 | "I<dselect.cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other " | |
18144 | "attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to " | |
18145 | "bottom) are:" | |
18146 | msgstr "" | |
18147 | ||
18148 | #. type: TP | |
18149 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18150 | #, no-wrap | |
18151 | msgid "B<title>" | |
18152 | msgstr "" | |
18153 | ||
18154 | #. type: Plain text | |
18155 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18156 | msgid "The screen title." | |
18157 | msgstr "" | |
18158 | ||
18159 | #. type: TP | |
18160 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18161 | #, no-wrap | |
18162 | msgid "B<listhead>" | |
18163 | msgstr "" | |
18164 | ||
18165 | #. type: Plain text | |
18166 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18167 | msgid "The header line above the list of packages." | |
18168 | msgstr "" | |
18169 | ||
18170 | #. type: TP | |
18171 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18172 | #, no-wrap | |
18173 | msgid "B<list>" | |
18174 | msgstr "" | |
18175 | ||
18176 | #. type: Plain text | |
18177 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18178 | msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." | |
18179 | msgstr "" | |
18180 | ||
18181 | #. type: TP | |
18182 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18183 | #, no-wrap | |
18184 | msgid "B<listsel>" | |
18185 | msgstr "" | |
18186 | ||
18187 | #. type: Plain text | |
18188 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18189 | msgid "The selected item in the list." | |
18190 | msgstr "" | |
18191 | ||
18192 | #. type: TP | |
18193 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18194 | #, no-wrap | |
18195 | msgid "B<pkgstate>" | |
18196 | msgstr "" | |
18197 | ||
18198 | #. type: Plain text | |
18199 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18200 | msgid "" | |
18201 | "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " | |
18202 | "package." | |
18203 | msgstr "" | |
18204 | ||
18205 | #. type: TP | |
18206 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18207 | #, no-wrap | |
18208 | msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" | |
18209 | msgstr "" | |
18210 | ||
18211 | #. type: Plain text | |
18212 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18213 | msgid "" | |
18214 | "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " | |
18215 | "currently selected package." | |
18216 | msgstr "" | |
18217 | ||
18218 | #. type: TP | |
18219 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18220 | #, no-wrap | |
18221 | msgid "B<infohead>" | |
18222 | msgstr "" | |
18223 | ||
18224 | #. type: Plain text | |
18225 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18226 | msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." | |
18227 | msgstr "" | |
18228 | ||
18229 | #. type: TP | |
18230 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18231 | #, no-wrap | |
18232 | msgid "B<infodesc>" | |
18233 | msgstr "" | |
18234 | ||
18235 | #. type: Plain text | |
18236 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18237 | msgid "The package's short description." | |
18238 | msgstr "" | |
18239 | ||
18240 | #. type: TP | |
18241 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18242 | #, no-wrap | |
18243 | msgid "B<info>" | |
18244 | msgstr "" | |
18245 | ||
18246 | #. type: Plain text | |
18247 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18248 | msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." | |
18249 | msgstr "" | |
18250 | ||
18251 | #. type: TP | |
18252 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18253 | #, no-wrap | |
18254 | msgid "B<infofoot>" | |
18255 | msgstr "" | |
18256 | ||
18257 | #. type: Plain text | |
18258 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18259 | msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." | |
18260 | msgstr "" | |
18261 | ||
18262 | #. type: TP | |
18263 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18264 | #, no-wrap | |
18265 | msgid "B<query>" | |
18266 | msgstr "" | |
18267 | ||
18268 | #. type: Plain text | |
18269 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18270 | msgid "Used to display query lines" | |
18271 | msgstr "" | |
18272 | ||
18273 | #. type: TP | |
18274 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18275 | #, no-wrap | |
18276 | msgid "B<helpscreen>" | |
18277 | msgstr "" | |
18278 | ||
18279 | #. type: Plain text | |
18280 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18281 | msgid "Color of help screens." | |
18282 | msgstr "" | |
18283 | ||
18284 | #. type: Plain text | |
18285 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18286 | msgid "" | |
18287 | "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " | |
18288 | "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " | |
18289 | "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." | |
18290 | msgstr "" | |
18291 | ||
18292 | #. type: Plain text | |
18293 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18294 | msgid "" | |
18295 | "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " | |
18296 | "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " | |
18297 | "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " | |
18298 | "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, " | |
18299 | "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>" | |
18300 | msgstr "" | |
18301 | ||
18302 | #. type: Plain text | |
18303 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18304 | msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." | |
18305 | msgstr "" | |
18306 | ||
18307 | #. type: Plain text | |
18308 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18309 | msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." | |
18310 | msgstr "" | |
18311 | ||
18312 | #. type: Plain text | |
18313 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18314 | msgid "" | |
18315 | "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either " | |
18316 | "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " | |
18317 | "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:" | |
18318 | msgstr "" | |
18319 | ||
18320 | #. type: SS | |
18321 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18322 | #, no-wrap | |
18323 | msgid "access" | |
18324 | msgstr "" | |
18325 | ||
18326 | #. type: Plain text | |
18327 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18328 | msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." | |
18329 | msgstr "" | |
18330 | ||
18331 | #. type: Plain text | |
18332 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18333 | msgid "" | |
18334 | "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, " | |
18335 | "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, " | |
18336 | "I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " | |
18337 | "eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package." | |
18338 | msgstr "" | |
18339 | ||
18340 | #. type: Plain text | |
18341 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18342 | msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." | |
18343 | msgstr "" | |
18344 | ||
18345 | #. type: SS | |
18346 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18347 | #, no-wrap | |
18348 | msgid "update" | |
18349 | msgstr "" | |
18350 | ||
18351 | #. type: Plain text | |
18352 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18353 | msgid "Refresh the available packages database." | |
18354 | msgstr "" | |
18355 | ||
18356 | #. type: Plain text | |
18357 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18358 | msgid "" | |
18359 | "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " | |
18360 | "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " | |
18361 | "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " | |
18362 | "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " | |
18363 | "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." | |
18364 | msgstr "" | |
18365 | ||
18366 | #. type: Plain text | |
18367 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18368 | msgid "" | |
18369 | "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. " | |
18370 | "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." | |
18371 | msgstr "" | |
18372 | ||
18373 | #. type: SS | |
18374 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18375 | #, no-wrap | |
18376 | msgid "select" | |
18377 | msgstr "" | |
18378 | ||
18379 | #. type: Plain text | |
18380 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18381 | msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." | |
18382 | msgstr "" | |
18383 | ||
18384 | #. type: Plain text | |
18385 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18386 | msgid "" | |
18387 | "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " | |
18388 | "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " | |
18389 | "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " | |
18390 | "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " | |
18391 | "changes to other depending or conflicting packages." | |
18392 | msgstr "" | |
18393 | ||
18394 | #. type: Plain text | |
18395 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18396 | msgid "" | |
18397 | "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " | |
18398 | "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " | |
18399 | "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " | |
18400 | "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " | |
18401 | "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " | |
18402 | "the unresolved depends or conflicts." | |
18403 | msgstr "" | |
18404 | ||
18405 | #. type: Plain text | |
18406 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18407 | msgid "" | |
18408 | "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " | |
18409 | "in more detail below." | |
18410 | msgstr "" | |
18411 | ||
18412 | #. type: SS | |
18413 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18414 | #, no-wrap | |
18415 | msgid "install" | |
18416 | msgstr "" | |
18417 | ||
18418 | #. type: Plain text | |
18419 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18420 | msgid "Installs selected packages." | |
18421 | msgstr "" | |
18422 | ||
18423 | #. type: Plain text | |
18424 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18425 | msgid "" | |
18426 | "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " | |
18427 | "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " | |
18428 | "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " | |
18429 | "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " | |
18430 | "remove packages that were marked for removal." | |
18431 | msgstr "" | |
18432 | ||
18433 | #. type: Plain text | |
18434 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18435 | msgid "" | |
18436 | "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " | |
18437 | "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " | |
18438 | "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " | |
18439 | "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " | |
18440 | "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at " | |
18441 | "https://bugs.debian.org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or " | |
18442 | "B<reportbug>(1), if these are installed." | |
18443 | msgstr "" | |
18444 | ||
18445 | #. type: Plain text | |
18446 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18447 | msgid "" | |
18448 | "Details of the install command depend on the access method's " | |
18449 | "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during " | |
18450 | "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the " | |
18451 | "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the " | |
18452 | "B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated " | |
18453 | "installation setups." | |
18454 | msgstr "" | |
18455 | ||
18456 | #. type: SS | |
18457 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18458 | #, no-wrap | |
18459 | msgid "config" | |
18460 | msgstr "" | |
18461 | ||
18462 | #. type: Plain text | |
18463 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18464 | msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." | |
18465 | msgstr "" | |
18466 | ||
18467 | #. type: SS | |
18468 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18469 | #, no-wrap | |
18470 | msgid "remove" | |
18471 | msgstr "" | |
18472 | ||
18473 | #. type: Plain text | |
18474 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18475 | msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." | |
18476 | msgstr "" | |
18477 | ||
18478 | #. type: SS | |
18479 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18480 | #, no-wrap | |
18481 | msgid "quit" | |
18482 | msgstr "" | |
18483 | ||
18484 | #. type: Plain text | |
18485 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18486 | msgid "Quit B<dselect>." | |
18487 | msgstr "" | |
18488 | ||
18489 | #. type: Plain text | |
18490 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18491 | msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." | |
18492 | msgstr "" | |
18493 | ||
18494 | #. type: SH | |
18495 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18496 | #, no-wrap | |
18497 | msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT" | |
18498 | msgstr "" | |
18499 | ||
18500 | #. type: SS | |
18501 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18502 | #, no-wrap | |
18503 | msgid "Introduction" | |
18504 | msgstr "" | |
18505 | ||
18506 | #. type: Plain text | |
18507 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18508 | msgid "" | |
18509 | "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " | |
18510 | "involved with managing large sets of packages with many " | |
18511 | "interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " | |
18512 | "ways of the Debian package management system, it can be quite " | |
18513 | "overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and " | |
18514 | "administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to " | |
18515 | "be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The " | |
18516 | "user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian " | |
18517 | "packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the " | |
18518 | "distribution policy." | |
18519 | msgstr "" | |
18520 | ||
18521 | #. type: Plain text | |
18522 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18523 | msgid "" | |
18524 | "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " | |
18525 | "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " | |
18526 | "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " | |
18527 | "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " | |
18528 | "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key." | |
18529 | msgstr "" | |
18530 | ||
18531 | #. type: SS | |
18532 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18533 | #, no-wrap | |
18534 | msgid "Screen layout" | |
18535 | msgstr "" | |
18536 | ||
18537 | #. type: Plain text | |
18538 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18539 | msgid "" | |
18540 | "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " | |
18541 | "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " | |
18542 | "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " | |
18543 | "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " | |
18544 | "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " | |
18545 | "is displayed can be varied." | |
18546 | msgstr "" | |
18547 | ||
18548 | #. type: Plain text | |
18549 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18550 | msgid "" | |
18551 | "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " | |
18552 | "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." | |
18553 | msgstr "" | |
18554 | ||
18555 | #. type: SS | |
18556 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18557 | #, no-wrap | |
18558 | msgid "Package details view" | |
18559 | msgstr "" | |
18560 | ||
18561 | #. type: Plain text | |
18562 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18563 | #, no-wrap | |
18564 | msgid "" | |
18565 | "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" | |
18566 | "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" | |
18567 | "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key.\n" | |
18568 | "This alternates between:\n" | |
18569 | " - the extended description\n" | |
18570 | " - the control information for the installed version\n" | |
18571 | " - the control information for the available version\n" | |
18572 | msgstr "" | |
18573 | ||
18574 | #. type: Plain text | |
18575 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18576 | msgid "" | |
18577 | "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " | |
18578 | "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " | |
18579 | "causing it to be listed." | |
18580 | msgstr "" | |
18581 | ||
18582 | #. type: SS | |
18583 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18584 | #, no-wrap | |
18585 | msgid "Packages status list" | |
18586 | msgstr "" | |
18587 | ||
18588 | #. type: Plain text | |
18589 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18590 | msgid "" | |
18591 | "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian " | |
18592 | "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " | |
18593 | "and packages known from the available packages database." | |
18594 | msgstr "" | |
18595 | ||
18596 | #. type: Plain text | |
18597 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18598 | msgid "" | |
18599 | "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " | |
18600 | "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the " | |
18601 | "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the " | |
18602 | "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be " | |
18603 | "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the " | |
18604 | "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " | |
18605 | "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between " | |
18606 | "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." | |
18607 | msgstr "" | |
18608 | ||
18609 | #. type: Plain text | |
18610 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18611 | msgid "" | |
18612 | "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " | |
18613 | "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " | |
18614 | "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " | |
18615 | "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." | |
18616 | msgstr "" | |
18617 | ||
18618 | #. type: Plain text | |
18619 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18620 | #, no-wrap | |
18621 | msgid "" | |
18622 | "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" | |
18623 | " Error flag:\n" | |
18624 | " I<empty> no error\n" | |
18625 | " B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" | |
18626 | " Installed state:\n" | |
18627 | " I<empty> not installed;\n" | |
18628 | " B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" | |
18629 | " B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" | |
18630 | " B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" | |
18631 | " B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" | |
18632 | " B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" | |
18633 | " Current and requested selections:\n" | |
18634 | " B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" | |
18635 | " B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" | |
18636 | " B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" | |
18637 | " B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" | |
18638 | " B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" | |
18639 | msgstr "" | |
18640 | ||
18641 | #. type: SS | |
18642 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18643 | #, no-wrap | |
18644 | msgid "Cursor and screen movement" | |
18645 | msgstr "" | |
18646 | ||
18647 | #. type: Plain text | |
18648 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18649 | msgid "" | |
18650 | "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " | |
18651 | "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" | |
18652 | msgstr "" | |
18653 | ||
18654 | #. type: Plain text | |
18655 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18656 | #, no-wrap | |
18657 | msgid "" | |
18658 | " B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" | |
18659 | " B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" | |
18660 | " B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" | |
18661 | " B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" | |
18662 | " B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" | |
18663 | " B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" | |
18664 | " B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" | |
18665 | " B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" | |
18666 | " B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" | |
18667 | " B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" | |
18668 | " B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" | |
18669 | " B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" | |
18670 | " B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" | |
18671 | " B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" | |
18672 | " B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" | |
18673 | " B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" | |
18674 | msgstr "" | |
18675 | ||
18676 | #. type: SS | |
18677 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18678 | #, no-wrap | |
18679 | msgid "Searching and sorting" | |
18680 | msgstr "" | |
18681 | ||
18682 | #. type: Plain text | |
18683 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18684 | msgid "" | |
18685 | "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " | |
18686 | "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is " | |
18687 | "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the " | |
18688 | "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add " | |
18689 | "‘B</i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two " | |
18690 | "suffixes like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by " | |
18691 | "repeatedly pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\e>’ keys, until the wanted package is " | |
18692 | "found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top " | |
18693 | "and continues searching from there." | |
18694 | msgstr "" | |
18695 | ||
18696 | #. type: Plain text | |
18697 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18698 | #, no-wrap | |
18699 | msgid "" | |
18700 | "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" | |
18701 | "the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys repeatedly.\n" | |
18702 | "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" | |
18703 | " alphabet available status\n" | |
18704 | " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" | |
18705 | " section+priority available+section status+section\n" | |
18706 | msgstr "" | |
18707 | ||
18708 | #. type: Plain text | |
18709 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18710 | msgid "" | |
18711 | "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " | |
18712 | "subordering sort key." | |
18713 | msgstr "" | |
18714 | ||
18715 | #. type: SS | |
18716 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18717 | #, no-wrap | |
18718 | msgid "Altering selections" | |
18719 | msgstr "" | |
18720 | ||
18721 | #. type: Plain text | |
18722 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18723 | #, no-wrap | |
18724 | msgid "" | |
18725 | "The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" | |
18726 | "altered with the following commands:\n" | |
18727 | " B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" | |
18728 | " B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" | |
18729 | " B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" | |
18730 | " B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" | |
18731 | " B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" | |
18732 | msgstr "" | |
18733 | ||
18734 | #. type: Plain text | |
18735 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18736 | msgid "" | |
18737 | "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " | |
18738 | "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " | |
18739 | "screen. This will be further explained below." | |
18740 | msgstr "" | |
18741 | ||
18742 | #. type: Plain text | |
18743 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18744 | msgid "" | |
18745 | "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " | |
18746 | "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " | |
18747 | "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." | |
18748 | msgstr "" | |
18749 | ||
18750 | #. type: Plain text | |
18751 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18752 | msgid "" | |
18753 | "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " | |
18754 | "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " | |
18755 | "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " | |
18756 | "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " | |
18757 | "operations are useful when applied to groups." | |
18758 | msgstr "" | |
18759 | ||
18760 | #. type: SS | |
18761 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18762 | #, no-wrap | |
18763 | msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" | |
18764 | msgstr "" | |
18765 | ||
18766 | #. type: Plain text | |
18767 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18768 | msgid "" | |
18769 | "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " | |
18770 | "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " | |
18771 | "screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." | |
18772 | msgstr "" | |
18773 | ||
18774 | #. type: Plain text | |
18775 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18776 | msgid "" | |
18777 | "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " | |
18778 | "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " | |
18779 | "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " | |
18780 | "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " | |
18781 | "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " | |
18782 | "listed." | |
18783 | msgstr "" | |
18784 | ||
18785 | #. type: Plain text | |
18786 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18787 | msgid "" | |
18788 | "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " | |
18789 | "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " | |
18790 | "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " | |
18791 | "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " | |
18792 | "suggestions made by B<dselect>." | |
18793 | msgstr "" | |
18794 | ||
18795 | #. type: Plain text | |
18796 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18797 | msgid "" | |
18798 | "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " | |
18799 | "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " | |
18800 | "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the " | |
18801 | "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " | |
18802 | "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " | |
18803 | "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." | |
18804 | msgstr "" | |
18805 | ||
18806 | #. type: SS | |
18807 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18808 | #, no-wrap | |
18809 | msgid "Establishing the requested selections" | |
18810 | msgstr "" | |
18811 | ||
18812 | #. type: Plain text | |
18813 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18814 | msgid "" | |
18815 | "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is " | |
18816 | "accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the " | |
18817 | "requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are " | |
18818 | "any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a " | |
18819 | "dependency resolution screen." | |
18820 | msgstr "" | |
18821 | ||
18822 | #. type: Plain text | |
18823 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18824 | msgid "" | |
18825 | "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " | |
18826 | "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the " | |
18827 | "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " | |
18828 | "this unless you've read the fine print." | |
18829 | msgstr "" | |
18830 | ||
18831 | #. type: Plain text | |
18832 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18833 | msgid "" | |
18834 | "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " | |
18835 | "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or " | |
18836 | "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " | |
18837 | "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " | |
18838 | "the last established settings." | |
18839 | msgstr "" | |
18840 | ||
18841 | #. type: Plain text | |
18842 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18843 | msgid "" | |
18844 | "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " | |
18845 | "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ " | |
18846 | "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " | |
18847 | "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " | |
18848 | "B<enter> by accident." | |
18849 | msgstr "" | |
18850 | ||
18851 | #. type: Plain text | |
18852 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18853 | msgid "The requested command was successfully performed." | |
18854 | msgstr "" | |
18855 | ||
18856 | #. type: Plain text | |
18857 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18858 | msgid "" | |
18859 | "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " | |
18860 | "specific configuration file." | |
18861 | msgstr "" | |
18862 | ||
18863 | #. type: Plain text | |
18864 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18865 | msgid "" | |
18866 | "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " | |
18867 | "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." | |
18868 | msgstr "" | |
18869 | ||
18870 | #. type: Plain text | |
18871 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18872 | msgid "The documentation is lacking." | |
18873 | msgstr "" | |
18874 | ||
18875 | #. type: Plain text | |
18876 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18877 | msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." | |
18878 | msgstr "" | |
18879 | ||
18880 | #. type: Plain text | |
18881 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18882 | msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." | |
18883 | msgstr "" | |
18884 | ||
18885 | #. type: Plain text | |
18886 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18887 | msgid "" | |
18888 | "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " | |
18889 | "standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " | |
18890 | "it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." | |
18891 | msgstr "" | |
18892 | ||
18893 | #. type: Plain text | |
18894 | #: dselect.man:1 | |
18895 | msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." | |
18896 | msgstr "" | |
18897 | ||
18898 | #. type: TH | |
18899 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18900 | #, no-wrap | |
18901 | msgid "dselect.cfg" | |
18902 | msgstr "" | |
18903 | ||
18904 | #. type: Plain text | |
18905 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18906 | msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" | |
18907 | msgstr "" | |
18908 | ||
18909 | #. type: Plain text | |
18910 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18911 | msgid "" | |
18912 | "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " | |
18913 | "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " | |
18914 | "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " | |
18915 | "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " | |
18916 | "hash sign (‘B<#>’)." | |
18917 | msgstr "" | |
18918 | ||
18919 | #. type: Plain text | |
18920 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18921 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" | |
18922 | msgstr "" | |
18923 | ||
18924 | #. type: Plain text | |
18925 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18926 | msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>" | |
18927 | msgstr "" | |
18928 | ||
18929 | #. type: Plain text | |
18930 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18931 | msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" | |
18932 | msgstr "" | |
18933 | ||
18934 | #. type: Plain text | |
18935 | #: dselect.cfg.man:1 | |
18936 | msgid "B<dselect>(1)." | |
18937 | msgstr "" | |
18938 | ||
18939 | #. type: TH | |
18940 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18941 | #, no-wrap | |
18942 | msgid "start-stop-daemon" | |
18943 | msgstr "" | |
18944 | ||
18945 | #. type: Plain text | |
18946 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18947 | msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" | |
18948 | msgstr "" | |
18949 | ||
18950 | #. type: Plain text | |
18951 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18952 | msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
18953 | msgstr "" | |
18954 | ||
18955 | #. type: Plain text | |
18956 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18957 | msgid "" | |
18958 | "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " | |
18959 | "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, " | |
18960 | "B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a " | |
18961 | "running process." | |
18962 | msgstr "" | |
18963 | ||
18964 | #. type: Plain text | |
18965 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18966 | msgid "" | |
18967 | "Note: unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
18968 | "behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the " | |
18969 | "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent " | |
18970 | "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent " | |
18971 | "B<--start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the " | |
18972 | "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if " | |
18973 | "B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which " | |
18974 | "need to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile." | |
18975 | msgstr "" | |
18976 | ||
18977 | #. type: TP | |
18978 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18979 | #, no-wrap | |
18980 | msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" | |
18981 | msgstr "" | |
18982 | ||
18983 | #. type: Plain text | |
18984 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18985 | msgid "" | |
18986 | "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " | |
18987 | "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if " | |
18988 | "B<--oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " | |
18989 | "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " | |
18990 | "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " | |
18991 | "line are passed unmodified to the program being started." | |
18992 | msgstr "" | |
18993 | ||
18994 | #. type: TP | |
18995 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
18996 | #, no-wrap | |
18997 | msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" | |
18998 | msgstr "" | |
18999 | ||
19000 | #. type: Plain text | |
19001 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19002 | msgid "" | |
19003 | "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " | |
19004 | "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " | |
19005 | "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " | |
19006 | "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " | |
19007 | "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " | |
19008 | "terminated." | |
19009 | msgstr "" | |
19010 | ||
19011 | #. type: TP | |
19012 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19013 | #, no-wrap | |
19014 | msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" | |
19015 | msgstr "" | |
19016 | ||
19017 | #. type: Plain text | |
19018 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19019 | msgid "" | |
19020 | "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " | |
19021 | "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)." | |
19022 | msgstr "" | |
19023 | ||
19024 | #. type: TP | |
19025 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19026 | #, no-wrap | |
19027 | msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" | |
19028 | msgstr "" | |
19029 | ||
19030 | #. type: Plain text | |
19031 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19032 | msgid "Show usage information and exit." | |
19033 | msgstr "" | |
19034 | ||
19035 | #. type: TP | |
19036 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19037 | #, no-wrap | |
19038 | msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" | |
19039 | msgstr "" | |
19040 | ||
19041 | #. type: Plain text | |
19042 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19043 | msgid "Show the program version and exit." | |
19044 | msgstr "" | |
19045 | ||
19046 | #. type: SS | |
19047 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19048 | #, no-wrap | |
19049 | msgid "Matching options" | |
19050 | msgstr "" | |
19051 | ||
19052 | #. type: TP | |
19053 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19054 | #, no-wrap | |
19055 | msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>" | |
19056 | msgstr "" | |
19057 | ||
19058 | #. type: Plain text | |
19059 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19060 | msgid "" | |
19061 | "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The " | |
19062 | "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0." | |
19063 | msgstr "" | |
19064 | ||
19065 | #. type: TP | |
19066 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19067 | #, no-wrap | |
19068 | msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>" | |
19069 | msgstr "" | |
19070 | ||
19071 | #. type: Plain text | |
19072 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19073 | msgid "" | |
19074 | "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version " | |
19075 | "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0." | |
19076 | msgstr "" | |
19077 | ||
19078 | #. type: TP | |
19079 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19080 | #, no-wrap | |
19081 | msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" | |
19082 | msgstr "" | |
19083 | ||
19084 | #. type: Plain text | |
19085 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19086 | msgid "" | |
19087 | "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>. Note: using this " | |
19088 | "matching option alone might cause unintended processes to be acted on, if " | |
19089 | "the old process terminated without being able to remove the I<pid-file>." | |
19090 | msgstr "" | |
19091 | ||
19092 | #. type: TP | |
19093 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19094 | #, no-wrap | |
19095 | msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" | |
19096 | msgstr "" | |
19097 | ||
19098 | #. type: Plain text | |
19099 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19100 | msgid "" | |
19101 | "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The " | |
19102 | "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname. Note: this might not " | |
19103 | "work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the executable will point to " | |
19104 | "the interpreter. Take into account processes running from inside a chroot " | |
19105 | "will also be matched, so other match restrictions might be needed." | |
19106 | msgstr "" | |
19107 | ||
19108 | #. type: TP | |
19109 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19110 | #, no-wrap | |
19111 | msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" | |
19112 | msgstr "" | |
19113 | ||
19114 | #. type: Plain text | |
19115 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19116 | msgid "" | |
19117 | "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is " | |
19118 | "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process " | |
19119 | "itself. Note: on most systems this information is retrieved from the process " | |
19120 | "comm name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length " | |
19121 | "limit (assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)." | |
19122 | msgstr "" | |
19123 | ||
19124 | #. type: TP | |
19125 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19126 | #, no-wrap | |
19127 | msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" | |
19128 | msgstr "" | |
19129 | ||
19130 | #. type: Plain text | |
19131 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19132 | msgid "" | |
19133 | "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or " | |
19134 | "I<uid>. Note: using this matching option alone will cause all processes " | |
19135 | "matching the user to be acted on." | |
19136 | msgstr "" | |
19137 | ||
19138 | #. type: SS | |
19139 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19140 | #, no-wrap | |
19141 | msgid "Generic options" | |
19142 | msgstr "" | |
19143 | ||
19144 | #. type: TP | |
19145 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19146 | #, no-wrap | |
19147 | msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" | |
19148 | msgstr "" | |
19149 | ||
19150 | #. type: Plain text | |
19151 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19152 | msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." | |
19153 | msgstr "" | |
19154 | ||
19155 | #. type: TP | |
19156 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19157 | #, no-wrap | |
19158 | msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" | |
19159 | msgstr "" | |
19160 | ||
19161 | #. type: Plain text | |
19162 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19163 | msgid "" | |
19164 | "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " | |
19165 | "(default TERM)." | |
19166 | msgstr "" | |
19167 | ||
19168 | #. type: TP | |
19169 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19170 | #, no-wrap | |
19171 | msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" | |
19172 | msgstr "" | |
19173 | ||
19174 | #. type: Plain text | |
19175 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19176 | msgid "" | |
19177 | "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " | |
19178 | "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " | |
19179 | "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " | |
19180 | "then take further action as determined by the schedule." | |
19181 | msgstr "" | |
19182 | ||
19183 | #. type: Plain text | |
19184 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19185 | msgid "" | |
19186 | "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " | |
19187 | "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " | |
19188 | "signal specified with B<--signal>." | |
19189 | msgstr "" | |
19190 | ||
19191 | #. type: Plain text | |
19192 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19193 | msgid "" | |
19194 | "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " | |
19195 | "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " | |
19196 | "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " | |
19197 | "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " | |
19198 | "schedule forever if necessary." | |
19199 | msgstr "" | |
19200 | ||
19201 | #. type: Plain text | |
19202 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19203 | msgid "" | |
19204 | "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " | |
19205 | "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " | |
19206 | "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." | |
19207 | msgstr "" | |
19208 | ||
19209 | #. type: TP | |
19210 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19211 | #, no-wrap | |
19212 | msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" | |
19213 | msgstr "" | |
19214 | ||
19215 | #. type: Plain text | |
19216 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19217 | msgid "" | |
19218 | "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " | |
19219 | "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." | |
19220 | msgstr "" | |
19221 | ||
19222 | #. type: TP | |
19223 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19224 | #, no-wrap | |
19225 | msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" | |
19226 | msgstr "" | |
19227 | ||
19228 | #. type: Plain text | |
19229 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19230 | msgid "" | |
19231 | "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " | |
19232 | "no action." | |
19233 | msgstr "" | |
19234 | ||
19235 | #. type: TP | |
19236 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19237 | #, no-wrap | |
19238 | msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" | |
19239 | msgstr "" | |
19240 | ||
19241 | #. type: Plain text | |
19242 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19243 | msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." | |
19244 | msgstr "" | |
19245 | ||
19246 | #. type: TP | |
19247 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19248 | #, no-wrap | |
19249 | msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" | |
19250 | msgstr "" | |
19251 | ||
19252 | #. type: Plain text | |
19253 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19254 | msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." | |
19255 | msgstr "" | |
19256 | ||
19257 | #. type: TP | |
19258 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19259 | #, no-wrap | |
19260 | msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" | |
19261 | msgstr "" | |
19262 | ||
19263 | #. type: Plain text | |
19264 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19265 | msgid "" | |
19266 | "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " | |
19267 | "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " | |
19268 | "as you would for the B<chown>(1) command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user " | |
19269 | "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " | |
19270 | "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " | |
19271 | "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The " | |
19272 | "B<--group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member " | |
19273 | "of (like adding per process group membership for generic users like " | |
19274 | "B<nobody>)." | |
19275 | msgstr "" | |
19276 | ||
19277 | #. type: TP | |
19278 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19279 | #, no-wrap | |
19280 | msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" | |
19281 | msgstr "" | |
19282 | ||
19283 | #. type: Plain text | |
19284 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19285 | msgid "" | |
19286 | "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " | |
19287 | "the pidfile is also written after the chroot." | |
19288 | msgstr "" | |
19289 | ||
19290 | #. type: TP | |
19291 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19292 | #, no-wrap | |
19293 | msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" | |
19294 | msgstr "" | |
19295 | ||
19296 | #. type: Plain text | |
19297 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19298 | msgid "" | |
19299 | "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " | |
19300 | "if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, " | |
19301 | "B<start-stop-daemon> will chdir to the root directory before starting the " | |
19302 | "process." | |
19303 | msgstr "" | |
19304 | ||
19305 | #. type: TP | |
19306 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19307 | #, no-wrap | |
19308 | msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" | |
19309 | msgstr "" | |
19310 | ||
19311 | #. type: Plain text | |
19312 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19313 | msgid "" | |
19314 | "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " | |
19315 | "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " | |
19316 | "force it into the background. B<Warning: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " | |
19317 | "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " | |
19318 | "last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " | |
19319 | "forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " | |
19320 | "do this themselves." | |
19321 | msgstr "" | |
19322 | ||
19323 | #. type: TP | |
19324 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19325 | #, no-wrap | |
19326 | msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" | |
19327 | msgstr "" | |
19328 | ||
19329 | #. type: Plain text | |
19330 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19331 | msgid "" | |
19332 | "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background " | |
19333 | "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process " | |
19334 | "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only " | |
19335 | "relevant when using B<--background>." | |
19336 | msgstr "" | |
19337 | ||
19338 | #. type: TP | |
19339 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19340 | #, no-wrap | |
19341 | msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" | |
19342 | msgstr "" | |
19343 | ||
19344 | #. type: Plain text | |
19345 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19346 | msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." | |
19347 | msgstr "" | |
19348 | ||
19349 | #. type: TP | |
19350 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19351 | #, no-wrap | |
19352 | msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" | |
19353 | msgstr "" | |
19354 | ||
19355 | #. type: Plain text | |
19356 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19357 | msgid "" | |
19358 | "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " | |
19359 | "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " | |
19360 | "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " | |
19361 | "is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." | |
19362 | msgstr "" | |
19363 | ||
19364 | #. type: TP | |
19365 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19366 | #, no-wrap | |
19367 | msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" | |
19368 | msgstr "" | |
19369 | ||
19370 | #. type: Plain text | |
19371 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19372 | msgid "" | |
19373 | "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " | |
19374 | "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " | |
19375 | "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " | |
19376 | "is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The " | |
19377 | "currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and " | |
19378 | "B<real-time>." | |
19379 | msgstr "" | |
19380 | ||
19381 | #. type: TP | |
19382 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19383 | #, no-wrap | |
19384 | msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" | |
19385 | msgstr "" | |
19386 | ||
19387 | #. type: Plain text | |
19388 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19389 | msgid "" | |
19390 | "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version " | |
19391 | "1.13.22)." | |
19392 | msgstr "" | |
19393 | ||
19394 | #. type: TP | |
19395 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19396 | #, no-wrap | |
19397 | msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" | |
19398 | msgstr "" | |
19399 | ||
19400 | #. type: Plain text | |
19401 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19402 | msgid "" | |
19403 | "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " | |
19404 | "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with " | |
19405 | "B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the " | |
19406 | "process. Note, the file will only be removed when stopping the program if " | |
19407 | "B<--remove-pidfile> is used. B<Note:> This feature may not work in all " | |
19408 | "cases. Most notably when the program being executed forks from its main " | |
19409 | "process. Because of this, it is usually only useful when combined with the " | |
19410 | "B<--background> option." | |
19411 | msgstr "" | |
19412 | ||
19413 | #. type: TP | |
19414 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19415 | #, no-wrap | |
19416 | msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>" | |
19417 | msgstr "" | |
19418 | ||
19419 | #. type: Plain text | |
19420 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19421 | msgid "" | |
19422 | "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since " | |
19423 | "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the " | |
19424 | "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process." | |
19425 | msgstr "" | |
19426 | ||
19427 | #. type: Plain text | |
19428 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19429 | msgid "Print verbose informational messages." | |
19430 | msgstr "" | |
19431 | ||
19432 | #. type: Plain text | |
19433 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19434 | msgid "" | |
19435 | "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " | |
19436 | "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " | |
19437 | "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " | |
19438 | "specified and there were no matching processes." | |
19439 | msgstr "" | |
19440 | ||
19441 | #. type: Plain text | |
19442 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19443 | msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." | |
19444 | msgstr "" | |
19445 | ||
19446 | #. type: Plain text | |
19447 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19448 | msgid "" | |
19449 | "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " | |
19450 | "reached and the processes were still running." | |
19451 | msgstr "" | |
19452 | ||
19453 | #. type: TP | |
19454 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19455 | #, no-wrap | |
19456 | msgid "B<3>" | |
19457 | msgstr "" | |
19458 | ||
19459 | #. type: Plain text | |
19460 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19461 | msgid "Any other error." | |
19462 | msgstr "" | |
19463 | ||
19464 | #. type: Plain text | |
19465 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19466 | msgid "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" | |
19467 | msgstr "" | |
19468 | ||
19469 | #. type: Plain text | |
19470 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19471 | msgid "Program is running." | |
19472 | msgstr "" | |
19473 | ||
19474 | #. type: Plain text | |
19475 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19476 | msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." | |
19477 | msgstr "" | |
19478 | ||
19479 | #. type: Plain text | |
19480 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19481 | msgid "Program is not running." | |
19482 | msgstr "" | |
19483 | ||
19484 | #. type: TP | |
19485 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19486 | #, no-wrap | |
19487 | msgid "B<4>" | |
19488 | msgstr "" | |
19489 | ||
19490 | #. type: Plain text | |
19491 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19492 | msgid "Unable to determine program status." | |
19493 | msgstr "" | |
19494 | ||
19495 | #. type: Plain text | |
19496 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19497 | msgid "" | |
19498 | "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " | |
19499 | "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" | |
19500 | msgstr "" | |
19501 | ||
19502 | #. type: Plain text | |
19503 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19504 | #, no-wrap | |
19505 | msgid "" | |
19506 | "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
19507 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\e\n" | |
19508 | "\t--chuid food -- --daemon\n" | |
19509 | msgstr "" | |
19510 | ||
19511 | #. type: Plain text | |
19512 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19513 | msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" | |
19514 | msgstr "" | |
19515 | ||
19516 | #. type: Plain text | |
19517 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19518 | #, no-wrap | |
19519 | msgid "" | |
19520 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
19521 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n" | |
19522 | msgstr "" | |
19523 | ||
19524 | #. type: Plain text | |
19525 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19526 | msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" | |
19527 | msgstr "" | |
19528 | ||
19529 | #. type: Plain text | |
19530 | #: start-stop-daemon.man:1 | |
19531 | #, no-wrap | |
19532 | msgid "" | |
19533 | "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\e\n" | |
19534 | "\t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" | |
19535 | msgstr "" | |
19536 | ||
19537 | #. type: TH | |
19538 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19539 | #, no-wrap | |
19540 | msgid "update-alternatives" | |
19541 | msgstr "" | |
19542 | ||
19543 | #. type: Plain text | |
19544 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19545 | msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" | |
19546 | msgstr "" | |
19547 | ||
19548 | #. type: Plain text | |
19549 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19550 | msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" | |
19551 | msgstr "" | |
19552 | ||
19553 | #. type: Plain text | |
19554 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19555 | msgid "" | |
19556 | "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " | |
19557 | "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." | |
19558 | msgstr "" | |
19559 | ||
19560 | #. type: Plain text | |
19561 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19562 | msgid "" | |
19563 | "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " | |
19564 | "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " | |
19565 | "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " | |
19566 | "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " | |
19567 | "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " | |
19568 | "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." | |
19569 | msgstr "" | |
19570 | ||
19571 | #. type: Plain text | |
19572 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19573 | msgid "" | |
19574 | "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " | |
19575 | "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " | |
19576 | "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " | |
19577 | "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " | |
19578 | "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " | |
19579 | "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name " | |
19580 | "I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system " | |
19581 | "administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> " | |
19582 | "instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until " | |
19583 | "explicitly requested to do so." | |
19584 | msgstr "" | |
19585 | ||
19586 | #. type: Plain text | |
19587 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19588 | msgid "" | |
19589 | "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " | |
19590 | "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " | |
19591 | "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " | |
19592 | "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " | |
19593 | "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why " | |
19594 | "this is a Good Thing." | |
19595 | msgstr "" | |
19596 | ||
19597 | #. type: Plain text | |
19598 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19599 | msgid "" | |
19600 | "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " | |
19601 | "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " | |
19602 | "information about that file in the alternatives system. " | |
19603 | "B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or " | |
19604 | "B<prerm> (remove and deconfigure) scripts in Debian packages." | |
19605 | msgstr "" | |
19606 | ||
19607 | #. type: Plain text | |
19608 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19609 | msgid "" | |
19610 | "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that " | |
19611 | "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " | |
19612 | "B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by " | |
19613 | "I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced " | |
19614 | "by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of " | |
19615 | "I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated " | |
19616 | "slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a " | |
19617 | "I<link> I<group>." | |
19618 | msgstr "" | |
19619 | ||
19620 | #. type: Plain text | |
19621 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19622 | msgid "" | |
19623 | "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " | |
19624 | "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " | |
19625 | "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " | |
19626 | "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " | |
19627 | "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " | |
19628 | "something is broken)." | |
19629 | msgstr "" | |
19630 | ||
19631 | #. type: Plain text | |
19632 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19633 | msgid "" | |
19634 | "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " | |
19635 | "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " | |
19636 | "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " | |
19637 | "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " | |
19638 | "manual mode." | |
19639 | msgstr "" | |
19640 | ||
19641 | #. type: Plain text | |
19642 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19643 | msgid "" | |
19644 | "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " | |
19645 | "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " | |
19646 | "be those which have the highest priority." | |
19647 | msgstr "" | |
19648 | ||
19649 | #. type: Plain text | |
19650 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19651 | msgid "" | |
19652 | "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " | |
19653 | "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " | |
19654 | "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then " | |
19655 | "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " | |
19656 | "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " | |
19657 | "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " | |
19658 | "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." | |
19659 | msgstr "" | |
19660 | ||
19661 | #. type: Plain text | |
19662 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19663 | msgid "" | |
19664 | "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " | |
19665 | "instead (see below)." | |
19666 | msgstr "" | |
19667 | ||
19668 | #. type: Plain text | |
19669 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19670 | msgid "" | |
19671 | "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " | |
19672 | "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " | |
19673 | "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " | |
19674 | "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." | |
19675 | msgstr "" | |
19676 | ||
19677 | #. type: SH | |
19678 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19679 | #, no-wrap | |
19680 | msgid "TERMINOLOGY" | |
19681 | msgstr "" | |
19682 | ||
19683 | #. type: Plain text | |
19684 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19685 | msgid "" | |
19686 | "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " | |
19687 | "specific terms will help to explain its operation." | |
19688 | msgstr "" | |
19689 | ||
19690 | #. type: TP | |
19691 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19692 | #, no-wrap | |
19693 | msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" | |
19694 | msgstr "" | |
19695 | ||
19696 | #. type: Plain text | |
19697 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19698 | msgid "" | |
19699 | "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " | |
19700 | "to one of a number of files of similar function." | |
19701 | msgstr "" | |
19702 | ||
19703 | #. type: TP | |
19704 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19705 | #, no-wrap | |
19706 | msgid "alternative name" | |
19707 | msgstr "" | |
19708 | ||
19709 | #. type: Plain text | |
19710 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19711 | msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." | |
19712 | msgstr "" | |
19713 | ||
19714 | #. type: TP | |
19715 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19716 | #, no-wrap | |
19717 | msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" | |
19718 | msgstr "" | |
19719 | ||
19720 | #. type: Plain text | |
19721 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19722 | msgid "" | |
19723 | "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " | |
19724 | "via a generic name using the alternatives system." | |
19725 | msgstr "" | |
19726 | ||
19727 | #. type: TP | |
19728 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19729 | #, no-wrap | |
19730 | msgid "alternatives directory" | |
19731 | msgstr "" | |
19732 | ||
19733 | #. type: Plain text | |
19734 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19735 | msgid "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." | |
19736 | msgstr "" | |
19737 | ||
19738 | #. type: TP | |
19739 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19740 | #, no-wrap | |
19741 | msgid "administrative directory" | |
19742 | msgstr "" | |
19743 | ||
19744 | #. type: Plain text | |
19745 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19746 | msgid "" | |
19747 | "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing " | |
19748 | "B<update-alternatives>' state information." | |
19749 | msgstr "" | |
19750 | ||
19751 | #. type: TP | |
19752 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19753 | #, no-wrap | |
19754 | msgid "link group" | |
19755 | msgstr "" | |
19756 | ||
19757 | #. type: Plain text | |
19758 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19759 | msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." | |
19760 | msgstr "" | |
19761 | ||
19762 | #. type: TP | |
19763 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19764 | #, no-wrap | |
19765 | msgid "master link" | |
19766 | msgstr "" | |
19767 | ||
19768 | #. type: Plain text | |
19769 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19770 | msgid "" | |
19771 | "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " | |
19772 | "the group are configured." | |
19773 | msgstr "" | |
19774 | ||
19775 | #. type: TP | |
19776 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19777 | #, no-wrap | |
19778 | msgid "slave link" | |
19779 | msgstr "" | |
19780 | ||
19781 | #. type: Plain text | |
19782 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19783 | msgid "" | |
19784 | "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " | |
19785 | "the master link." | |
19786 | msgstr "" | |
19787 | ||
19788 | #. type: TP | |
19789 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19790 | #, no-wrap | |
19791 | msgid "automatic mode" | |
19792 | msgstr "" | |
19793 | ||
19794 | #. type: Plain text | |
19795 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19796 | msgid "" | |
19797 | "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " | |
19798 | "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " | |
19799 | "for the group." | |
19800 | msgstr "" | |
19801 | ||
19802 | #. type: TP | |
19803 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19804 | #, no-wrap | |
19805 | msgid "manual mode" | |
19806 | msgstr "" | |
19807 | ||
19808 | #. type: Plain text | |
19809 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19810 | msgid "" | |
19811 | "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " | |
19812 | "any changes to the system administrator's settings." | |
19813 | msgstr "" | |
19814 | ||
19815 | #. type: TP | |
19816 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19817 | #, no-wrap | |
19818 | msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." | |
19819 | msgstr "" | |
19820 | ||
19821 | #. type: Plain text | |
19822 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19823 | msgid "" | |
19824 | "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " | |
19825 | "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " | |
19826 | "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " | |
19827 | "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " | |
19828 | "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " | |
19829 | "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " | |
19830 | "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " | |
19831 | "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " | |
19832 | "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " | |
19833 | "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " | |
19834 | "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." | |
19835 | msgstr "" | |
19836 | ||
19837 | #. type: Plain text | |
19838 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19839 | msgid "" | |
19840 | "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " | |
19841 | "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " | |
19842 | "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " | |
19843 | "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " | |
19844 | "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " | |
19845 | "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " | |
19846 | "newly added alternatives." | |
19847 | msgstr "" | |
19848 | ||
19849 | #. type: TP | |
19850 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19851 | #, no-wrap | |
19852 | msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" | |
19853 | msgstr "" | |
19854 | ||
19855 | #. type: Plain text | |
19856 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19857 | msgid "" | |
19858 | "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " | |
19859 | "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." | |
19860 | msgstr "" | |
19861 | ||
19862 | #. type: TP | |
19863 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19864 | #, no-wrap | |
19865 | msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" | |
19866 | msgstr "" | |
19867 | ||
19868 | #. type: Plain text | |
19869 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19870 | msgid "" | |
19871 | "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " | |
19872 | "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " | |
19873 | "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " | |
19874 | "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " | |
19875 | "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " | |
19876 | "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " | |
19877 | "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " | |
19878 | "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." | |
19879 | msgstr "" | |
19880 | ||
19881 | #. type: TP | |
19882 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19883 | #, no-wrap | |
19884 | msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" | |
19885 | msgstr "" | |
19886 | ||
19887 | #. type: Plain text | |
19888 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19889 | msgid "" | |
19890 | "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " | |
19891 | "a name in the alternatives directory." | |
19892 | msgstr "" | |
19893 | ||
19894 | #. type: Plain text | |
19895 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19896 | msgid "" | |
19897 | "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with " | |
19898 | "B<--skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not " | |
19899 | "configured in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus " | |
19900 | "a simple way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | " | |
19901 | "update-alternatives --force --all>." | |
19902 | msgstr "" | |
19903 | ||
19904 | #. type: TP | |
19905 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19906 | #, no-wrap | |
19907 | msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" | |
19908 | msgstr "" | |
19909 | ||
19910 | #. type: Plain text | |
19911 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19912 | msgid "" | |
19913 | "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " | |
19914 | "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " | |
19915 | "the highest priority installed alternatives." | |
19916 | msgstr "" | |
19917 | ||
19918 | #. type: TP | |
19919 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19920 | #, no-wrap | |
19921 | msgid "B<--display> I<name>" | |
19922 | msgstr "" | |
19923 | ||
19924 | #. type: Plain text | |
19925 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19926 | msgid "" | |
19927 | "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " | |
19928 | "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which " | |
19929 | "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are " | |
19930 | "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " | |
19931 | "priority alternative currently installed." | |
19932 | msgstr "" | |
19933 | ||
19934 | #. type: TP | |
19935 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19936 | #, no-wrap | |
19937 | msgid "B<--get-selections>" | |
19938 | msgstr "" | |
19939 | ||
19940 | #. type: Plain text | |
19941 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19942 | msgid "" | |
19943 | "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " | |
19944 | "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields " | |
19945 | "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, " | |
19946 | "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one " | |
19947 | "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and " | |
19948 | "thus might contain spaces)." | |
19949 | msgstr "" | |
19950 | ||
19951 | #. type: Plain text | |
19952 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19953 | msgid "" | |
19954 | "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " | |
19955 | "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version " | |
19956 | "1.15.0)." | |
19957 | msgstr "" | |
19958 | ||
19959 | #. type: TP | |
19960 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19961 | #, no-wrap | |
19962 | msgid "B<--query> I<name>" | |
19963 | msgstr "" | |
19964 | ||
19965 | #. type: Plain text | |
19966 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19967 | msgid "" | |
19968 | "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a " | |
19969 | "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section B<QUERY FORMAT> " | |
19970 | "below)." | |
19971 | msgstr "" | |
19972 | ||
19973 | #. type: TP | |
19974 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19975 | #, no-wrap | |
19976 | msgid "B<--list> I<name>" | |
19977 | msgstr "" | |
19978 | ||
19979 | #. type: Plain text | |
19980 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19981 | msgid "Display all targets of the link group." | |
19982 | msgstr "" | |
19983 | ||
19984 | #. type: TP | |
19985 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19986 | #, no-wrap | |
19987 | msgid "B<--config> I<name>" | |
19988 | msgstr "" | |
19989 | ||
19990 | #. type: Plain text | |
19991 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19992 | msgid "" | |
19993 | "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " | |
19994 | "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." | |
19995 | msgstr "" | |
19996 | ||
19997 | #. type: TP | |
19998 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
19999 | #, no-wrap | |
20000 | msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>" | |
20001 | msgstr "" | |
20002 | ||
20003 | #. type: Plain text | |
20004 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20005 | msgid "" | |
20006 | "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " | |
20007 | "default." | |
20008 | msgstr "" | |
20009 | ||
20010 | #. type: Plain text | |
20011 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20012 | msgid "" | |
20013 | "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " | |
20014 | "the default." | |
20015 | msgstr "" | |
20016 | ||
20017 | #. type: TP | |
20018 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20019 | #, no-wrap | |
20020 | msgid "B<--log>I< file>" | |
20021 | msgstr "" | |
20022 | ||
20023 | #. type: Plain text | |
20024 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20025 | msgid "" | |
20026 | "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different " | |
20027 | "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)." | |
20028 | msgstr "" | |
20029 | ||
20030 | #. type: Plain text | |
20031 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20032 | msgid "" | |
20033 | "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an " | |
20034 | "alternative link has to be installed or removed." | |
20035 | msgstr "" | |
20036 | ||
20037 | #. type: TP | |
20038 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20039 | #, no-wrap | |
20040 | msgid "B<--skip-auto>" | |
20041 | msgstr "" | |
20042 | ||
20043 | #. type: Plain text | |
20044 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20045 | msgid "" | |
20046 | "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " | |
20047 | "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." | |
20048 | msgstr "" | |
20049 | ||
20050 | #. type: TP | |
20051 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20052 | #, no-wrap | |
20053 | msgid "B<--verbose>" | |
20054 | msgstr "" | |
20055 | ||
20056 | #. type: Plain text | |
20057 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20058 | msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done." | |
20059 | msgstr "" | |
20060 | ||
20061 | #. type: Plain text | |
20062 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20063 | msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur." | |
20064 | msgstr "" | |
20065 | ||
20066 | #. type: Plain text | |
20067 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20068 | msgid "" | |
20069 | "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " | |
20070 | "action." | |
20071 | msgstr "" | |
20072 | ||
20073 | #. type: Plain text | |
20074 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20075 | msgid "" | |
20076 | "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " | |
20077 | "as the base administrative directory." | |
20078 | msgstr "" | |
20079 | ||
20080 | #. type: TP | |
20081 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20082 | #, no-wrap | |
20083 | msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
20084 | msgstr "" | |
20085 | ||
20086 | #. type: Plain text | |
20087 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20088 | msgid "" | |
20089 | "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " | |
20090 | "option." | |
20091 | msgstr "" | |
20092 | ||
20093 | #. type: TP | |
20094 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20095 | #, no-wrap | |
20096 | msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>" | |
20097 | msgstr "" | |
20098 | ||
20099 | #. type: Plain text | |
20100 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20101 | msgid "" | |
20102 | "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the " | |
20103 | "B<--admindir> option." | |
20104 | msgstr "" | |
20105 | ||
20106 | #. type: SH | |
20107 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20108 | #, no-wrap | |
20109 | msgid "QUERY FORMAT" | |
20110 | msgstr "" | |
20111 | ||
20112 | #. type: Plain text | |
20113 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20114 | msgid "" | |
20115 | "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> " | |
20116 | "+ 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the queried " | |
20117 | "link group. The first block contains the following fields:" | |
20118 | msgstr "" | |
20119 | ||
20120 | #. type: TP | |
20121 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20122 | #, no-wrap | |
20123 | msgid "B<Name:>I< name>" | |
20124 | msgstr "" | |
20125 | ||
20126 | #. type: Plain text | |
20127 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20128 | msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory." | |
20129 | msgstr "" | |
20130 | ||
20131 | #. type: TP | |
20132 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20133 | #, no-wrap | |
20134 | msgid "B<Link:>I< link>" | |
20135 | msgstr "" | |
20136 | ||
20137 | #. type: Plain text | |
20138 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20139 | msgid "The generic name of the alternative." | |
20140 | msgstr "" | |
20141 | ||
20142 | #. type: TP | |
20143 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20144 | #, no-wrap | |
20145 | msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>" | |
20146 | msgstr "" | |
20147 | ||
20148 | #. type: Plain text | |
20149 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20150 | msgid "" | |
20151 | "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links " | |
20152 | "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " | |
20153 | "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " | |
20154 | "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link." | |
20155 | msgstr "" | |
20156 | ||
20157 | #. type: TP | |
20158 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20159 | #, no-wrap | |
20160 | msgid "B<Status:>I< status>" | |
20161 | msgstr "" | |
20162 | ||
20163 | #. type: Plain text | |
20164 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20165 | msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." | |
20166 | msgstr "" | |
20167 | ||
20168 | #. type: TP | |
20169 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20170 | #, no-wrap | |
20171 | msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>" | |
20172 | msgstr "" | |
20173 | ||
20174 | #. type: Plain text | |
20175 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20176 | msgid "" | |
20177 | "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " | |
20178 | "is no alternatives available." | |
20179 | msgstr "" | |
20180 | ||
20181 | #. type: TP | |
20182 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20183 | #, no-wrap | |
20184 | msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>" | |
20185 | msgstr "" | |
20186 | ||
20187 | #. type: Plain text | |
20188 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20189 | msgid "" | |
20190 | "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " | |
20191 | "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." | |
20192 | msgstr "" | |
20193 | ||
20194 | #. type: Plain text | |
20195 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20196 | msgid "" | |
20197 | "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link " | |
20198 | "group:" | |
20199 | msgstr "" | |
20200 | ||
20201 | #. type: TP | |
20202 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20203 | #, no-wrap | |
20204 | msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>" | |
20205 | msgstr "" | |
20206 | ||
20207 | #. type: Plain text | |
20208 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20209 | msgid "Path to this block's alternative." | |
20210 | msgstr "" | |
20211 | ||
20212 | #. type: TP | |
20213 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20214 | #, no-wrap | |
20215 | msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>" | |
20216 | msgstr "" | |
20217 | ||
20218 | #. type: Plain text | |
20219 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20220 | msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." | |
20221 | msgstr "" | |
20222 | ||
20223 | #. type: Plain text | |
20224 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20225 | msgid "" | |
20226 | "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " | |
20227 | "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " | |
20228 | "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " | |
20229 | "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." | |
20230 | msgstr "" | |
20231 | ||
20232 | #. type: SS | |
20233 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20234 | #, no-wrap | |
20235 | msgid "Example" | |
20236 | msgstr "" | |
20237 | ||
20238 | #. type: Plain text | |
20239 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20240 | #, no-wrap | |
20241 | msgid "" | |
20242 | "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" | |
20243 | "Name: editor\n" | |
20244 | "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n" | |
20245 | "Slaves:\n" | |
20246 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
20247 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
20248 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
20249 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
20250 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n" | |
20251 | "Status: auto\n" | |
20252 | "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
20253 | "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
20254 | msgstr "" | |
20255 | ||
20256 | #. type: Plain text | |
20257 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20258 | #, no-wrap | |
20259 | msgid "" | |
20260 | "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" | |
20261 | "Priority: -100\n" | |
20262 | "Slaves:\n" | |
20263 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" | |
20264 | msgstr "" | |
20265 | ||
20266 | #. type: Plain text | |
20267 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20268 | #, no-wrap | |
20269 | msgid "" | |
20270 | "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" | |
20271 | "Priority: 50\n" | |
20272 | "Slaves:\n" | |
20273 | " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
20274 | " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
20275 | " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
20276 | " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
20277 | " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" | |
20278 | msgstr "" | |
20279 | ||
20280 | #. type: Plain text | |
20281 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20282 | msgid "" | |
20283 | "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " | |
20284 | "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, " | |
20285 | "B<update-alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel " | |
20286 | "and returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be " | |
20287 | "self-explanatory; if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." | |
20288 | msgstr "" | |
20289 | ||
20290 | #. type: Plain text | |
20291 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20292 | msgid "" | |
20293 | "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " | |
20294 | "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " | |
20295 | "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " | |
20296 | "associated manpage." | |
20297 | msgstr "" | |
20298 | ||
20299 | #. type: Plain text | |
20300 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20301 | msgid "" | |
20302 | "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " | |
20303 | "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" | |
20304 | msgstr "" | |
20305 | ||
20306 | #. type: Plain text | |
20307 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20308 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" | |
20309 | msgstr "" | |
20310 | ||
20311 | #. type: Plain text | |
20312 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20313 | msgid "" | |
20314 | "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " | |
20315 | "then select a number from the list:" | |
20316 | msgstr "" | |
20317 | ||
20318 | #. type: Plain text | |
20319 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20320 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" | |
20321 | msgstr "" | |
20322 | ||
20323 | #. type: Plain text | |
20324 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20325 | msgid "" | |
20326 | "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " | |
20327 | "as root:" | |
20328 | msgstr "" | |
20329 | ||
20330 | #. type: Plain text | |
20331 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20332 | msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" | |
20333 | msgstr "" | |
20334 | ||
20335 | #. type: Plain text | |
20336 | #: update-alternatives.man:1 | |
20337 | msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." | |
20338 | msgstr "" |